THE BHAGAVAD -GfTA

Wit/z Sarnsk r z'

t Text, f r ee tr anslation into Eng/13k,

a word-f o r ward tr anslation,and an Intr o

duction on Sam/ar t? Gr amma r .

ANN IE BESANT

AND

BHAGAVAN DAS.

THEOSOPHICAL PUBLISHING SO CIETY

LONDON AND BENARES

1905.

PRINTED BY FREEMAN Co . LTD . ,

AT THE TARA PRINTING WORK S, BENARES

Reser ved.

Registe r ed unde r Act X X V o f

CONTENTS.

INTRODUCTORY N o rmON SAMSKRIT

Gita Mahatmyam.—The greatness o f the Gita as

descr ibed in the Var aha-Pur ana

Gita-Karadi-Ngasuh.—The Tantraway o f

‘

practising’

the Gita.

Gita-Dhyanam. The Thought-Form o f the Gz’

ta

for purposes o f meditationCRAP: I. Amuna Vishada Yoga.

—Ar juna inspects

the r ival fo rces—H e descr ibes the evil consequenton the battles o f kinsfolk

CRAP : II. Sankhya Yoga.—Ar juua r efuses to fight

—Shri Kr ishnacounselsAr junanot to gr ieve overthemere destruction o f transient bodies, because

the inner Self can never be slain—or even because

the bodiesmust die in any case and so to per

fo rmthe dutyo f the t attr iya with untr oubledmind—thereby gaining fame in this and happi

ness in the other wo r ld, incidentally—thoughduty should be pe r f o rmed for its own sake and

not for any ulter io r r eward, as it is per fo rmedby sages o f ste adymind—Ar juna asks for amorepar ticular desc ription o f such—Shri Kr ishnacomplies, laying stress on the attainment of wis

domand the absence o f desire .

PAen.

i—xviii

X X VI!

1—22

23—56

PA'

GR.

CRAP : III . K amna-Yoga.—Ar juna asks how these

are compatible with such te r r ible action as that

of slaughte r— Shr i Kr ishna’s pr eliminary r econciliation o f the two : “

per fo rmthe action that isduty,but without attachment”—a curso ry al lusionto

.

the systemo f the wo r ld-wheel , which gives

r ise to the var ious Dharmas, duties—Ar juna

enquir es why men fail in duty—Shri Kr ishnar ep lies, cur so r ily as yet. 57—76

CRAP : IV f J nana- Vz'

bhaga—Yoga —Sh1i Kr ishna

again lays str ess on the necessity o f W isdom,

r ight thought, r ight- r eason, and in this connec o

tion descr ibes the many fo rms o f Yoga—He

adver ts to His own p revious incarnations, in r eplyto a question o f Ar juna

’

s ( and so incidental lystrengthens the allusion,

made befo r e, to wo rldcycles, without an under standing o f which tr ue

enlightenment is not possible ) . 77—95

CRAP : V. Karma-Sannyasw—Yogm—Ar juua r epeats

his question as to the 1nconsistency between‘renuu

ciation and ‘action - Shri Krishnaanswer s (in

dir ectly, by descr ibing the happy condition o f

thosewho r enounce the f ruits of action but continue

to per formit as duty, knowing t hat all p r oceeds

f r omthe Supreme Self , 96—109CRAP : VI. Adhyatma-Yega.

—Shri Krishna conti

nues his descr iption o f the Yogi—Ar juna asksh ow the conditionmay be attained—Sti f f KW

PAGE.

answer s “ by dispassion andper sever ent practice .

Ar junaasks: j‘ what ar e the consequences o f

failur e inYoga?—Shri Kr ishna r ep lies “

abetter

birth, gr eater oppo r tunity and devotion to the

Sup reme Self , andfinal attainment o f Moksha. 1 10—130

CRAP : VII. J nana Yoga.— Shri K rishna descr ibes

the natur es o f wisdom and unwisdom— theGlo r ies o f the Self (the knowledge o f which con

stitutes the wisdomwher eby the possesso r thereofper fo rms his duty unflinchingly) . 1314-143

CRAP : VII I. Akshar a-B r ahmao Yoga.— (The subject

matter o f the pr evious chapter is continued.)Ar juna asks what is the natur e o f B r ahman, ofAdhyatma, Adhibhfita, and Adhidaiva—Shr i

Kr ishna descr ibes these and also incidental lymentions how B rahman may be r eached by the

living as well as the depar ting J iva. l44—157CRAP IX . Raj a Vidya-Rai uhya Yoga.

— Shr i

K r inhna continues his statement o f the RoyalSecr et, the final wisdom,

”the possession o f which

confer s’ Immo r tality, viz ,the r ecognition o f and

devotion to the Sup r eme Self— also descr ibes

the resu lts o f devotion to mino r personal‘

Gods

( ishvaras o f systems 8m.

0

158—173CRAP : X . Vibkuti . Yoga.

—The Glo r ies o f the Su

pr eme Self " 1745—191CRAP: X I s hvar up a-dar shana Yoga.

-Shr !Kr ishnacompresses into one illuminating . vision all the

r esults o f lengthened exp lanations. andmakesAr juna see dir ectly th ti} he and all his f el lowbeings are par t o f the life o f Islivara—that theyar ewhat they ar e by H is gif t (in the per sonal aspect o f the Supr eme Self ,manifesting as an Indivi

dual Ishvara) - that it is their duty to endeavour ,

feebly as theymay, to r epay this gr eat debt by

obeying H is will , and that His wil l, in the p r esentinstance is the destruction o f Kshattr iyas. 192—224

CRAP : X II, Bhaktz

'

Yoga.- Ar juna

, pe rceiving the

diff erence between the Unmanifested Et e rnal andthemanifestedIshvaraf incidentally asks which IS

the bettermethod, fixing themind on the one o r on

the other—Shr i Kyinhnaanswe r s:“ the f o rmer is the

mo r e difficult and by thatmethod too, J ivas haveto pass to the stage and state o f (a per sonal)Ishvara. (He thereby stimulates deeper enquiry,to which He leaves the discovery that the two

systems ar e r eal ly notdistinct, that the one systemis to fix themind on the Eter nal , and, in subor di

nation to that sup reme fact, to wo rk by the

will o f the Ishvara to whomwe belong. 225—238

CRAP : X III . Kshetr a-Kshetr aj na-oc’

obaya Yoga.

Shri Kr ishna expounds the diff er ence between

Purugha and Prakr iti as par t o f the supremescience, the wisdom.which raises the J iva above

doubt andmakes himsteady ‘ in actiongas Ar juna

should be . 234—248

PAGE.

CRAP : X IV . Guna-tr aya-vz‘

bhaga-Yoga.—The sub

jcet o f the pr eceding chapter is continued and

the three gunas o f Prakriti ar e dealt with, 249 260

CRAP : X V. Purushottama Yoga.—Shri K r

'

nhna

car r ies on the subject o f the 13th discour se, and

deals specially with the Purunha, in the aspect

o f the”

Abstract Self as well'

as the aspect o f a

manifested Ishvara 261—270CRAP : X VI. Daz

‘

vasur a-Sampad-vz’

bhaga-Yoga.

Shri Krighna goes on to descr ibe, as another essen

tial par to f the highest science, and having, fur ther ,an immediate bear ing on the issue be fo re Ar juna,the dual nature o f all the c reatures o f Ishvara,divine anddemoniac, good and evil—He tel ls howthe fo rmer class, to which Ar juna belongs, useessar ily pe r fo rmtheir duty, in acco rdance with the

Shfistras (and battle against the latte r to p reventthemf r omharming the innocent) . 27 1—281

CRAP X VII . Shr addha-tr aya-vz’

bhaga Yoga.—A r juna

asks Shr i Kr ighna to desc r ibe what is the essence

o f all tr ue action and what is no t, also whatchar acter ises all untrue action, acco rding as the

p r edominant mo tive-nature is Sfittvika, Rajasa,or tamasa.

282—294CRAP X V II I. Sonnyasa-Yoga.

—Sh1 i Kfighna sums

up , finally, the who le teaching r egarding the combi

nation o f r enunciation of f ruit o f action with

per fo rmance, which is the only means o f secur

ing ultimate happiness—Ar juna

’

s doubts

solved he is convinced and satisfied,and

pr esses his r eadiness to do his duty o f battlingwiththe unr ighteous.

APPENDIX

INDEX ,

INTRODUCTION .

HIS edition o f the Bhagasad-Gitahas been p r epar ed f o r

the use o f those who , wh ile studying thisHindu scr ip

tur e mainly f or the sake o f its p r ice less teach ings, wish ,

being little acquainted with Samskr it, to utilise the text,thus

gaining a f u l ler insight into the meaning than can be gained

thr ough a tr anslation, and incidental ly acqu ir ing a better

knowledge o f that language also . A b r ie f note on the gr ammaro f Samskr it, putting bef o r e the r eader a few o f the most

salient f eatur es ther eo f , is ther efor e added her e,as likely to

be o f use . It will he lp by giving a bir d’

s eye v iew o f the

sub j ect and thus some idea o f how one par t is connected with

ano ther . The details must o f cour se b e looked up in any large

grammar , if needed.

I,Alphabet :

— A comp lete alphabet wou ld comp r ise hun

dr eds, perhap s th ousands,o f single sounds. Out o f these each

human r ace o r sub-race uses a compar ativ ely smal l number,

se lected in acco rdance with the constitution o f its vocal o rgansand o f other aspects o f its physical and super physical being.

Ther e is a cor r esp ondence between all the par ts o f an o rganism;and the means and instruments o f manifestation p ossessed by

a. r ace o r nation, as by an individual , ar e, gene rally sp eaking,

in co r r eSpondence with the‘

r uling passion,

’

the ‘main idea,

’

wh ich that r ace o r nation embodies and has to expr ess. These‘ideas, passions,

’ ‘emotions,

’ ‘

glo r ies, ’ ‘aspects,

’ ‘modifications,

’

i ii 1

o f the Univer sal Self , Sp lr it, o r Consciousness, ar e infinite

the wo r ld-

p r ocess which endeavour s to exp r ess themis infinite .

Onemain idea other s b eing subor dinate is exp r essed by one

individual , o r one r ace , in any one time and Space ,‘beauty’

‘str ength ,

’ ‘comfo r t’, ‘

peace,’ ‘war

’

,

‘science,

’ ‘law’

,

‘duty‘r ight,

’ ‘

p iety,’ ‘devo tion ,

’

&c . &c . The var iousmember s o f a

r ace, which is the embodiment and exponent o f any one suchmainidea, hav e to use means o f communication with each o ther to

intensif y that exposition , to make their liv es f ul ler and deepe r ,

Thismeans, dur ing the p r esent cycle o f ev o lution , is sound

language ,In other cycles itmay be sight

- language , or to uch

language , o r smel l-language, &c . &c, This sound- language is

made up o f single sounds , which, as said bef o r e, ar e in

acco rdance with the‘body , ’ the physical constitution ,

o f the

r ace , which, again,is in acco r dance with its ‘

sp ir it,’its r u l ing

idea. A r aCe embodying sweetness and gentleness wou ld nu

consciously se lect the so ft and sweet sounds f o r its language ;anothe r manifesting mar tial str ength and spir it, the harsher

andmo r e definite ones .

The Samskr it language, embodying Dharma, law and

o rder , the instr ument o f a civilisation whose char acte r istics

ar e systematisation , r ounded compr ehensiveness and comp leteness, an o r der ed ar rangement o f lif e f r ombeginning to end,

and in all depar tments, is ther ef o r e itsel f systematic . It uses

f our teen v owels andthir ty- tiv e consonants, atotal o f sev en sevens,

Some put the nasal and the aspir ate sounds anusvdr a and

wisarga— amongst the vowels, and so count themas sixteen and

the consonants thir ty-thr ee ,

They ar e ar ranged systematical ly,acco rding to the r egions o f the v ocal appar atuswhence they p r oceed, as guttur als, ling uoe-radicals, palatals, cer ebr als, dentals,

iii

labials, and cer tain comb inations o f these—beginning f r omthethr oat and p r oceeding outwards . As to why we have here two

septenar ies o f vowels and five septenar ies o f consonants is a

questionwhich cou ldp ossib ly be answer ed by one who had suflici.

entknowledge o f wo r ld-evo lution to be able to say why the p r esenthuman r ace has two hands and two feet and five senses o f

knowledge and fiv e o r gans o f action,and five finger s on each

hand and five to es on each foot, &c . The question can on lytantalise us. But we can vaguely see that i f these sounds o f

the Samskrit alphabet wer e mu l tip lied systematical ly and

permuted and comb ined, we shou ld ob tain a scheme whichwou ldco ver all the languages o f the ear th ,

and b r ing into line all thev er y var ious-seeming sounds which constitute the sev er alalphabets o f these . F . taking the linguoe-r adicals, Eli , S!

we find that (er, is the aspir ate o f an, that the guttu r al o fthis (a, vi z , g , kh ,

has been app r op r iated by the Per sian r ace

and language and has disap pear ed f r om Samskr it ; that $7, is

only a deepening o fm; and that q is the aspir ate o f n ; that the

guttu r al o f $ 5. e .

, g, and o f tr , e. , gh, again , have disappe

ar ed f r omSamskgit and been app r op r iated by the Ar abic r ace

and language ; that 3"is the nasal o f IT, as now p r onounced, and

that the nasals o f the other lette r s, a , (a, R, &c . , &c , , ar e not

p r esent in Samskrit, butmay p ossib ly be p r e sent in some o f

the so -called savage languages, as sno r ts and gr unts’

o f

var ious kinds .

This p r ocess o f elimination , o f the disappear ance o f sounds

andlette r s , may be witnessedas being in pr ogr ess even to-day,In

Samskr it the vowe ls 31 . at. as, at , have p racticallv disappear ed f r om

use ; their o ute r wr itten fo rmis p r eser ved,but fo r all p r actical

purposes o f p r onunciation they have merged into t and at,

[ W ]

The distinction between i t and q is on the wane the pr obability,judging by the r ules o f p r onunciation given by Pi nini, is that q

'

in another fo rm o f the Per sian kh mentioned abov e,as the

discardedx a; is that o f the Ar abic q and the similar lyabandonedxq o f the Per sian ph o r f .

The nasal lette r s again g , 31, or, a, have a tendency to run,

all o f them, into the single “

at, in the mouths o f those who ar e not

particular ly car eful,So in English, sounds which o r iginal ly

existedwhen such words as‘daughter

’

(Per sian dulchtar , Samskritduhz

’

td) , and ‘night

’

Samskr it nakta five . wer e br ought over ,

have now disappear ed except perhaps in some village dialects,though the spel ling continues as befo r e . The r eason o f thismaybe suggested thus. According to the var iety o f the aspects o f

consciousness embodied in a p eop le wil l be the var iety o f sounds,o r lette r s emp loyed by them; as the one v ar iety diminis

shes or expands so wil l the other if the wo rd laugh wer e

p r onounced as lawgh as it p r obab lywas in the beginning, and asit is still by ‘

uneducated’ p eop le , it would imp ly a gr eate r and

somewhat coar ser hear tiness p r onounced as ldf it indicates a

toning down o f the uncontr o l led animal Spli’it,

‘

into amuchmor e mild and r efined condition O f feeling. In Amer ica, and in

some English cir c les, it is becoming f ur ther shor tened into lafi’

.

The Samskr it AlphabetSIMPLE, COMPOUND.

Sho r t L ong Sho r t Long.

Vowels : a at q = (wor 3n+

s o r t )sn==s o r 311+

s o r e? )

3’

3?

5? 511

a a:

Cosonants afi g fl q ga

e n e ma .

a 3'

3 3 01 .

R ITE I’IH.

H I R E,

Ther e ar e only a few ver ses now cur r ent,as to the psycho

physics o f sound and language , in Panini’s Shiksha, and these ar enot ve ry intel ligible in the absence o f ful l exp lanations.

Theymay be summar ised thus The Sel f cognising f acts bymeans o fthe Bu rldbz

'

Reason inspir es the filanas intelligence with

the desir e to speak ; the Manas str ikes the kcig/cigni— the fi r e

o f the body and it in turn sets in motion the md‘r uta,the wind

o r br eath that moving in the chest generates the filandmsound ; that

,again, r ising to the palate ( o r the cr own

o f the head ) and r ebounding thence passes to the mouth and

p r oduces ar ticulate sounds,

classified acco rding to tone , time,p lace, eff o r t, &c, ,

&.c,

II. Sandhz’

or Coalescence of sounds or letter s In connection

with these letter sounds, ar ises the fir st difficulty o f Samskr itGr ammar , Sandhz

'

, the coalescence o f sounds. When one wo rd

is f o llowed by ano the r , in quick succession O f p r onunciation, the

natur al tendency is fo r the tail o f the fir st and the head o f the

second to getmixed up : Thismixtur e sometimes takes a shape

which , while no doubt always r etaining tr aces o f the compo

C lassified in var ious ways withr ef er ence to f armand qua,

the

place in the v ocal appar atus

and the special kind o f eff o r t

r equir ed to pr onounce it.

[ v i ]

neuts, is not always analysable into these components by the

beginner . The coalescence takes p lace in all languages, and

Ofi er s one o f the chief diff icu lties to the f o r eigner ; but in

other languages, f or the most part, no attempt is made toexp r ess in wr iting the spoken sound. .

Thus the F r enchmansays but he always wr ites le p etit. In Samskr itwr iting the spoken sound is imitated. The detai led r u les on

this sub ject, which two soundsmixing make up which third

sound, ar emany. The generalised r ulemay be stated to b e that

if the student wil l p r onounce the two le tte r s cor r ectly and

quickly in succession, the r esu ltant so und,compel led by his own

vocal appar atus, wil l also b e in'

acco rdance with the gr ammatical r ule on the subject. B 1iefiy , the gr ammatical r u le is only a.

descr iption o f the physiological f act. Th is appear s not only inthe case o f actual coalescence , but in the influence o f one sound

on another separ ated f r omit by one o r mo r e inte r vening ones.

Thus, acco r ding to the o rdinary r ule the wo rd (mdecl ined intoits instr umental f o rm,

should be Ifil’f ’i , bu t af ter p r onouncing

the cer eb r al r in its exact Samskr it shade,the v o cal app ar atus

o f the Indian finds it difficu lt to adjust itsel f r ap idly to p r o

nounce the dental -nasal n a p r op er ly , ev en when another la

b ial nasal minter venes ; i t tur ns mo r e r eadily to the al liedand near er cer eb r al -nasal n

,or, and the r esu l t is ( firm.

Examp les

(a. Conj unction of similar vowels whether bo th sho r t

o r b oth long, o r one sho r t and one long, the r esultant is thelong vowel .533 q uiz iii. 18 . 31mmWIW =W IW

vi. 5, a g qt ==q1 tfiz iv . 27, and so with g

'

, a, qraz, Rm

'

v ii

fi rmw fi mz (xv . g s‘

ifasraz i‘

gq a: (x 4) etc .

(b) Conj unctzon of dzmsszmzlar vowels : a? o r an fo llowed byg

o r i gives tr,war as : we ( ii 41 by s o r a g

‘

ives air , w ar

3 1111 : e ( vi 37 ) ; by tr o r Tr gives aa (ii

by n iv es 3111, 33 35051 : z aam: (ii . by fi t o r i t

gives a?" 3“ f o l lowed by any dissimilar vowe l gives q , m f g

ar r “W an na ii,57 . so 3 gives 1 and i f , g.

c ) Vz’

sarga changes in five ways it disappear s, q qfial

ggaaaz z atfimm g: ( i . l . ) it is dr opped befo r e a voweland no f ur ther change occur s, aim: N 3 : 65mqq : ( i ii. 37

it changes into q , {I and En g: W : gm iv . 8

ste am at : amt-mm( xv ii. it changes into aft, q : qi= qr q i

‘

( v i. 30. i t?

afi = 31§flfi (iv ,these cases being general lymarked with s.

as H'

( iv 9. it is changed into a’

i’

fi : ag

W =massag e: ( xiv . 3 The details o f the r u les causingthese changes must be soughtma g1ammar .

(d) Consonants: The final consonant o f one wo r d ismodifiedby the fi r st consonant o f the succeeding one . These changes

ar e ve r y numer ous and intr icate, and wil l on ly gr adually become familiar ; the fo l lowing cases show the gene ral p r incip leabov e mentioned that the wr iting f ol lows the sound ; mlma r= qsarean (vu . as]; amfimfiaq=w fiq fimq (x.41

ad fi z zle ( x .39

III. C omp ounds. When all cases o f simple sandhi have

been eliminated,the student is faced w1th another diff iculty ;

wo rds ar e compounded together , and only the last wo r d o f

the compound is comp l ete the r emaining Wo rd o r wor ds hav e

their endings clipped o ff,and these have to be supp lied bef o re

v iii

the compo und becomes inte l l igible . Such compounds ar e

calledm ,They ar e o f six chief kinds.

fl compounds ; (m: fl i er : a z mfi sfi ( iii . 34. mt

warmest: af firm: wz mmaifim=( i.

arc-

gmcompounds , 31mmk =m ( xi . 45. fiw'

aa

m a m : xi

affirm Comp ounds ; ti ts :m =mmr ( xv-17 )

fig Comp ounds 5mm? gmm : ii 45.

i smComp ounds firfimfi sfi'm’

rbtm a. =fifi lfifiu

( v i. 8 m ime :m art : W m ( v i

M W Comp ounds ; arm : fiv’

k m n

To so lv e the se compounds it will be no ticed that a knowledge o f case-endings is necessary it is the case-endingwhich is

struck out in a compound, and the meaning o f the compounddepends on this eliminated case-ending. Hence the next step

o f the lea ner is to f amil iar ise himse lf with the case—endings,

o f which eve ry noun has twenty-o ne— 7 cases in 3 number s,

singular , dual and p lur al .lv . Words

,

— (a) Declension of nouns . Wo r ds ar e main ly o f

two kinds, names o f things and names o f actions, co r r esponding

r esp ectively to the cognition and action aspects o f conscious

ness . Mediating between the two , binding themtogether ,as desir e b inds cognition and action,

is the third k ind o f wor d,

the p r eposition it fo rms a separ ate wo r d in the mode r n langnages , f o r var ious evo lutio nary r easons but in the Samskr it,it is hidden in and is a par t o f the noun itse l f

,in the shape o f

the declensional termination , ev en as desir e is hidden in theper

son, the acto r , andis no t something separ ate f r omhim. O ther

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ X ]

Atma, cr ude f o rmAtman,is a typical f orm,

and occur s

v ery f r equently in the GM in the singular number .

1st. 311 6111“

v . 21

2nd. mama: vi. 5

3rd.

“

91mm v i. 5

41th . sq1'

gfin

5th . W 1

6th . mafia vi 6

7th . stream [vi. 2 1]

N euter nouns in their case-endings, except in those o f

the fir st and second cases, gene r al ly f o l low the mascul ine .

Thus afi'fi' c rude fo rmW , has :

1st. aifi (xviii. 8) afiofi' swift? 1x. 9

2nd,

iii. 8) ( v i . 30

The feminine in 3 may be taken as an examp le o f the

f eminine declensions

l et. qfl-‘

T: ( xv iii 78)2ud. gi7g

" iii . 2

3rd. gain ii . 39

4th . W3“

o r 318 5!

5th . gt? iii. 43 o r gif t"6 th .

7th. 331“

1 1 , 419

'

(b) Adj ectives andadver bs §*

c. Adjectives, wo rds indica

tive o f the‘

qualities ’o f nouns, ar e declined in the same way

as the latter , and when not compoundedwith these ar e alwaysin ap po sition with them.

[ xi ]

Adv er bs ar e mostly ‘ Indecl inab le ’

in Samskr it. These

indeclinab les include also some wo r ds, however , which ar e not

adver bs thus conj unctions and inter jections ar e included he r e,

Examp les a , safe , were , aw . ar ise s, mm .

913136 ,are},

i fs, is. i s, sews , sea, aris e,ma, FEW , as ,an , ai r. a,

a,&c . , &c. , ar e o f f r equent occur r ence.

(0) Gender . The mar ks o f gender ar e v ery per p lexed in

Samskr it They belong to the noun only, as inmo st languagesand not the v erb , as in H indi , Ar abic o r F rench . As a

gener al r ule, gover ning f r equ ent cases, when themale base endsin a sho r t 91 , the co r r esponding f emale base ends in the longan and the neuter in sf .

3T“ Singular o f spu r-1 xv i—14

3IWI iii. 6 amt iv 4

(d) Ver bs. Af ter nouns, v er bs. The list o f r oots given byPanini number s 2343 ; and each is capab le o f under going

hundr eds o f inflectional o r con jugational terminations, on

account o f moods and tenses, and causative , desider ativ e and

r epetitive f o rms of it, and all these again can be conjugated in

the activ e or the passive f o rm, andso on . B ut by the same pr ocesses o f se lection and e l imination that hav e gove rned the numberof the letter s, the ver b-r o ots in actual use in cu r r ent Samskr itar e notmanymo r e than 500 and o f these a very limitednumberof forms is used.

The tenses and moods ar e taken together and all cal ledvibhaktz

'

s o r lakdr as and ther e ar e ten of such,via ,

six tenses

and f our moods. The tenses ar e,1 p r esent ; 3 past ; and 2

f utur e ; andthemoods ar e Imper ative , Potential , Benedictive and

xii

Conditional . In common and unclassical Samskr it, one f o rmo f the past, v iz the fi r st p r eter ite, is largely used, the other two

being v e ry inf requent so the fir st futur e is seldommetwith evenin c la ssical Samskr it. O f themoods, the benedictive mood is

ver y r ar ely used.

If. the whole list o f the 2343 r oots wer e .car efully examined,

verymany mo r e r o ots would be found to be common between

the sev er al Aryan languages than ar e now noted. But, as said

bef o r e in connection with the alphabet, the genius o f each laterlanguage has selected out o f the r oots what wer e most suited toit, and the o lder r ace, the r oot-r ace , :has cor r espondingly dr oppedthemin its later car ee r . It is as if the re had b een a p ar tition

o f patr imony between heir s so that what one took the o ther s

could not r etain.

These ver bs ar e divided into ten classes the external r ea

son is that the verbs o f each class r esemb le each o ther mo r e thanthose o f the other classes, in the gener al app ear ance o f their

conjugational fo rms. But this again r equires a deeper why ;

and that is not tr aceab le . If it cou ld b e said that ther e wer e ten

main kinds o f human action. we should have appr oximated to

the answer wanted.

Ther e ar e twomain f o rms o f conjugation,the “ fir-W

“ fo r

another”

and the st rafi ng“ f o r sel f”

,The f o rmer

, gener al lySpeaking, be longs to the active vo ice , wher ein one per son does

something to another and the latter to the passive v o ice, wher e

in something is done to one sel f ’. But while in the passive

v oice f o rm o f any ve rb only the ensui ng form is used, in

the active voice the muffin f o rm is used only generally, and

sometimes themmfiqs f ormis used, and in some cases both.

xiii

The f o l lowing f orms occu r f r equently in the Gitd.

11161113 SinGULAR. PLUnAL‘

.

Pr esent Tense . 3rd p . qfimfi ( i . 29 ) filifia’

( 11 . 6 )

2nd p . g éfa ( ii. 25 )

1st p . mm fag; ( ii . 6 )

Fir stPr eter ite.3r d p . 81 3 373: ( i. 2 )

2md p . snagging : ( ii . 1 1 )

1st p . a re? ( ll. 1 2 )

SecondPr eter ite . 3rdp . saver i . 3

Thir d Pr eter ite . 2nd p . ( 11. 3 )

( in conjunction withmdr ops 31 , and

acquir es

imp erative meaning

Fir st Futur e . 3rd p .m'iial ( ii . 20)

2nd p . I'

fi fi lfi i ( ii . 52 )

3d. p . (s trata ii . 53 ) amimfia £ 34

2nd p . sfifi sm'a'

( ii. 33 ) mitten: iii . 1 1)

1 st p . qfi ifrsfmfifl ii. 4 111mm: ( ii . 12Second Futur e .

Imp er ativeMood.3r d p .mg 11 . 47 ) iii 1 1

2nd p . NY?! ( i . 3 ) W 8 ( iii . 1 1

Potential Mood. 3r d p . (an i. 36 i. 46

l st p . ant-

31 1m sine ( ii . 6 )

The dual numbe r is omitted, as not occur r ing in the Glid'

)

31 13313“

Pr esent Tense. 3rd p . W i. 29 iii. 29

2nd p . flmjfi ii 1 1)

1st p . safa' i . 32

[ xiv ]

Fir st Pr eter ite. 3r d p . w i th i. l

Second Futur e. 3rd p . m ii . 35

20d p . m 11.37

lst p . 51353 ii. 9

Imp er ativeMood 2nd p . fi rfl af ii . 14)PotentialMood. 3rd p . W EIR ii

,54

lst p , gs-sfia fi i. 5 )

In the technical wo r ks on gr ammar , r ules ar e giv en for

the co r r ect use o f all the tenmoods and tenses thus the fir st

p r eter ite should be u sed when the ev ent is o lde r than the

cur r ent day ; the 2md when it occur r ed outside the Speaker'

s

p e r sonal knowl edge and the 3r d in any case ; and so the 1st

futu r e shou ld be u sedwhen the ev ent is expected very sho r tly .

But these r ules, as said be f o r e , ar e obser ved on ly in c lassicalcomposition . Ther e is also some r eason to think that they donotr ep r esent accur ate ly the r eal o r iginal distinctions. It is

po ssib le that the thr ee pasts co r r esp onded to the Engl ish‘ imper fect and

‘

p luper f ect &c.

The addition o f p r efixes entir e ly changes the meaningof the v er b -r oot

,as stated in the classical shloka on the

subject.

sw immisfit W ass 1

m useum s: 11

The p r efex v io lently dr ags away e lsewher e the meaningo f the ve r b -r oot ; thus, with the common r oo t 3 . to take away ,

mmeans a b low,mt fo od, sign destruction fiat , p lay, andqfigrt clear ing away A car e ful analysis shows that the idea o f

takingaway is pr esent in some shape o r other thr oughout allthese .

Each verb-r oot is capab le o f beingmodifiedinto acausativeform, a desiderative f o rmand a f r equentative form; and each

o f these f o rms is capable o f independent conjugation in all

moods and tenses

Causative The causative v er b is f o rmed by the addition

o f g, which becomes when the termination is added, a

enema ( ii. 21 he causes to kill, f r oman to kil l ; fi imfir

( iii. 1 thou causest (me ) to engage, f r om351 to join ;amé '

fi (iii . 5) he is caused to do , f r om5 to do M 6

33 iii . 29 he may cause to be unsettled,f r omfl to move

mannalet him cause to sink down , f r ommag to be cast

down .

Desider atz'

r e ; The deside r ative verb exp r esses the wish

o f the agent ; a is added, and the fir st lette r is r edup licatedw : ( i. i ) W ishing to fight, f r om 311 to fight; fi

'

fifl’

W 3 ( ii. 6 ) ( we wish to liv e, f r omfig to liv e ; fi fi g’

:

( iii. 25 ) desir ing to do , f r om 5 to do ; ( o f the )wishing to ascend

,f r omm mmount,

e Der ivativewor ds. Der ivative wo r ds o f var ious kinds,e, g. some indicatingmoods not cover ed by the r egular conju

gatious, ar e f ormed bymeans o f affixes .

wish ) to obtain ( rm.

(W ) ar t power less to do xi i .

m = hav ing abandoned ( V . 10

m= having b een ( ii. 20

Var ious par ticip les, past, p r esent and f utur e , and some

shades lo f tenses, which in Samskrit behav e l ike adjectiv es and

so like nouns, ar e also thus der ived. They ar e dec linedexactly like the nouns with which they may be in apposition

xvi

tuna seeing v . 8 aqua-

q hear ing v . 8 sxm’i‘qbeing seated xiv . 23 gaim‘ ra:=being slain ( ii . 20

W :=to be hear d ii,52 ) aiaiszi z to be done ( iii

55721 : to be done xviii,5

firmm: hav e o r hast , o r has said iv . 1

evrfag : seiz ed o r possessed with ( i. 7. devoted

ix . 3 1 am: attached v . 12

fitm a:=going to fight i, 23

Many nouns ar e fo rmed by infiectional modifications o f

other nouns

q rfiz, the son o f gm. ( 1 1. 3.

afifiq z, the son o f gait. ( 11 .

So first} : f r omgm; firm: f r om int} which itse l f isf ormed f r om{W &c . i . 6 .

3125531 3 w ag simian: &c . meaning ‘not capab le o f i s

o r or met: &c . , ii . 24

H’ f f 8 1 +{3 good

-ness

mm nu—avar icious-ness ; affamfi 'm ver y-

p r oud

ness ; xiv . 2

mfl =m-possessing ; ( vn

am = do .

~

v 11 . 82

$ 1 ( f r om f r om which ( p lace ) , ( ii 2 ) 5GRf r omail, a then, thence,

’v i.

n°

‘ iu acco rdance with “n

ii 31 5

mq =in ar e o r eight ways vn. 4 &c. , &c . , &c.

,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

xviii ]

m cat steame rs : N ewgame.we rewe?m 1

agei gastri c! gears sawas Fawn diam11

The English p r ose-o rder o f this wou ld r un.

‘

s amend 111121 ( attree? was trier:m uses? as elitist

531183101 N ew fi at II

But in Samskr it pr ose-o r der

e ennuias strain [swimgm aim"News? seam u

[ xxi ]

uan: sfiw afcirmu

an: fi armsmau

simian as: n aluminum,

as : ll sharia

3111q m’isw fsarr'ivfi I I arise generate

as safe 913 2 fewgsara quasi gamuFi'i is dimmers : ear ll H gas: a gait as $ 15

0"dimers?! I I a ll semqri'i‘qrqrfi Jimmie wire as u c reme =r sire afar

-

sw imn a 11

film : great as as fine: ser fs ll as sefwr eliens simmers as 3 ll 8 "a rm asset zir

fim: W 3? ll firms fflfiwr sniff W armi3: I I a ll Herzl? was as as 111611 static Il sa

TfifiTfi’

flRfi c125i”criedgas llcarsseas 31

331 fissi

era auan increase fee ls that a f irst

£1611 ll firals rflgqu’

ser M ame qrw ll \9 Il

13611 331 q firs t se emFr ens : ll sectarian a.

an wnfia‘rwssrfi’m 1! ll ease: 65651? Emwgeeirséaq II 36 1731 was! mfismégar I I Q. I I

xxii

am first 3331 fi s sures : I I W eft.”s s

s‘

e adi qrfif qi use ll 2° uns eenswift adrséimariner u an amen 301i we 3131 (15mll 22 301111 sati res; M ari ana u wemama; simmers seq u H u (raw-are g in

fiefr fire‘

s missga: ll mi n gar3??q n gr II W i lli W e? at as a: was?!

at : u s e n'

s stat sc rawled age ll Tir

arm: armr est ace in agrees II i t ar e an?

anarm? a: asst: u i s n assassinate saf

Unaga gate ll firamseqrgair 3a) ingest 5313

ll i t, ll drawers gs : agar was gr'

rtgearq H a}

élrgeausgifir fie-

remit ms sea u {w u mariaewnsait as rmqgiirsie at n sealants 1216113 1

ea rners l| z< ll firari Sara'

s firs: sear midiare : naliases : g ees are cuemu is in

W arfare: stair graf t new : ll firfiamsr eiwdra ma t fi mll h ll fim zmmmgradfia q z qwll imma fi uwm qa w

xxiii

a: n u n firamrei wine a: I I

e afi fi flfii‘flh’

fi gr in? m'

émcgrq ra n Q? II 135!

w e mamfiafiamr amas salami llmatea (femagei asséo

'

ens HR? H eta shame;trfii 8117116 1111s egyfq

‘

0 2

THE BHAGAVAD-GiTA.

THE GREATNESS o r THE GiTA.

Hail to Shr i - Ganesha' Hail to the Lo ver o f

RadhA!

Dhara (the Ear th) said O B lessed O ne , 0 Sup remeRuler , how may unfalter ing dev o tio n ar ise in himwho

is constrained by p rarabdha karma, 0 Lo rd

( I). Vishnu said : He who,constrained by p rarab

dha karma,is eve r assiduo usl y p ractising the Gite

, he

is l iberated, he is happy in this wo r ld,he is no t stained

by karma.

If he study the Gite,then can no sin stain

h im, as wate r stainsnot the lo tus- leaf .

Wher e is the bo o k o f the Gite, where its read

ng is per fo rmed, ther e ar e all ho ly places, the r e indeed

Pfayaga and the r est.

All Devas , Rishis, Yogis and Pannagas, alsoGopfilas and Go pis also , with Narada, Uddhava, and

their train.

He lp comes swiftl y whe re the Gita is recited.

Where the discussion o f the Gita, the r ecitatio n,the

teaching, o f it is heard, the r e I, 0 Ear th,doubtless eve r

abide .

I dwe l l in the r etr eat o f the Gita the Gita is

My best abode . Hav ing master ed the wisdomo f the

Gita, I p r otect the thr ee wo r lds.

The Gitais My supr eme science , it is ve r ily thefo rm o f Brahman. It is the hal f-sy l lable eter nal (thedo t on the ever lasting, the inefiable essence o f the

Se l f,Spo ken by Kr ishna, the Omniscient, the

B lessed, to Ar juna with H is ownmouth, the thr ee Vedas,the final bliss, the expo sition o f the knowledge o f the

Tattvas.

The man who constantly r epeats the eighteen

discour ses with unwave r ingmind, he wil l obtain pe r fect

wisdomand r each the sup reme goal .

If the complete r ecitation be impo ssib le , thenmay one hal f be r ead. Then he doub tless obtainsme r it ,equal to the gift o f a cow.

(II). By the r eading o f a third part,he may o btain

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

Janaka and the r est, praised in the wo r ld, be ing c leansed fr omsins

,have gone to the supr eme goal .

Hav ing accompl ished the r eading o f the Gita,

he who should no t also r ead this descr iption o f its

greatness, his r eading is in vain,and his labo ur is lo st.

He who per fo rms the practice o f the Gita,

asso ciated with this disco ur se o n its Gr eatness, he oh

tains the f r uit, he may r each the path diffi cult o f o btain

ment.

Sfita said He who should r ead this eternalGreatness o f the Gita

,p r o c laimed byme , at the end o f the

Gita,should obtain that fr uit which has been descr ibed.

Thus in the blessed varahapurana the gr eat

ness o f the Gita is set fo r th .

N ote. The statementsmade above, as to the value o f r eadingpo rt ions,o r the whole, o f the Gt

‘td,may seemat first sight to be somewhat fantas

tic . They should not be constr ued as meaning the mere r eading, the

lip-r epetition , o f verses, but rather as the master ing and assimilation

o f the spir it o f the Gttd. and the lif e-r epetition ther eo f . Theman who

has thus wr ought the Gf tdinto his lif e is a J ivanmnkta,and the assimila

tion o f one shloka, o f sever al , o f a quar ter o f the Gi‘td, and so on, markvar ious stages in human evolution, each o f which has its own app r opr iate

THE ARRANGEMENT O F THE HANDS ETC.

FOR THE Gir a.

5a The B lessed Veda-Vyasa is the Rishi o f thisB izagavad

-Gz‘

td mantra. The me tr e is the anushtup .

Shr i Krishna, the Supr eme Se l f , is its Devata “ Thou

gr ievest fo r those that should no t be gr ieved fo r , yet

speakest wo rds o f wisdom such is the Bija.

“ Abandoning allduties

,come unto me alone fo r she lter such

is the Shakti. “ I wil l libe rate thee f r om all sins ;

so r r ow no t :”such is the K ilakam.

“Weapons cleavehimno t, no r fire burneth him thus “ To the two

thumbs, all hail '” “ N o r wate r s wet him, no r wind

dr ieth himaway ; thus : To the two index finger s, all

hail !” “ Uncleavable he, incombustible be , neither to

be wetted no r dr ied away thus :“ To the two middle

finge r s, all hail !”“ Pe r petual, all-per vasive , stable , im

movable, ancient thus To the two nameless (four th)finger s, all hail !

”“ Beho ld, O fPar tha, my Fo rmsj '

a

hundr ed-fo ld, a thousand-fo ld thus : To the twol ittlefinge r s, all hail ! Var ious ‘

in kind, div ine , var ious incalours fi , thus :

“To the two palms and backs of the

1

hands, all hail !" Such is the dispo sition o f the hands.

Now as to the dispo sition o f the hear t and the o ther

o rgans.

“ Weapons c leave himno t, no r fir e burnethhim thus : “

To the hear t, all hail “ N o r wate rs wet

him, no r wind dr ieth himaway ;”thus : To the head,

svfiha Uncleavable he , incombustib le he , ne ithe r to bewettedno r dr ied away thus : To the sbikha

,vashat

Pe r petual , all-per vasive , stable , immo vable thus: To

the encasement, huh !”“ Beho ld O PAr tha, my Fo rms,a hundr ed- fo ld

,a thousand- fo ld ; thus To the fir e

weapon, phat Fo r the pr o pitiation o f Shr i Kr ishna ther eading is enj o ined.

N ote A mantra, in the Hindu r eligion , has a Rishi, who gave it

A metr e , which governs the inflection of the voice . A Devaté—a super

natural being, higher o r lower—as its inf orming power . The Bi ja, seed,

is a significant word, or ser ies of wo rds, which gives it a special power ;

sometimes this word '

13 a sound which harmonises with the key-note o f

the indiv idual using it , and var ies with the indiv idual, sometimes this

word exp r esses the essence of themantra, and the r esult o f the mantrais the flower sp r inging f r omthis seed this essence o f the G f td is in the

words quoted. The Shakti is the energy of the f ormo f themantra,i . e .

the v ib ration-f orms set up by its sounds these in the Gftd car ry themanto the Lo rd. The Kilakam,

the pillar , is that which suppor ts andmakesstr ongthemantr a ; this is the ceasing o f sor r ow, by the f r eemg f r omimper f ections.

Then f ollow cer tain special dir ections, intended to set up

r elations between the centr es in theman's body and the co r responding

centr es in the body o f the Lord—the univer se . The thumbs, the ear thsymbo l , ar e connectedwith the physical plane, and ar e utilised in con

trol o f its subtle f or ces. The index finger s, the water-symbo l, are con

xxx

nected with the astr al plane, and ar e similar ly used with astral f o r ces .

The middle finge r s, the fir e-symbo l, the apex o f the py ramid o f the hand,

ar e similar ly used with mental f o r ces. The f our th finge r s, the air -symbol,ar e similar ly used with b uddhic f o r ces . The little finger s, the most

power f ul in the subtle wo r lds,ar e the Akasha-symb ol, and ar e similar ly

used with atmic f o r ces. The other o rgans o f the body ar e the other

p oles o f the magnet o f the body : thumbs and hear t index finger s and

head middle finger s and the po int o f j unctur e o f the o ccip ital and

par ietal sutures ; the f o ur th finge rs and the sukshma shar ir a the little

finge r s and the c r eative o rgan . These ar e the positiv e and negativ e po les

of themagnet we call the body eithe r may be positive , either negative ,

according to the ob ject aimed at, but they wo rk together .

F r om o ther stand-po ints these dispositions may be r egarded as

hav ing on the one hand, an inhib ito r y , o r , on the other , a stimulativeeff ec t on the physical o r subtle r f unction o f the o rgans concerned,

acco rding to the pur pose in v iew in the subsequent meditation o r

p ractice .

To the weste r n wor ld these co r r espondences may seem f antastic and

super stitious ; to the easter n wo r ld,in which the faint tradition o f the

Gr eat Science linger s, they sound as echoes o f a.mightier age , when

Gods and Men walked f amiliar ly together in the Hidden Ways.

l l

a t: ifiafi araq l

a?» main afifinfiai unset maths Fifi

smile mast mafia teammates 31}

argasrfi'vfi mfi rmsmwtifi tfia W etsuits

wrai th 116131301711 u 2 351953 a emsEmma? w fiqraaqfi a I I in term urt

ahegui: sta ffed? areas: ai r-1: II R ll maathGflartr 33am}? I I wagers w e: fiargaga

an: I I i'

ll séiqifiwf r mar f irst class ics :mi l are : gr-i

‘mltmgr i fittings use 8 ag

Eel t eammat es Est imates $ 60? as

sums II a II aimiimaar M essie r utensilélras r fi rmness? $301 areal wife Ere

-

15661 31

mmfiwlahtaemgarnered—let swim? (as, mosma k riis was ll 8: I I qmacisa: afres

a'

és means mmrsm fisi arismsa’

lamai

xxxii

seq ll ll ti se ts-63165116615;we was:

M imfifi fidfi'

ti slam: . u mamm qadfif ir fiifi iima

'

a fig: g131n 3amafi mz ll s ll sfi wraq ll

0 2

THE M EDITATIO N O N G M .

33 Taught by the B lessed Narayana H imse l f toArjuna ; comp iled by Vyasa, the ancient Muni, in the

midst o f the M a/zcib/zdmta ; I meditate on thee,0 Mo the r ,

0 Bhagavad-Gita, the blessed, the po ur er fo r th o f the

nectar o f Advaita, destr oye r o f r ebir th. Hail to thee,

O Vyass,large -minded one

,with eyes l ike the petals

o f the o pened lo tus ; by whomthe lamp o f knowledge ,

fil led with the o il o f the M afiziékdmta, has been l ighted.

To the Par ijatao kalpatar u o f the suppl iant, to the ho lder o fthe whip , to K gishna as Teacher , mil ker o f the Gita-nectar , all hail ! All the Upanishats are the cows the M ilkeris the j oy o f the cowhe rds ; Par tha is the cal f ; the mano f h igh inte l l igence is the enjoye r ; the mil k is the gr eatnectar o f the Gita. I wo r ship vasude va

,the char io teer

,

the God, the destroyer o f KamsaandChandra, the supr emeJoy o f Devaki, K gishna, Gur u o f the wo r ld. With K eshava

as he lmsman, v er il y was c r o ssed by the Pandavas that

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

I I 31791

HERE THE BLESSED Lonn’

s SO NG IS BEGUN .

sang

a i rs l

wasW'

s nasal gases: 10

W 551: sis—areawag

—se {was ll 2

Dh r itarashtra said

O n the ho l y plain,o n the fie ld o f Kur u

, gathe red

togethe r , eage r fo r b attle , what did they , 0 Sanjaya, my

peo ple and the Pandavas ?

gang: Dh r itar asht r a ; 33msaid , ufififi = qfifa fia

o f dharma, in (on) the field ; ma : gm: o f K uru, in

(on) the field ; w ere": gather ed togethe1 : 33m : wishing to

fight ;mam: mi'

;ne qi'rgar t gar: o r Panda ,

the sons q

and : (171 al so , flat what ; W 3 did thev a? “ O Sanjaya.

Ei’

w‘

if l sans I

egi g qisarflw aaé gsw as l

mam maaaaaa’

ia u s n

Sanjays said

Hav ing seen ar rayed the army o f the Pandavas,

the Raja Duryodhana app r oached his teache r,

1and

spake these wo rds (2 )

gram: Sanjaya“

ester said {gr having seen g indeed

W fl f l$ = tfi€fl fl i sir -f ret? o f the Pandav as , the army ;a? ar rayed ; gimaz Duryodhana ; a'sr then ; W illi the

teacher ; 3 1133 11111 hav ing app r oached ; ( 13 1 the K ing (Du ryo

dhana.) aafl speech sxaafiq said

mar qrggsnvnmwfi use) E1531 1

0 x A Aagei g

crzgamaa lW flTW 11 Q 11

B eho ld this mighty ho st o f the sons o f Pandu,

0 teache r , ar rayed b y the so n o f D r upada,thy

‘

wise

disciple . (3)

m b eho ld ; trai th is ; siggarwm= si€r z garm o f

Panda, the so ns ; awa rd0 teache r ; Hat-ii gr eat ; emi tt e r-my ;sag? ar r ay ed ; gain o f D r upada, by the

son ;“

fret thy [3162101 (by) discip le ; firm (by ) wise .

A Q

are an agent“mmgaam31s 1h

‘ \ f \

33mm16103361 gases new : 11 a 11

H e r o es ar e these,mighty b owmen,

to Bhima and

Ar juna equal in battle ' Y uyudhana ,Virata

,and D ru

pada o f the gr eat car

I Dr ona, the son of t i radvaja.

2 Technically, one able to fight alone ten thousand bowmen.

“

3

51 51 here ; aux: her oes; qgssngnz= qgimgears

-

n: ama,

gr eat, bows, whose (ar e) , they ( gq ra az {g stream; that

which, the sn ow,thr ows ) ; fimri aq qrz= ifiq§q 313n am:

o f Bhima, o f Ar juna, equal ; gilt in battle ; ggqm: Y uyudhana ;

fi rm“ : Virata =ar and gqg: Dr upada ; a and ; qgnq : ru g

-[q

tif f 216 1 H : gr eat, char iot, whose , he .

sasghit afi :mamas firtiafi lgsr

’

sagéiefiiaa 3; q 3 1513181: 11 is 11

Dh r ishtake tu,Chekitana, and the valiant Ré ja o f

Kashi ; Pur uj it and K untibho ja, and Shaibya, bul l 1

amo ngmen ; (5)

ri f f s: Dh r ishtaketu ; enmam: Chekitfina ; mm( ri f f o i

’ Kashi , the K ing ; a and ; e'

frifi'

ra valiant ;

gsfaq Pur uyt ; graffiti ; K untibhoia ; er and ; $1311: Shaibya ;

a and ; mgfl q : = a'

ijg 3813 : amongmen ,bull

sewage Ema ear-rime 31a I

z: x A x Q

mast enema 6181 as Hanan: ll a ll

Yudhamanyu the str ong,and U ttamauja the b rave ;

Saubhadr a and the D raupadeyas ,2 all o f gr eat car s.

(9)

gmq sg: Yudhémanyu“

e r and ; fi af ra: the str ong ;

U ttamauja;“

i t and ; 21°

12?e valiant ; Saubhadra ; fm'

q‘

zn:

1 The hull, as the emblem o f manly str ength and v igou r , is

o f ten used as an epithet o f honour .

2 Abh imanyu, the son of Subhadra and Ar juna, and the sons of .

Draupadi

( 4 2

Dr aupadevas ;“

i t and ; {F} all Q6] even mar: great car

war r io r s .

ma‘

s gfifimfi Hui-313mW e

“

a t

man an ha te him”;ma afifaé' llWllKnow fur the r all tho se who ar e o u r ch ie fs

, 0 b est

o f the twice -bo r n,the l eade r s o f my army ; these I

name to thee fo r thy info rmatio n (7 )

wmm‘ our s ; g indeed ; fif firgt: the best ; 31 who ; amthose ; fi fi

’

ltq know (thou) ;m m saw among the

twice-bo rn ,O b est ; mam: the leade r s ; li q mv ; Erma o f

army ; émfi z m : ar e},o f r ecognition. fo r the sake :m

these fa ff rfiq (I) speak 3 o f (to) thee .

wwwa satireswas afi r’

fiaq : I

swamfeather eimm%ta§1a a I I c nTho u

,lo rd andBhishma, and Kama, and K r ip a, co n

que r ing in battle Ashvatthama, V ikar na, and Saumadatti 1 also (3)

W 1 you r honour firm: Bhishma a and ; 250i: Karna ;

fl and ; as : K r ipa ; fl"and ;maraam= GWTH 5mmassemblage ,

conquer s w armAshvatthama; ragga}; Vikarna a and

film: Saumadatti at"thus ; q; ev en ; i"! and.

wit at age : {RI113131”afi lfiar: I

m agma: a'

éi gafiarrsr: n s n

1 The son of Somadatta,

Andmany o the r s,he r o es, fo r my sake r enounc

their l ives, with dive rs weapons and missiles,and all

we l l-sk il led in war . (9)other s ;

“El”and ;m:many ; an: her oes ; q

'

f z'

r = qq afiimy, fo r sake ;m am: = g

'

fi -f ; si‘

rfi ég

ar? r enounced,lif e , by

whom, they; aramam n arm{radarnew t—TrEat

“

it var ious,

weapons, means o f str iking, Whose, they a} all gear ing :

g?m 3 in battle, skilled.

Q 0 0 0 A

3mmW are“ mmfiufiaaa I

x o

snif f flashers“as? firmfiu fifi a nt o llYet insuffic ient seems this army o f o ur s, though

mar shal led by Bhishma,while that army o f their s seems

suffi cient, tho ugh mar shal led by Bhima; 1 ( lo )a qu

i

fer-Zr insuff icient ; aq that ; 31mm? ou r ;m5; fo r ce ; fi tm

(imam: lficfiwaxfiq'trffiaq by Bhishma, commanded (o r pr otected) ; quité su fficient ; g indeed ; gmthis ; q

‘

aqi o f theirs ;

fimfm’

iqaq : zfifiq arfin’

rfaaq by Bhima, commanded.

3121313 a «33 geranium : l

W agaster: aa‘

i ear isn22 nThe re fo r e in the r ank and file let all

,standing

firmly in their r espective divisio ns, guard Bhishma, even

all ye Gene rals.

”( II)

1 The commentato r s diff er in their inter pr etation o f this v er se

Anamdagir i takes it to mean just the r ever se o f Shr idhara Svfimi spary

fiptam being taken by the one as insnfiicient,”by the other as un

limited.

( 6 )

mafig in the l ines o f tr oops ; a and ; {fig ( in ) all ;

M acco rding to div ision ; W W : standmg ; M

Bhishma ; (I? even aqm guard ; Him: y ou r honoms ; (i?

all ; Q? even ; fir indeed (par ticle to comp lete metr e) ,0 .o A

aremamas gases :mama:0 Q 0 0 Q

teamsam : ne w $1611a usall

To enhear ten him,the Ancient o f the Kur us, the

G randsir e , the glo r io us, blew his co nch ,so unding o n

h igh a l io n’

s r o ar . ( 1 2 )

m o f ( in ) him; fiat-ma gO ener ating g

’

ai joy 375g :

gsgW amongthe K u r us, the ancient ; warm: the gr andf ather.

Q

W = fi g€am3o f a lion

,the r oar , ra

ffle] sounding“3a on

high (o r loudly) ; W a conch ; gemb lew , qarqa'

r=1 the glo r ious .

an itemfilial W W W : I

mhw fia a W ll? i n

Then co uches and ke ttledr ums, tab o r s and drums

and cowho rns suddenly b lar ed fo r th ,and the so und was

tumu l tuous.

I3

a'

az then conehes ; a and ; 3151 : kettledr ums ; sq and ;

W IH$ WIEGT =—Q'

°Ffl i f imam ”i f fl rgtflT: a tabo rs ,and,

drums, and, cowhoms, and ; agar suddenly ; q'

a al so : M

wer e struck ; a: that ; $ 53: sound ggzsz tumultuous ; 39 11 3 was.

0

0

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

( 8 )

The Raya Yudhishthir a, the so n o f Kunti,blew

Anantavijaya ; Nakula and Sahade va, Sughosha and

Maijiipushpaka.

1( 1 6)

315mm; Anantav ijaya ( rat the K ing

33 : o f K unti, the son ; gfiq fié’

t : Yudliishthir a ; q §a z N ahu

la 33 3331 : Sahadeva a“

and gq rq qlmgsqfi =m 57?m.

“ if a Sughosha, and Manipushpaka,and.

Emma: adhere : area a Harm:eager fattestmafi arm

’

faa: uw ll

And Kashya,2 o f the great b ow, and Shikharjdi, the

mighty car -war r io r,Dhr ishtadyumna and V irata and

Satyaki, the unco nque red. ( I7)

am'

a'

q : Kashya ;rs; and ; q rqcmz =mz g erm: am3 :

excellent, bow,whose

,he fi rm? Shikhandi ‘ETand W W

great car- war r ior w : Dhr ishtadynmna fi ne : Virata ‘W

and ; g ra tis: Satvaki i f and ;mtn‘

aa: unconquer ed.

grist swims Heist: w e I

amt-(a amzaswegzsm nscn

D r upada and the D raupadeyas, O Lo rd o f ear th,

and Saubhadra,the mighty -armed,

o n all sides the ir

seve ral conches b lew. ( 1 8)

1 The conches o f the r emaining th r ee b r o ther s we r e named r espec

tively,“endless v icto ry,

”honev -tone

”and jewel-blossom.

"

2 The K ing o f Kashi , themodern Benar es.

( 9 )

gqs: Draupadeyas ; q and ; f r omall sides gfiqé

‘

rq’

é :

37mm: q'

fi o f ear th, 0 Lo rd 3m} : Saubhadra ;

“GT and ; (twO) gr eat,(two) arms

, whose , he ; spamcouches ; gag: blew ; mseverally qq ai several ly.

a fifil atriumawn?) exam I

am: qfiwfi $16; ggé r“

anaemia 119 osllThat tumul tuous up r o ar r ent the hear ts o f the sons

o f Dhr itarashtra,fi l l ing the ear th and sky with sound.

( 19)a: that Ernst : up roar ; firéugj ofi=m €a g

rant!“ o f

Dhr itarfishtra,

o f the sons gean’

fi the hear ts enigma: r entan : sky ; at and ; gl3 a

'mear th ; a“

and ; us al so ; fig?tumu ltuous an rsqq filling with sound.

an: assr’

taawegrmeirraissfiksa : lSif t) transferW W W ll s o I IThen

,beho lding the so ns o f Dhr itarashtra standing

ar rayed,and the flight o f missiles abo ut to begin, he

who se crest is an ape , the so n o f Pandu,to o k up his

bow, (20)31 21 now ; six—trauma standing (in o rder ) ; {31 hav ing

seen ; mé trgfi _

the sons o f Dhr itarachtra ; arm :

aft}: Layer m a: an ape, in flag,whose, he ; fi fi

' in

(the state o f) hav ing G’qfii’ o f

W eap ons, in the f al l ing ; Hg: bow ;mmhav ing taken up

qi‘ga: the son o f Panda .

31513 3 61161 I

fi rssfilfiw{atw e stage lla9

And spake this wo rd to Hfishikesha. O Lo rd

ear th :

Ar juna said

In the midst,between the two armies, stay

char io t,O Achyuta, (2 1 )

gq’

iafi i to H r ish ikesha ; 5731' then ; enema sen tence ; 33 1

this ; acne said ; qéhfi= q§ p qa o f ear th ,0 L o rd; 37g“

Ar j una ; 3 1W said;“

remi t: o f the (two) armies ;m (O f)

b oth ; was} in th e middle ; (air car ; (mqa stop ; amy ; 31533

O Immutab le .

misan'sfié ssi rgsmmafinawi

shat asfiawm’

isamsgafi I I H I I

That I may beho ld these standing,longing fo r

battle , with whoml must str ive in this o ut-br eak ingwar ; (2 2 )

mast while ; Q'

Fna; these ; fafiifr see ; i ts I ; i ngest i

ma m? amt}? Tami-1 to figh t, desir e,whose

,they ; 3167

fiu'

arq standing ; in w ith wh om; Hat by me ; Hg to

gether ; imammust be f o ugh t ; wfiqain th is ; (mama‘s :

( Incan fii o f war , in th e up r ising.

( 1 1 )

m ass; tr ©1531 semen: 1W ise: ll as 11

And gaz e on tho se he r e gathe r ed toge the r , r eady tofight, desir o us o f pleasing in battle the ev il-minded son

o f Dh r itarashtra. (2 3)i rmmrq these go ing to fight ; afi ifr see ; 813 I ; 3;

who ; (fir these ; 31 ? he r e ; w arm: gather ed togethe r ;

mirage ; o f the son o f Dhr itarash tr a ; (o f the) ev ilminded ; g? in fight ; ffim yfi q a rm fi f th : o f the

p leasur e, desir ous to do .

sawwas l

gages! sass: ge isha raw

minefilfiwW at {aw I I as

Sanjays said

Thus addr essed by Gudakesha, 1 H r ishikesha, O

Bharata,hav ing stayed that best o f char io ts in the

midst,be tween the two armies

,

m thus ; qm: addr essed ; gtfiifi l’

t H r ishikesha ;

fiq =ggrafimz gi’mo f sleep ,

by the lo 1d , mm0 Bhai ata ;

hai r: o f the (two ) (Ofl b o th ; mu m the

middle ; q fizm havmg stayed, (dram-t wist saw o f

char io ts , the b est.

1 Ar juna.

( 1 2I

W : Raisi 6 :when l

was c1151 twist-

swimmer IIas"O ve r against Bhishma,

D r o na and all the r ule r so f the wo r ld,

said :“ O Par tha, beho ld these Kur us

gathe r ed toge the r .

”(25)

sfiwg‘

umgwamstream”it starts‘

sswaters o f Bhishma,and o f D i ona, and, in p i esence Hater? o f all ; a and .

, q§h’

s1

8m= qfi mars sra “3m aq i the ea1 th , sees , such , (is)

the p r o tecto r o f the ear th ,o f them; am said ; cm}

0 Pfir tha ; m b eho ld ; gm these ; q qam gather ed

m K u r us ; {fa thus.

f \ 0 r x

swarm s-mm: signs WW I

x:

Then saw Par tha stfnding ther e unc les and grand

fathe r s, teache r s , mo the r

’

s b r o the r s,co usins

,so ns and

grandso ns , comr ade s, (26 )as; the r e saw ; [Guamstanding ; qrfi

'

: Par tha ;

Fmf athe r s ; 31 21 also ; [ qmgr‘

i gr andfathe r s ; W ithteach e r s ; mgma mmate r nal u nc les ; W 1 b r o ther s ; m

a

sons ; Willi gr andsons , g ramf r iends ;

a

amto o

starling s first:M use"Father s-in-law and f i iends also in bo th armies.

( 1 3 )

See ing all these k insmen,thus standing ar rayed, Kaun~

teya, 1 (27 )

W f athe r s-ih -law ga g: go od

-hemts ; a and ; qaalsoEmi r: in ( two) armies;mp h : ( in) bo th axfft al so ; amtheseGI-fiazz hav ing seen ; a

“

: he ; ef fing: K aunteya ; aah all mr e lativ es ; axafi zrt-ui standing.

m q ssfisfi fifim’

ama‘la

315213 3 6116 1

o 0 0

aga FISH 351171 gang agcmaaq IRCII

Deep ly mo v ed to pity , this utte r ed in sadness

Ar juna said

See ing these,my k insmen

,O K r ishna, ar rayed

eage r to fight,

war by p itv ; qtar 31"q entei ed (filled) .

fi cfisq so r r ou ing ; 3311 this ; exaafiq said ; 313 3 . Ar juna ;saver said ; {821 liming seen ; 31 ; this ; fi aq q = Qa§q mg

o f o 1i e’

s o im, peolrle ; $ 1501 0 K r ishna ; ggcg wish ing to

figl1t , n [ ( qaq standing togethex.

Ifiéfi IIII Timur IIIE’

r a Enigma1ma aI

'

iI a Irasfi

r’a‘

aria ll as I I

My l imbs fail andmymo uth is par ched, my bodyquiv e r s, andmy hair stands o n end, (29)

1 The son o f Kunti, Ar juna.

( I4 )

Efi'fifi f 17d] ; RR my ; mania: limbs ; month ;“

i t and

qfimfa dr ies up ; Eng: shiver ing ; a”and ; {If}? m body ,

3} my ; fiqgé z= i rmmi o f the hair s, excitement ; ”at and ;

m ar rses.

ais'

fi Ian'

smafi a ar'

IIaIi 1I1 51 na

'

imae rrgi settlers I1 an:"i o n

Gandiva sl ips f r ommy hand,andmy sk in burns all

o v er ; I amno t able to stand,andmy mind is whir l ing,

Gl l fl sl ips 3amf r omhand E335 skina and qa al so ; may ? burns all over Ff not ; a and

q g’fiffi (I) amable w mg to stand 3ama wander s {a like

a and 3? my ti t-r : mind.

fifiifi ifi a Emiliafiqfimfi $573 1

It a fai rsgcn‘mffi genw ere? ll 11

And I see adve r se omens, O K eshava ? N o r do I

fo r esee any advantage fr omslay ing k insmen in battle .

'

(3I)

fiz'

fq‘

a causes(omens) a and qsqrrfi (I) see 5fi qfiarfi

opposed; $ 11?1 O K eshava ; a not ; a and : fan : the bette r

(the good) ; am fi (I) fo r esee ; ga r having k il led; Wkinsfolk ; a re? in battle .

1 An epithet explained by some asmean ing ‘ he who has fine or

luxur iant hair , b y o thers as meaning : he who sleeps. 315,in

the water s,"QT.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

mo ther ’s b r o the r s,fathe r s- in-law

, grandso ns , b r o the r sin-law

,and o the r r e lative s . (34)m axi: teacher s ; fiat : f athe r s ; gar : sons ; am“

thus

Q? al so fl'

and; fi arqgr : gr andfather s ; Inga“ mate r nal nuc les 93510 : f ath e r s

- in-law sift? ! gr andsons m ; b r o the r s

in -law ; {fi rfiq z r e latives ; amtoo .

we sas s—m5161513 agI

-

lsa IQ R x x h ’ A x

31”flamm‘

qfl gar: 155 salesmanThese I do no t wish to k il l

, tho ugh myse l f slain , O

M adhusfidana,e ven fo r the sake o f the kingsh ip o f the

th r ee wo r lds ; how then fo r ear th (35)

qani these ; a not ; aga te kill {55 1171 (I) wish ; gar

slaying; exf‘

q al though (i. e . although they be slayingme) am0 Madhusfidana ; 31meven ; 37s tr$a§q =m q ( 157111 ; o f

thr ee wo 1 lds , o f kingdom; gar: o f cause ( fo r the sake o f ) -7

how; 3 then ; qg’

iqfi' 811331 353 o f earth

,fo r the sake .

Slay ing these so ns o f Dhr itaras‘

h tra,what pleasur e

can b e o ur s , O Janardana P? k il ling these desperado essin wil l b ut take ho ld o f us . (36 )

1 The slayer o f Madhu a demon .

2 Destr oyer o f the people .

”Sh r i K r ishna as the war r ior conquer ing

all f orms o f ev il.

[ I7 ]

filmhaving 8191 9 ; Hfdflgfi sons of Dhritarasht ra; a: to us

at what ; firffi : p leasure; ( 1117-1:may be ; fi lifl o J anardana

111q sin ; gar also ; mag: would attach ; 5113 11 to us ; 333"hay ing kil led 11amthese fi rm-{affirmdesper adoes.

award612i s'

ciW W 1

manFe ast 3 11 511343 : FIN W 113m"

The r e fo r e we should no t k il l the sons o f Dhritara

shtra, o ur r e latives fo r how, k il l ing o ur k insmen, maywe be happy , 0 Madhava ? (37)

mather efo r e; a (ar e) not;me

n deser ving, (ought) ; a“

we 33 to kil l ; mé'ttgrq the sons o f Dhr itarashtra ; W mown r elatives ; £ 3313 kinsfolk ; f? indeed ; 551i how ; gear havingkil led gfmq : happy {ammay '

(we) be;mumO M fidhava'

.

Although these , with inte l l igence o ve r powe r ed by

no guilt in the destruction o f a famil y , no

cr ime in ho stil ity to f r iends, (38)

afi' if ; at? even ; q}? these ; anot ; qa

’

t’

fa see ; 50?q

shim31133 13 3 : aqi‘

a' by gr eed, car r ied

away, mind, whose,

they ;mm W W qsér o f a family, by the destr uction,

made ; in“ fault (ev il) ; W = fflqmq i f? o f f r iends, in

hostility ; q and ;mmcr ime .

2

[ 1 8 1

fl awW ifi mwdafia nss nWhy sho uld no t we learn to tur n away f r om suc h

a sin, O j anardana, who see the ev ils in the destruction

o f a family (39)

armhow ; a not,m to b e known ; W : by

f r omsin m i ( f r om) th is ;W to turn away m

In the destr uction o f a family the immemo r ial family traditions

1 per ish in the pe r ishing o f traditions law

lessness o ver comes the who le famil y

m==§mmo f a f amily

,i n the destr uction ; qmfi

‘

a

p er ish , 5mm: =m emf : o f the family, the duties ;m at:

immemo r ial ; bfi in the (state o f ) duty ; a? being destr oyed ;g? the f amily ;m the who le ;mfi: lawlessness afi

‘mfi

over comes ; ea indeed.

I Dharma ; this is a wide wo rd p r imar ily meaning the essentialnatur e of a thing ; hence, the laws o f its being, its duty ; and it

includes r eligious r ites- app r opr iate to those laws—customs, also

r ighteousness.

[ I9 ]

W WW QEW W W

e'tggerg arfih washes

-

1: 11 as 11

Owing to p r edominance o f lawlessness, O K rishna,

the women o f the famil y become co r r upt; women co r

r upted, O Varshneya, ther e ar iseth caste-confusion;

ménfim = W w’

immo f lawlessness, f r omp r ev alence ; W 0 Kr ishna W become wicked ;mu:

=§m (an: o f the f amily, women dig in ( the state o f )women gag (being) wicked ; entail: O Var slmeya; stmata r ises

, 3m := €rvr€q Hint : o f caste, conf usion .

sea316151361 {semiW a 1

c1€1fi1 fish as gafidm'

sm: 11 as 11This confusion draggeth to he l l the Slaye r s o f the

f amily and the family fo r their ancesto r s fal l, depr ived

o f r ice-bal ls and l ibations. (42 )aah

-

( z conf usion m (is) f or hel l ; qq also ’

; $ 67

mmo f the slayer s o f the f ami ly, m o f the f amilyand ; qfifit f al l ;

Amat : the ancestor s ; fé v er ily ; W o f

these ; autism :=§m13m s eem mamama

lost, o f r ice-bal ls, and o f watsi , and, the r ite, o f whom,they .

staid: W M : I

W e afimfi: 3561111518 . WHEN: IIQQ11

[ 20 ]

By these caste -co nfu sing misdeeds o f the Slaye r so f the family , the ever lasting caste customs and

‘

familycustoms ar e a .b o lished (43)

inn by s ins ; its : o f the f amilyslayer s ; anism rtir = a10

'm1 am 611113; o f caste , o f the

co n f usion ,by the doe r s ; W W?! ar e destr oyed ; 31"w

an} : emf : o f the caste , customs ;m: = §a§qm1}: o f thef amily , customs ; fl and ; fi rm : e ver lasting,

sw www xwfia l

afi fiwé atdl flsdlagggw as 11

The abode o f the men who se family customs are

extinguished, . O J anardana, is everlastingly in he l l .Thus have we

“

heard. (44)M imi= 3 ‘

GGH :m afiwi é destr oyed o f the

f am1ly. cuswms,o f whom, they ; qgmrwi o f men ; 3131611“

0 J anfirdana ; in he l l ; Ema fixed ; m: dwelling ;

staff; 18 {fit thus ;m we have hear d.

11mm 33s aw : 11 as 11

Alas ! in commi ttmg a gr eat sin ar e we engaged, we

who ar e endeavo ur ing to k il l our k indr ed f romgr eed

o f the pleasur es o f kingsh ip. (45)ea alas ; we mam gr eat ; as sin ; as 10 do ;

«W e p r epar ed ;mws ; {1521111m ama of kingdom,

l

o f p l easu r e , by

.

gr eed ; 33 to k il l ; ( 33 3 1; (o ur ) own

r e latives ; w ar : up r isen .

sisW rens =511-511-

‘

1101a1z 1

ashlar w as?) smart 1121‘

s 11 1311 11

If the so ns o t r itarashtra, weapo n-in-hand, sho uld

slay me , unr esisting,unarmed,

in the battle , that would

fo r me b e the bette r . (46)

at? if ; qi' me ; 81 515116515; without r etal iation (un r esis

ting) ; BRIE.

weap on less ; W :=W fifl W ?!

weapons, in hands, whose , they ; 211511121 : the sons o f

Dhr itarashtr a ; ( if; in the battle ; may slay ; 3 11 that ;

31 o f me ; W I better ; 1531 wou ld be .

rim3 511? 1

gauge"5337-1: 3 1111215161 I

13111321 eatandwarfism: 11as ll

Sanjaya said

Hav ing thus spo ken o n the battle -he ld,Ar juna

sank down o n the seat o f the char io t, casting'

away his

bow and ar r ow,his mind o ve rbo r ne by gr ie f . (47)

(15121: Sahj aya ; am said mthus ; fi a t hav ing said,

3137-1: Ar j una ; first: in the battle ; ( im?r =meq anti“

: o f

the char io t, in the seat ; “ tam sank down ; Fagi n

hav ing cast away H’ifii e' {fiw £ 13 with the ar r o

w,together

2 2

1 1131 how ; M ax ims rifle? mas m a z hyso r r ow,

agitated, mind, whose, he ;

{faM argarettamamas aware sh earers

6m m amm seara: 1

Thus in the Upanishats o f the glo r ious Bhagavad-Gita, the science o fthe ETERNAL , the scr iptur e o f Yoga, the dialogue between

Shr i K r ishna and Ar juna, the fi r st discour se, entitled

THE YOGA O F THE DESPONDENCY O F ARJ UNA.

i f?! thus W in the b lessedBhagavadoGitas

m in the Upanishats mm :—an fi ami o f theETERNAL , in the sc ience ; m = érm srta o f Yoga, in

the sc r ip tur e W 1é 3m®=W e a w e a «are.

o f Shr i Kr ishna, and,o f Ar juna

, and, in the dialogue sti flfi vwimmmlgmW mint: o f Ar juna, o f desp ondency.the Yoga amname mm: fir st ;mam: disco ur se.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 24 ]as e

21: gmby non-Aryans, r e] o 1ced 1 11 ( p r acti sed ) ; 311Wunheavenly (no t leading to Svar ga) W fimq un-famemaking 93

13; O Ar j una.

W W W‘

G

a? m anneq u i nQ

Y ie ld no t to impo tence,O Par tha ! it do th no t

befit thee . Shake o ff this pal try faint-hear tedness !

Stand up ,Par antapa ! (3)

33rd; to weakness ; mno t ; (11 ( p leonastic pa1 ticle , ;

rm: go ; m2} 0 Par tha : a no t ; gem: this ; an: in thee ;

eqqu’

ais fitting ; gigmean : 3mm : 33amm o i the

hear t, weakness ; m hav ing abando ned , 313173 stand up

W =W =iaqfa o the i s ( f oes ) consumes (he who ) .

3135

561 3 316 1 1

as nameas 3161 6 1 1131‘

s? 1

m’hi rzmn'fi fi siafigsa 11 a ll

Arj una said :

H ow, 0 Madhusudana,shal l I attack Bh‘

ishma and

Dr ona with ar r ows in battle ? they who ar e wo r thy o f

r eve r ence,O slaye r o f fo es. (4)

as}: how 5 33?q Bhishma ; 31? I (i ts? in battl e ;mDr ona a and ; W O Madhusfidana ; {grin with

ar r ows shal l I attack {mgr -1 1311211: 313

£ 25 ]

o f wo r ship , th e deser v ing (two ) ; mfi fi = 3¥fime nemies, O slaye r .

{16 352611 is sergeant

firth wingimitate i i? I

whimgraffi ti

grat ermmgh tqw u ‘1 I I

Bette r in this wo r ld to eat ev en the beggar s cr ust,

than to slay these mo st nob le Gur us . Slay ing these

G ur us, o u r we l l -wishe r s, 1 I sho u ld taste o f b lo odbesp r ink led feasts . (5)

W the Gmu s ; wea r no t hav ing slain ; if? indeed ;

W : qgfil axi q fi r aq i amgr eat, Sp l endo ur , Whose ,them; izaz b e tte r ; f rag to eat ;

“

NW alms m3 e v en {3he r e mar: [ 11 wo r ld ; ga r ha v ing s la in ; extiaflqm-z a q ij mzifi {fitmaweal th (o r desixe

,thus, them; 3 in

deed Gur us ; {3 he r e ; qa a l so W I sho uld eat ;

aim f oods sfi tarfi ra= afi iw q mwith b lood,stained.

I affirm : 3153013 ) want":mtheylwllO covet

wealth ; o r an} (qt-r an} fig)mmufi '

they who desir e (my ) ar lha

goodo r wel f ar e ; ano the r r eading is M ufti : (m am)f r omgr eed o f weal th .

M o r e o f ten tr anslated. gr eedy o f weal th . but the word is used

elsewhe r e f o r well-wisher,and this termismo r e in acco rdance W ith the

tone o f Ar j una’

s r emarks,

i

qiaa seena féffiifisw

hsafiw : strainer: 11 a nN o r know I which fo r us b e the bette r , that we

conquer themo r they conquer us— these

,whom hav ing

slain we shou ld no t car e to l ive , even these ar rayedagainst us, the so ns o f Dh r itarashtra. (6)

a no t ; H and ; qaq this ; fly : (we) know ; W I

which a: f o r us nfm: mo r e imp o r tant ; aq that ; at o r ;

aim(we) shou ld conque r ; a"? i f ; all o r ; a: u s ; stag:

(they) shou ld conque r ; at?! wh om qa e v en gmhav ing

slain ; 7! no t ; firsfi‘

rfimq : (we) wish to liv e ; 1? those ;

mfiqm: (ar e) standing ; qgfi in f ace ; mé trgt: sons o f

Dhritar é shtr a.

W e i

fi z fl lfiififl dqfi fi

mgmfi ni aim uw n

~My hear t is we ighed down with the v ice o f

faintness my mind is co nfused as to duty . I ask thee

which may be the better— that te l l me decisive l y . I

[ 27 ]

amthy disciple , suppl iant to Thee teach me. (7)

M ae-am:=ami°u€ummwas : Gama: use: ao f commiser ation, by the fau l t, attacked, natur e , whose , he

mfii ( I) ask ; wi thers ; Wim'

fi arm rfi w as : w e :

in (as to ) duty, conf used, whose , he ; arr-I wh ich97m:

better ; mi may b e ; fi fiza‘

decisiv ely ; {Q sp eak ; as]:that it o f (to) me firm: discip le

‘

ao f thee ; are I {nfir

teach ‘Tl‘lme to thee m suppliant.

afsaswfi w qgafi

315!q ess entialist

"

( 132i gownsa ffirm ll‘4II

Fo r I see no t that it wo uld dr ive away this anguish

that wither s up my senses, if I sho uld attain unr ival ledmo nar chy on ear th, o r even the sover e ignty o f the

Shining O nes. (8)

a]? no t ; “ gun’s? (I) see ; as my ; atqgarq may dr ive

away ; “ that ; amgr ief ; W dr ier uup ; (mmo f my senses ; m having obtained ; 1 5} in the ear th ;

W unr ivalled new? k ingdom;m o f the Sur as fl ier

e ven i f and ; W m lo r dship .

ass seria l\ 0 0

143113631 s mam

a irman igtvfiaga susn

Sanjaya said

Gudakesha, co nque r o r o f his fo es, hav ing thus ad

dr essed H r ishikesha, and said to Go v inda,“ Iwil l no t

fight l”became silent. (9)

QE? thus ; 3 3mhav ing sp oken gsfléfisfr to Hrish ikesha ;

M f r : Gudakesha ; qtaq : destr oyer o f f oes ; not ;

first}: (I) wi l l fight ; {fit thus ; fmfi'm to Go v ind'

a ; W

hav ing said ; silent agar became ; a (par ticl e).f \

agafi sho

wn. assists-sun l

(w h o fi ’

easrss fflsw remains as : n s o n

Then H r ishikesha, smiling, as it we re 0 Bharata,

spake these wo rds, in the midst o f the two armies, tohim

,despondent. ( 10)

amto him; sen-sr said ; gsfiafii r : H lj sh ikesha ; gm

Smil ing ; 321 as it wer e ; WW O Bhar ata ; Emi r: o f the

(two) armies ;mt: (o f ) bo th ; as}? in the middle ; fi cfi‘wmdesp ondent ; {

ii this ; ai r : wo r d.

afimmgqrn l

315W W awash? wasU31W starfish

cream"9

29 l

The B lessed Lo rd said

Thou gr ievest fo r those that should no t be gr ieved

fo r , yet speakest wo rds o f wisdom.

1 The wise gr ieve

ne ither fo r the l iving. no r fo r the dead. ( 1 1 )

afifi ar‘

v‘

t unb ewailable ; ma fi a : hast bewail ed ; {athou ;m rm=m n area o f wisdom, wo rds ; er and ;

m sp eakest ; fl fltfi i = fl fi i=316 3 : 51m”gari gone , l if eb r eaths, whose, those W ifi i no t

, gone, l ife-b r eaths, whose,those ;

“a and ; a not mfi n’

fi' gr ieve ; infirm: the wise .

s earswgms a efi s aarfim: I

fi ts a wh im: Palms: wi ll arcnN o r at any time ver ily was I no t, no r tho u, no r these

p r inces o f men, no r ve r il y shal l we eve r cease to be,

her eaf ter . (I2 )

q uot ; g indeed ; qa also : I ; ting at any time ; 3no t ; an“ was ; a not ; an thou ; a not ; {if these ,

staf fer“ :==31=ifi r afimr: o f the p eop le, lo r ds ; =l' not ; a and ;

qa also ; a not ; W m; shal l .

‘be a? all ; m u-°we era:

f r omthis (time) ; Q“ af ter .

M IM E? agate

As the dwe l ler in the body exper ienceth, in the body,childhood, youth and o ld age , so passeth he on to

1 Words that soundwise butmiss; the deeper sense of wisdom:

[ 30 ]

another body ; the steadfast o ne gr ieveth no t thereat.

( 1 3)

36 1 : o f the embodied ; W in this ; W as ; i? inb ody ; afim'

t childho od ; are? youth ; an old age ; a!"so ; Wm i=m mrfi : o f ano ther b ody, the oh

taining tilt : the firm as: the r e a no t gumgr 1ev es .

summingfiesw a s : I

M iriam sau nas"The

‘

contacts o f matte r , 0 son o f Kunti, giv ing co ld

and heat, pleasur e and pain, they come and go ,impe r

manent ; endure themb rave ly , O Bharata. ( I4)Rtm z=m : ( tuft: o f the matter , the touches ;

g indeed ; fi a O K aunteya ;m :mz= t fié i t 305!

13 fits}war gzé q zg’

rfi {ltd co ld

,and

,heat

,and, p leasu r e , and,

pain, and, give ; thus q =mnq z q awn : q

W it, coming, and, going, and, whose, they ; affirm: transi

tor y ; amthese ; firfirswq b ear (thou) ; mta' O Bharata.

0

gmengage

eir’

t am W is newThe man whomthese to rment not, 0 chie f o f men,

balanced in pain and pleasur e , steadfast, he is “

fitted fo r

immo r tality. ( 15)

itwhom; f? indeed ; a not ;“

em-w torment ; qfi'

these ; gait man ; W =m m o f men, 0 best ;

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

W W W ma ln c u

These b odies o f the embodied O ne , who is ete rnal ,indestr uctible and bo undless, ‘

ar e known as finite .

Ther e fo r e fight, 0 Bharata. ( 1 8)

j‘

fi afia: havingend ; 55; these ; 337: b odies ; firearmo f

th e ev e r lasting ; 37-751 : (a1 e ) said {rfifimz o f the embodi ed

wmfi r—T: o f th e inde s tr uc tib le ; wsfimgq o f the

immeasur ab le ; amq the r e f o r e ; 331W figh t ( thou ) ; 31m0 Bhar ata.

a qfi

é fir éafi 2121sm‘

fisml

fi ds firwfifi rmfias swfi nn u

He who r egardeth this as a slaye r , and he who

thinketh he is slain,bo th o f them ar e igno rant. H e

slayeth no t,no r is he s lain. ( 19)

a: h e who ; q=i th is ; knows ; tart s layer ; a:he who ; as; and ; W th is ; w e t hinks ; m slain ; 35}the two ; air tho se ; a no t ; r

'

sa fifla: (two ) know ; =l’ no t ;Slit this éfif kil ls ; no t ma IS k i l l ed.

a aria ens an ass is

Elli W 31136 1 at a 3121: I

aresfits :marina

amswash af t? ila'

ou

[ 33 ]

‘

He is no t bo r n, no r do th he die : no r hav ing been,

ceaseth he any mo r e to be unbo rn,pe r petual

, eternaland ancient, he is no t slain when the body is slaughter ed. (20)

a no t ; fi rst?! is bo r n ; fim‘

a dies at o r ; W e at any

time a no t 3i this W hav ing been wil l be ;at o r ; a no t {at (any) mo r e W 3 unbor n ; firm: p er p etual ;mm : ete r nal an} this ; gtm ancient ; a not ; eat-r is

kil led ; w as; (in) being kil led ; s in: in body .

ass e ss as amamma lmi 6 gas: cm

”! ismash éfir sause"

Who knoweth himindestructible , pe rpetual , unbo rn,

undiminishing, how can that man slay , O Par tha, o r

cause to be slain ? (2 1 )‘

as knows ; 31W indestr uctib le ; fired perp etual ; a:who ; qft this ; as? unb or n 91m undiminishing ; andhow ; H : h e ( that ) ; man ; wraf O Par tha ; «in whom;WHEN?! causes to be slain gfi

’ kil ls ; aiq whom.

san’

fi qsrfh afimrfinamsfitrfil fiaq aimiwwrfi emfi aaifir

‘

ss‘

l nas"a man,

'

casting o f f wo rn-out garments, taketh new

3

[ 34 ]

ones, so the dwe l ler in the body, casting o ff wo rn-out

bodies, ente reth into o ther s that ar e new. (2 2 )

cast away ; wan? new ; gait?! takes ; at : aman ; Wother s ; amso ; {rfi

'

tn'

fil bodies ; [T

amhav ing cast away ;sfiwifi wo r n-ou t ; Swan

‘s to o the r s ; saris goe s ; mm? (150)

new aéi' the embodied (one).

dfi fi w fi'

fifiwfi m z l

a hfi fi fi afi afisfi m z nfi n

Weapons c leave him no t,no r fir e bur ne th him

,no r

wate r s wet him,no r wind dr ieth himaway . (2 3)

a not ; qfr this ; f§ifir c leave ; wa rfig weapons ; 3 not ;

Unc leavable he , incombustib le he , and indeed neitherto be wetted no r dr ied away ; per petual , all-pe r vasive ,stable , immo vable , ancient, (24)m : uncleavab le ; s1é , _

this ; ]mm: incdmhustible ;

W th is ;my : unwettab le ; scrim: undr yab le; qa’ also ;1

’

and ; firm: per p etual éfi'qa:=q fif ‘g’

fi traz

'

intball, gone

Rug ; stab le ; m : immovab le ; this ; sure s : ancient .

Unmanifest, unthinkable , immutable , he 15 cal led ;ther e fo r e knowing him as such

,thou shouldst no t

gr ieve.

(2 5)

mass : unmanif est ; sni this ; aq’firaaz inconceivab le ; Banth is exam: immutab le 3131 this am 1 8 cal led ; W IT-lther ef o r e Q

'

s thus hav ing known QT} th is ; 7? no t ;

mud? “ to gr ieve (thou) oughtest.

aw éis feas tsas anwith gas I

o x Q o

saris as new as I I as ll

O r if thou thinkest o f himas being’

constantl y bo rnand co nstantly dying, even then

, 0 mighty -armed, thou

shouldst no t gr ieve . (26)

an: new a and qfi th is t’

flifl fi ld: fired“

are? constantly ,born ; fi atperpetually ; at o r ; stair (thou) thinkest;m dead

amso on? al so at thou m = t rim (as) gr eat

(two) arms, who se , (O thou) a not; qwthis ; W to

gl ieve ; exi

st? (thou ) oughtest .

A" Q 0

“WW lgT“ 534? a?“ 951“3 “

m anage”

A? n

[ 36 ]

Fo r ce rtain is death fo r the bo r n,and cer tain is bir th

f o r the dead ther e fo r e o ver the inev itable thou shouldstno t gr ieve . (27)

mmo f the bo r n fé indeed 53 : cer tain gag: death

ga’

cer tain ; armbir th ; W o f the dead ; w and ; aw e:

ther e f o r e mfigfi'r ( in) inev itab le ; 813 in matter ; a not ;

eat thou firrwgq to gr iev e ; 31e (thou) oughtest.

t fi w fifim l

martini-fi rmer as set disarmuse"Beings ar e unmanifest in their o r igin,

manifest intheir midmo st s tate

, O Bharata,unmanifest l ikewise ar e

they in disso lution. What r o omthen fo r lamentatio n P(2 8)

W rfi fi z sxaq q l; 3mmW unmanif est, beginning,

whose , they ; {arts beings ; mm xs zmamamam?!manif est, middle, whose , they ; 31K ?! 0 Bhar ata ; mFaawffw asafl

'

; fi tfi 31t affixunmanif est, destr uction, whose ,they Q

'

s al so ; a? the r e am“ what “TEE?“ lamentation .

As mar ve l lous o ne r egarde th him; asmarve l lous ano ther speaketh ther eo f ; as mar ve l lous ano the r hear eth

the reo f ; yet hav ing heard, none indeed unde r stand~

e th . (29)

31 9121513: as wonder f u l ; «Tsar? sees ; Eh‘

fi rq some one ; up}

this mafi aas wo nder f u l safer sp eaks azu so Q'

fl’

alsoH and ; 31m: ano the r ; a r is i fiq as wonde r f ul ; w and ; git

this ; swat: ano the r ; q vfifii’ hear s i341? “ hav ing heard ; an?

ev en ; (p i th is ;“

as knows ; =r not ; “i f and ; (far also an?i

anyone .

as harnesses its83q w e

awasairifitself?! a asw ere"so"This dwe l ler in the body o f eve r yo ne is eve r invul

nerable, O Bharata; ther e fo r e tho u sho uldst not gr ieve

fo r any cr eatur e . (30)

33? the embodied fired always 31 38 31: invu lner ab le exit]

this ; he 1 11 the body ; Haifa o f all ; ma 0 Bhar ata ; Hf 'i fi'ithe r e f o r e Haifa! (f o r ) all ; cr eatu r es a

’

no t ; {athou ;

m to gr ieve ; sxétfi (thou) shou ldst .

water’

s suites 3 seemsemitsgs rsiitilmeaisawahasus, 9IIFur the r , lo o k ing to thine own duty,

'

thou shouldstnot tr emble ; fo r the r e is no thing mo r e we lcome to a

Kshattr iya than r ighteous war . (31)

[ 38 ]

fi fififl =€mflfi (if own, duty ; eqfi also ;wand;W hav ing

seen ; a no t ; fi ain'

tign to tr emb le err-

{ta (thou) oughtest ;

m e:(than) r igh teous , f? 1ndeed ; R ift than war ; ma:b ette r ; were other ; e rase : o f the K shattr iya ; a not ;

mid is

21W rims?mamma l

gfi-m:W : £ 1151 amt-ii M uss,"

Happy the K shattr iyas, O Par tha, who obtain such

a fight, o ffer ed unsought as an o pen do o r to heaven.

(32 )

W [ by chance ; at and ; 3'

q happened ; {am£ 511? !t o f h eav en

,doo r ; sxmqé o p ened ; gramhappy

a ffirm: kshattr iyas mar O Par tha ; 8 3153 ob tain gag

battle ; l ike this .

3121‘

aasrfirfi an: emf: a affai r?“ea:maxi afifi a rife"M umBut if tho u wilt no t car r y o n this r ighteous war far e ,

then,casting away thine own duty and thine hono ur ,

thou wilt incur sin. (33)

W now ;"571 if ; a n thou ; gm: this ; W e: r ighteous ;

Emil battle a not amczufi (thou) wilt do aa'z then J ami

own duty fi ffiw f ame war and ; fia t hav ing thr own awaymt: sin ;mm (thou) wilt ob tain .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 40 ]

g amma : stami na am imp r oper to be spoken , wo r ds;

“H and ; i n many M wil l say , az1'

;thy sugar : non

f r iends F433 : s lander ing a? thy emu? p owe r aa''

than

that ; gzg ai mo r e p ain f u l ; g indeed ; Fmwhat.

gs’

i slmwsfis zsfifisa i smissssérq l

swrg'

rsrs fists ga s asfi sss :"as "Slain, tho u wilt o btain heaven v icto r ious, thou wil t

enjo y the ear th ; the r e fo r e stand up , 0 son o f Kunti,r eso lute to fight. (37)

ea: slain ; at o r ; sum (thou) wil t ob tain ; (an?

heav en ; Faun hav ing conque r ed ; an o r fimfi (thou) wiltenj oy ; q g

’

iq the ear th ; Reina: ther e f o r e'

afi rg‘

stand up ;

siifis O K aunteya ;m f o r battle ; gaq gz gq ; firmElf-[ Htmade

, decision , by whom, he .

sagas(s eamm fi m l

sat gms gssss ss srsssmfi uscn

Taking as equal pleasur e and pain, gain and lo ss

,

v icto ry and de feat, gird thee fo r the battle ; thus thou

shalt no t incur sin. (38)

m za z gafi q gag ? p leasu r e , and, pain , and ; a}: equal ;m hav ing made ; WW T=W =fl W 3 fl gain: and,

loss, and ; m =mz'Et 313m: 'sr, v icto r y, and,

”

def eat,

and ; am: then m f or the battle ; ma join (then) ;"a not , qsi thus , qrti sin ; suntan? (thou) shalt obtain.

c o

Q Q 0 o

gmgmssl sis sssss ssrssfi nssuThisteaching set fo r th to thee is in acco rdance with

the Sankhya ; hear it now acco rding to the Yoga,

imbued with wh ich teaching,0 Par tha

, tho u shalt cast

away the bonds o f actio n. (39)

gmthis ; a o f (to ) th ee ; (is) declar ed ; (flush in

Sgfikhya ; grin knowledge ; i fi‘r in the Yoga ; g indeed gmthis ; wi ll

“

; hear.

gar with knowl edge , gm: j o ined amt withwhich ; qrzi

‘ O Par tha ; arising : asq : fat: o f karma, the bond;m a (thou ) shalt cast away .

san'

fisfismsfisfis as sist s sealM stirs sis?! sas

‘

i ssis neo nIn th is ther e is no lo ss o f e ffo r t, no r is the r e trans

gression. Ev en a l ittl e o f this knowledge 1 p r o tectsf r omgr eat fear . (40)

s no t , {3 he r e ; m’

smw uz z M es srs : o f efi o r t

destr uctio n ; atria is ; mm: t r ansgr ession ; a not ; (w e; is

W v e r y l ittle ; arfi ev en are : o f this ma duty am?p r o tects ; 2133 : ( f r om) g r eat ;m f r omf ear .

ssssisnssss grafi sglass 1sgsmsi assiss ssfifi sssn

'

ssralieall1 Dharma.

The determinate r eason is but one ~

pointed, 0 j oy o f

the Kur us many -branchedand endless ar e the thoughts

o f the'

ir r eso lute . (41 )sssmzmssmz ssse rs : 8mmstar: at determination sou l

whose, she ; thought ; m o ne m :- §6Twi

W ot the Kur us,O r ej o icer ; aganmznz z agfl t m :mifi at :

many , b r anches, whose, tho se ; (3 indeed ; W ET endless ,

'

fl'

and ; gag : thoughts ; sqaq sq nqarg o f the ir 1 esolute.

f \ 0 A 0 0 0 fl0

snss r gisssr sis sssmsws s . I

Qsis—sister: sism amas: nas I I

F lowe ry speech is utte r ed by the fo o l ish,r ejo icing in

the le tte r o f the Vedas,O Par tha

,say ing: “ Ther e is

naught but this.

”(42 )

an]; which ; {inth is ; gfi qai‘ flowe r y ; snfl

'

speech ;mautter ; afiaqfiaa

': the un-wise ; Em mz z am an? (at: o f

the Veda in the wo r d,r ejo icing ; ins} PAr tha ; 3 not ; 31 3311

o the r ; ETIE‘

cT is ; {fat thu s ; am: saying.

smears : amiss w wdmsfls I

isssn'

ssrssgei s rfis sm61 5e nas; it

W ith desir e‘

fo r self,

1 with heav en f o r goal, they

o ffer b ir th as the f r uit o f ac tio n, and pr escr ibemany and

1 Those whose v ery self is desir e , Kama, and who ther ef or e act with

a v iew to win heaven and also r eb ir th to wealth and rank.

[ 43 ]

v ar ious cer emo nies [fo r the attainment o f pleasure and

lo rdship .

(43)m a rsmm : ma n31mi n desir e , sou l , whose , they ;

qt: m a heaven,h ighest, whose

,they ;

m am : ass gs mam: W '

s (as) 1:e at (r e) bir th ,

alone , o f ac tio n,f r uit, (as,) giv es, that (which) ; fimn’

afiqagar : Fm aw : agar :manat o f actions , vari eties, many ,in which , that ; M m'

é : 11mm in br ains: fl m’

fi o f

enjoyment, and, o f so v e r e ignty, and, the gaining ma towards

(f or the sake o f )

fi wsssmsi ssissgs'

ssml

ssssisn'

sm j anti) s ississnssuFo r themwho cl ing to pleasur e and lo rdsh ip , who se

minds ar e captivated by such teaching,is no t designed

this determinate Reason,o n contemplation steadil y bent.1

(44)m m: swamstm utt in enjoyment

,and,

in lo r dship , and, o f the attach ed aznby that ; 311133 5513 “

1 The f ollowing is off er ed as an alte rnative t ranslation o f shlokas 42 ,‘43,44.

“ The flowery speech that the unwise utter , O Pfir tha, clinging to the

word o f the Veda,saying ther e is nothing else, ensouled by se lfish

desir e and longing af ter heaven—(the flowery speech) that ofier eth only

r eb ir th as the (ultimate ) f r uit o f action,and is f ull o f (r ecommendations

to ) var ious r ites f o r the sake o f (gaining) enjoyments and sover eignty,

the thought o f those who ar e misled by that (speech) and cl ing top leasur es and lordship , not being inspired with r esolution, is not engagedin concentration .

”

t’

44

mg’

a Esra: dr agged away, mind, whose, o f them;

sm art dete rminate (see thought ; Barbi} in

Samadhi ; a no t ; fi‘afiq

’a is fixed.

fié i lW itfi tfiflifl m uesli

The Vedas deal with the thr ee attr ibutes ;‘ be thou

abo ve these thr ee attr ibutes, O Ar juna; beyo nd the

pair s o f o ppo sites, eve r steadfast in pu r ity , 2 car e less o f

po ssessions,ful l o f the SELF. (45)

W W I"! z i gzag"W : as“ a the th r ee attr ibutes,

sub j ect-matter,whose

,th ey ; get: (the) Vedas ; Fm : with

ax

out the th r ee attr ibutes ; a? be ; 3133 O Ar juna ; fi t !without th e pair s (o f Opp osites) ; Enem a : fi atHE? firs t?

{13 constantly, in sattva, (who ) dwe l ls, thus ; fi stris‘qt

a 51m: set ém: Q m a: not, is , ear ning, and,

maintaining, and, whose , he ; 91mmf u l l o f the Se l f .

mfi ewfi afimisflgrfifi l

W fi m fiafi a: nat, "All the Vedas ar e as use ful to an enlightened B rah

mana, as is a tank in a place co v e r ed all over with

wate r .

1 Gunas z attr ibutes, or f o rms o f energy . They ar e Sattva, r hythmor pur ity Rajas, activ ity or passion Tamas, iner tia o r dar kness.

2 Sattva.

45

m as much ; an? use , sewn? in a smal l poo l ; aiae ver ywhe r e ; mm: W m (in the state o f a p lacebeing) flooded, (in, i . e. , with) water ;m eo much ; Higfin)all ; 33

'

s in the Vedas ;m eat o f the B rahmana ;m(o f) lear ned.

witnessed In tags ense”FT ir ritates

-flier new"Thy business is with the action only

,neve r with its

f ruits so let no t the f r uit o f action be'thy mo tive, no r

be thou to inaction attached. (47)swift}: in the action ; (H only , mam: r ight ; a thee ; qt

not ; $553 in the f r uits ; m a at any time ; In not ;

w a t t Wis ég: flea a: o f action , f r uit, mo tiv e ,whose , h e ; 13; be ; q r no t ; fi

' thy ;'

an: attachment ; mg let(ther e) b e ; afi ffit in inaction .

W : i s flifllfil art ent-anavian

firefl ies—ii: eelga r ass

etaimsaidue4I IPe r fo rmactio n, 0 Dhananjaya, dwe l ling in union

with the div ine , r eno uncing attachments, and balanced

evenly in success and failure: equil ibr ium is cal led

yoga. (48)

[ 46 ]

success, and ; m: the same ; 133 1 hav ing b ecome ; my;

equal ity ; am: yoga ; ma is cal led.

airmaai wfi glasmmaq l

fi m m z wfi az es llFar lower than the Yoga o f Discr iminatio n 1s action

,

0 Dhananjaya. Take thou r e fuge in the Pur e Reaso n

pitiable are they who wo r k fo r f r uit. (49){tot by f ar ; fir indeed ; mi inf er io r fi action ; gfig

aim-1 53 3 firmo f discr imination , than the yoga ; 0

Dhananjaya ; gi‘

T in (the) Pur e Reason ; {Wit r e f uge ;seek ; i sm: p itiab le ;mas": meg:maria f r uit, motive,whose , they

gage aerate 3’

s sear s ?“

« swimmer q’imasira eh eanso u

United to the Pure Reaso n,o ne abando neth he r e it

b o th go od and ev il deeds, the re fo re c leave tho u to

yoga; yoga is sk il l in actio n. (59)

333 33 1: z w with kn owledge , endowed ; (he)thr ows away ; ge he r e ; 3 31 both ; w ag er fig? w MQ good deed, and, evi l deed

,and ; 3mmthe r ef o r e ; aim

f o r to ) yoga o

M be united, (p r epar e) ; 5m: yoga 65133in actions ;

3“m akill.

wfia fi gmfswé m afi ffiwq

N ew man

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 48 ]

ed ; a? thy ; amwhen ; (M r?! shal l stand ; fi rmimmovab le ; mfir in Samadhi ; 31amunmoved ; gfia: Pur e Reason ;in! then in? to yoga ; W (thou) shalt attain .

wigs eater I

Randi: fit salsa femaleareawanna"Arj una said

What is the mar k o f him who is stable o f mind,

steadfast in contemplatio n, O K eshava ? how do th the

stable -minded tal k , how do th he sit,how wal k ? (54)

fiq ammz fiqmwar amamsteady , intel ligence , whose ,his ;

"i t what ; W definition ; W

'

Erf ueaz o f the Sanifidhiseated ; W O K eshava ; fiq

'

aif rz z fi trm'efl : m a: fixed,

mind, who se , he ; what ; mfia may (he) sp eak ; F5what (how) ; W Gfiamay (he) sit ; 31

-

313 may (he) walk ; (55what (how) .

Hmm !Q

smart? emW imfiH-‘ iflfi fl l

simmer gs : fiaaaatasl‘

se a"as"The B lessed Lo rd said

When aman abando ne th,O Par tha, all the desir es

o f the hear t, and is satisfied in the SELF by the SELF,then is he cal led stable in mind. (55)

[ 49 ]

was"? (he) thr ows away amwhen ennui desir es Hamall ; qui O Par tha ; fi marq : am: trawl to the mind

, gone ;

mafia? in the Sel f ; (57: only ; streamby the Sel f ; 3g: satistied ; (mama: steadfast. in mind (see awthen arena (he)is cal led.

Siam : gagfirming: lafiam fi a: fiaat

‘

irgifisw'

fi IIasu

H e who se mind is f r ee f r omanx iety amid pains,in

diffe r ent amid pleasur es, lo o sed f r ompassion,fear and

ange r , he is cal led a sage o f stab le mind. (56)

gi g in pains ; “ Tm : a 37313! 1m: areaa: no t agitated,

mind, whose, he ; giqg in p leasur es ; fi flaq z fi fl ar Wm a: gone , des ir e , whose, he ; fi rmer

-

55714: z afia: (m: a

wit t r ain e r amH i gone , desir e , and, tear , and, ange r ,

and whose , he ; fi q akfi : Steady-minded (see gfi : sage ;

Ra fi (he) is cal led.

0 A ‘x

a. W W W {Nige r-1 I

A 0 A r \ 1 A AW a 312

“

are 513"sualsal"KW"He who o n ev e r y side is witho ut attachments, what

e ve r hap o f fair and fo ul , who ne ithe r l ikes no r disl ikes,o f such a o ne the unde r standing is we l l -po ised. (57)

a: he who ; fl i er ever ywhe r e ; Natali e: ni l-attached ; aqthat ; an: that (whatever ) ; 11t hav ing obtained ;m ug :

g it i t 81 231?“E pleasant, and, unp leasant, and; a no t ; 3131”

4

[ 50 ]

ems r ej oices ; g not ; i t? hates m o f him; war the intelligence ; qfi r

'

g‘

ar is estab l ished.

When,again, as a to r to ise draws in on all sides its

l imbs, he withdraws his senses fr omthe obje cts o f sense ,then is his unde r standing we l l -po i sed. (58)

amwhen ; gag dr aws in ; g and ; sx'

a this one ; i t :

to r to ise ; sign? l imb s ; {i l ike ; gig : ever ywher e ; Wthe senses ; film'

imz z mmrg aim: o f the senses, f r omthe ob j ects ; amo f him; 1731 the inte l ligence ; W at is

e stab l ished.

fiw fifisfie fitrsm fiml

msi rdlsww qi zgi fiaifi nst uThe o bjects o f sense

,but no t the r e lish fo r them

,

1

turn away f r oman abstemio us dwe l le r in the body ; andeven r e lish tur neth away f r om him after

,the Sup r eme

is seen. (59)

few : the ob jects o f sense ; fi fi i gfi' tu r n away ; firm(of the) f oodless ; fi g: o f the embodied ; tgi

‘ffl z t'

gminimr elish, excepting ; ( g : r e l ish gfi

’

e ven ; m o f h im qt the

Sup r eme ; {gt having seen Fai r-iii tur ns away .

1 The ob jects tur n away when r ejected, but still desir e f o r themr emain s even desir e is lost when the Sup reme is seen.

51

Hath gift $3321 gm f'éwfiaaz I

gems:mas sif-asmzi as : ns o n

O son o f Kunti, the excited senses o f even a wise

man,tho ugh he be str nvmg,

1mpetuously car r y away hlS

mind. (60)

mm: o f the endeavour ing ; (é indeed ; a ft? eve’

n Elf-(

fi g

O K aun teya 356162! o f man Ema: (o f the) wise gi raf f e:

the senses (the) uptear ing ; armcai r y away qg'

q

imp etuously ; i i : the mind.

an’

fi safifi émgwmfimw u

af f l'

sqfifi qflfii ats srfll sfifiammuHaving r estrained themall

,he sho uld sit harmonised,

I his sup r eme goal fo r who se senses ar e maste red,o f

himthe under standing is we l l -po ised. (6 1 )

an? them; gi n? ! all ; {raw having r estr ained ; gai

joined ; mafia should sit ; am: “his“ aw e : 1. 80 p r eme

goal , whose , he ; W in contr o l ; f? indeed ; m o f whom;

éf’

f zmvt senses ; gear o f him; $731 the inte l l igence ; mafia“(is) estab l ished.

wasW e

w as arm:m mmwh llfianMan

, musing o n the o bjects o f sense , conce iveth an ;

[ 52 ]

attachment to these ; f r om attachment ar iseth desir e ;

f r omdesir e ange r cometh fo r th (6 2 )

mm: (o t the) meditating ; fi tting (on) ob j ec ts (o f thesense s) ; 03g : o f the man ; g

'

fl : attachment ; HGT in them;

si g ma is 130 1 11 gmq f r omattachment ; gamer a1 1ses ; 651gdesir e ERN IE f i omdesir e ; ai f

'e’

l: ange r BTIW H is p i oduced

anemiasing: é q lgfififififiq zW W 1 giaamfi smqfémmuFr omange r p r o ceedeth de lusion f r omde lusio n con

fusedmemo ry f r omconfusedmemo ry the de str uctio n o f

Reaso n f r omdestr uctio n o f Reason he pe r ishes. (63)

$3e f r om ange r ; W 3 becomes ; grits: delusion{imamf r om de lusion ; ( 1313 161n z f qa: {£1n o f memo r y ,con f usion magmaz f

‘

qfi : ggtq o f memo r y , f r omcon fusion

gfigarn fg : grg : o f Reason , destr uc tio n W rmq f r omdestr uction o f Reason qmmrg ( he per ishes .

A

But the discip l ined se l f,mo v ing amo ng sense-objects

with sense s f r ee f r om attr actio n and r epulsion maste red by the SELF , go eth to Peace. (64)

UTI'

KQWQK (WWI3 5W! 3 121355 :with f r om attr action

and, ( f lo ra ) l upul . i0 11 , and, ( f 1 om) (lisj o ined ; g indeed ;

figm objects ( of sense ) m: with senses W mo v ing

[ 53 ]

( afte r ) 211531: o f the Se l f . ( b y the contr o lled figment z r'i i a: amt m g

'

: subdued. se l f , whose ,h e ; qg ri to p eace fi rm attains .

$1111? ti51n ai rtime? I

Bream 311g gmamass 11 i “; I1In that Peace the e xtinctio n o f all pains ar ise th

‘

fo r

h im fo r o f himwho se hear t is peace fu l the Reason so o n

attaine th equil ib r ium. (65)

men? in ( the state o f ) p eace ; g igzg ni f=€f§fl g-W i

( o f ) all, o f p a ins ; Ef f ci z de s tr uc t io n ; 31 855! o f him; swam?!ar ises qgsfg gg : z qgfl

‘ 53m: af ar amp eacef u l , mind, who se ,his ; [g in deed ; snag quickly ; gfig . t he Reaso n

settles down .

=1W e: shaming gs : gas use."The re is no pure Reaso n fo r the non-harmo nised,

no r

fo r the no n-harmomsed is the r e co ncentratio n fo r himw1tho ut co ncentr ation the r e is no peace , and fo r the

unpeacel'

ul how can the r e be happiness ? (66)

g no t ; afig is ; gfz :,Reason ; agggeq at the uncontr o l

led i no t'

; a and gag-{fac t the uncontr o l led g rit?"medi

tation ; 71 no t ;“i f and awni ng: o f the non-meditating ; g it?

p eace ; agramo f the unpeace f u l gig : whence i happ i

n ess .

Such o i the r o v ing senses as the mind yie ldeth to ,

that hur r ies away the unde r standing,just as the gale

hur r ies away a ship upon the wate r s. (67)

figurwi o f the senses ; f? indeed ; ata q mo v ing ; mlwhich m: the mind agfi bfiafi is confo rmed to gq that

amo f car r ies away 113? the inte l ligence ; i rgthe wind mi the sh ip {i l ike ; 3131175} in the water .

The r e fo r e , O mighty-armed,who se senses ar e all

complete ly r estr ained f r omthe o bjects o f sense , o f himthe unde r standing is we l l -po ised. (68)

gm ther ef o r e : m o f whom ggrgtéT0 migh ty-armed

( see W all? 1 est r ained ; g ig : everywher e ; i f;am'in the senses ; W ri t-a: ( see 58 ) f r om the ob jects o f

the senses ; amo f him war the intel l igence q ffim( is )estab lished.

anfirmHigfifl r ami Gmfi 1111111 1

W W gafi wfimmfigfiz l1fl sll

That which is the night o f all be ings, fo r the dis

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 56 ]

fifith threw : a M 11xaan

Who so fo r saketh all desir es and goe th o nwards f r ee

f r omyearnings, se lfless and witho ut ego isrn— he goe th

to Peace . (7 1 )

(i smhav ing thr own away ;m de s ir es a: h e who

3 3h all ; 3’

q man, mfg goes fi q g: w ithout

-desir e

fi fm: w 1tho u t—mine (ness fi t’é ifilU wi t l1o ut-eg0 1sm;

he gift? to p eace afixg‘

fi yrg attains .

qsn snailFa in: c11:51gisima r figafi 1

fiw mfiawfi s’i 3131W NW"This is the Eternal state

,O 5011 o f Pr itha. Hav ing

attained the re to no ne is b ewilde r ed. Wh o , e ven at the

death-ho ur,is estab l ished the r e in

,he go e th to the N ir vana

o f the Eternal . (72 )

gmthis 5 13i}o f B r ahman figfir : status mi 0 Par thaa not ; qai

' this ; mmhav ing o btained ; firm? is con f used ;

Rumhav ing Sa t b een“

e s t zrbh shed a eai 1 11 th is atai mam 311 55 o f the end, in the time , a ft? even agnq i ivm—agml: fi irwq o f B r ahman ,

to N ir vana ; 553 31? attains .

s1'

e ai‘mwmzfiaw eisqé

‘

rffi amseesaw: llThus in the glmi-me BHAGAVAD-Gi l

‘fi the second disco ur se entitledYOGA BY THE sZ nKHYA.

[ 57 ]

'

J HIRD DISCOURSE.

313123 3313 l

A rx 0 0

381121111marine r 31611w asA 0 Q f \ 'x A

aresmatings 14113 2113 8118 $3161 a 11

Ar juna said:

If it be tho ugh t by thee that knowledge is Supe r io r

to ac tion,0 Janardana, why do st thou,

O K eshava,

enj omonme this te r r ible action P I

samg’i sup er 1o r ;“Era i f aim:

“

than action'

a o f ( b y )thee gar thought ; gig : knowl edge W 2? 0 J anar dana :

gq then m why afflict in act -on ; i t} ( in ) ter r ib le ; i tme fai ram'

g ( thou ) engagest ; isga O K eshav a,

emfsi fiiamin m s 1

airs? as tith e: seesaw ll1 ll

W ith these pe r plexing wo rds Tho u o nly confusestmyunde r standing ; the r e fo r e te l l me with ce r tainty the o ne

way by which 1may r each b l iss ? 2 )

surfirii vr ( with ) intermixed ; {i as it wer e ; fl air-1 with

sp eech gig under standing ; firgafg ( thou ) conf usest ; {i

as it wer e ; 71 my ; gq 8 0 ; Q}: o ne ; i i speak ; {Erikahav ing de cided EFTbv which Em; better 1

'

the good ) ; i t?

I ; arcgmq may o b tain .

i 58

si‘

nr rrarrj ara I

saw her5131 firmmm1

w e :errantsame zfifiara11 31 11

The B lessed Lo rd said

In this wo r ld ther e is a two fo ld path,as I befo r e said,

O sinless one that o f yoga by knowledge , o f the

Sé r‘

ikhyas and that o f yoga by action,o f the Yogis. 3 )

875; in wo r ld ; afigg ( in ) this fifi gr two f o ld ; firstbelie f ; 313 f o rmer ly ; firg ir said , W by me ; am: 0 sin lessone ; W =arm shits of knowledge , by

,

yoga ;mmo f the sankhyas ; W : 655m: iffitq o f action , by yoga ;m o i the yogl s .

aW ei r gamma1=13 w as this emana te 11 a 11M an winneth no t f r eedomf r omaction by abstaining

f r omactiv ity , no r by me r e r enunciatio n do th he r ise

to per fectio n. 4

a no t ; meant: o f actio ns ; aarigrq f r om ( by ) non

commencement ; 3mminac tiv ity ; gm: man ; W eob tains a no t a and ; gagmq f r om( by ) r enunciation

Q? on ly ; fer“

? pe r f ection gqfinfi gfi i’attains .

sisfl ew 611g; Farm er 1

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 60 ]

Ar juna, with the o rgans o f actio n,witho ut attachment,

p e r fo rme th v oga by ac tio n 1,he is wo r thy 7 l

a: who ; 3 indeed {3321113 1 the senses ; 3mm by the

mind ; fi zmr hav ing contr o lled ; 31 1m? commences ; 31g?

fiaér gr aft eaasasarar sraaar : 1

11 c 11

Pe r fo rmtho u r ight actio n,fo r ac tio n is supe r io r to

inac tio n,and

,inactive

,e ven the maintenance o f thy

b ody wo u ld no t b e po ssib le . ( 8

and p r escr ibed; gig do ; 3 17 i actio n ; P3 thou ; at? action ;

5am: better ; fir indeed ; 31315101: than inac tio n ; mfitafi n{If rt ta at?“ o f the body, p ilgr image 31me ven

‘

fl'

and E} thy

a no t :m isfit may succeed ; sash-frat: f r om( by ) inaction .

asrefizasrtvtrse raeirfi sa ariaaa: 1

W fi fifia grssaz earat u s 11

The wo r ld is bo und by action,unless pe r fo rmed fo r

the sake o f sac r ifice ; fo r that sake,f r ee f r omattach

ment, O son o f Kunti,per fo rmtho u action. ( 9)

aanfiq = zra§q i l’

fl'li o f sac r ifice

,f r om f o r the sake o f

1 Karma-Yoga is the consec r atio n o f physical ene rgy on the Div ine

Altar , z . e,the using o f one

’

s o rgans o f action simply in ser v ice , in

obedience to Law and Duty .

[ 6 1 ]

affirm fxom ( than ) action ; W o th er wise ; WET: the

wo r ld ; 81d th is ; fi fififl fl==afid i t}? an H: action,bond

,

whose,it ; afi a amaxif o f that

, f o r the sake ; act-ion ;8575121 .

0 ~K nnnteyn ; armifl =s=fi =61111 as H: abandoned,

attachment, by whom, he ; HW I p e r f o rm

51511: Egt girara W : I

31313 astaaatairaarsiizaas ragaz119 o 11

Hav ing in anc ient times emanatedmank ind toge ther

with sacr ifice,the Lo rd o f emanatio n said: “

By this shal lye pr o pagate ; be this to you the give r o f desir esl ; ( Io )

swat: = a§m as with sacr ifice , togethe r ; as“: the

peop les qgr hav ing emanated gtt f o rmer ly W e ;

said Q'

S flqfi'

f : P1 ajapati ; 31313 by this nq fiam q shal lp t opagate ( ye ) qq

' this ; a: o f you ; sang let be ; gemmgai -e{Etaanswer i f “ : desir ed. objecte, mil ks.

ztararraaarfrsr 31 star araagr a: 1

amt araaa: 31a; araarcraa 11 9 9 11

With this no ur ish ye the shining o nes and may theshining

'

ones no u r ish yo u; thus nou r ishing o ne ano the r , ye

shal l r eap the sup r emest go od. ( I 1 )

Ermathe Gods 31W nou r ish ( ye ) ; grimby th is %1'

those ;'

qan Gods ; mq érg may nour ish a: yo u ; 116 115:

1 The co w o f Indra,f r omwhich each 5could milk What he wished

f o r hence the giver o f desir ed objects.

[ 6 2 ]

each o ther ;may: nour ishing ;iimm.Ta: ;good

tn}the highest ;

W W ( ye ) shal l ob tain,

A x A0

samrarrsgar anwas airman . 1

“ Q a. x 0 K

aasrraaaraw ar airs remnaFo r

,nour ished by sacr ifice , the Shining O nes shal l

bestow on you the enjoyments you desir e . A thie f

v er ily is he who enj oyeth what is given by Themwitho ut r etur ning Themaught. ( 1 2 )

m desir ed ; firm enjoyments ; rs indeed ; a: to you ;

Ear : the Gods ; stein? w il l give ;m i = flfifl wr’

faar. by

sacr ifice , nour ished ; by them; W W, giv en ; strum not

h av ing giv en ( r etur ned ) ; ma: to these ; 21: who ; gfi,‘

enjoys ; (amthief Q3 on ly a : h e .

aaiiaarr'

eira: éfir g‘

aé eawfiaauW h aaarar a aérsrrraanwrantall

The r ighteo us, who eat the r emains o f the sac r ifice,

ar e f r eed fr om all s1ns ; b ut the imp io us, who dr ess fo odfo r their own sakes, they ver ily eat sin. ( 1 3)

—ama areW or the saCr ifiCe, r emains,

(who) eat, they : the good ; gent-Tar e f r eed ; W :

=g§g finfiwfi: by f r om) all, by ( f r om) sins ; gar? enj oy 3

those , g indeed ; an? ev il ; (1m: sinne r s ; aa who : qw’

ficook ;m =wfiqq z amonq o f the sel f , f r om ( fo rthe) cause (sake) .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

He‘

who o n ear th do th no t fo l low the whee l thus r e

v o l ving,sinful o f l ife and r ej o ic ing in the senses

,he

,

0 son o f Pr ithfi dive th in v ain . ( 16 )

a? lai ms ; aar'

trér se c bu r ning ; as whee l ; a no t ; Wasti

arfi f o l lo ws ; 53 h e r e ; a: who ; erargz z sa'éz szr

‘

g: are ; (a: e v il,

lif e , whose , he fi at“ : z ir’

gzig 3?q m H : in the sens

es , r e j o icing,who se , he ; mar use lessly ; mzi 0 Par-the ; H

b e Si’

rafa l i ves .

M am mafiafi 11 2° 11

But the man who r ejo ice th in the SELF,with the

SELF is satisfied,and is content in the SELF

,fo r him

v e r ily the r e is no thing to do . ( 17 )

a: wh o g indeed ; mm: z arm (Ta: 33 3 3 3 in the

Se l f , p leasu r e , who se , h e ; (I? o n ly W 1 may b e ; mmz axréq

'

e‘

n an: b y the Se l f , satisfied ; a and ; may ; the

man ; fi lm? 1 11 the Se l f ; Q'i only ; i t and ; Egg“

; co nten

ted : m o t h im: saris'

t (wo r k) to b : d0 1 1e : a no t : rams;18 .

“

51amW m“

amass"warm

a araafi iagar'

aaaaaarsra: 11 2411Fo r himthe r e 15 nO

'

interest in things do ne in'

this

[ 65 ]

wo r ld, no r any in things no t done , no r do th any objecto f his depend o n any be ing. 1 8 )

a no t ; Q'

El’

cven ; m o f him; 53-17; with action ; qconce r n ; 3 not ; W ad with inaction ; {3 he r e ; W

any ;'

a not ;

'

i t and ; m o f this one ; gigfig z sfig

( in ) all,in cr eatur es ; 511

73 6: any ; anhq'

o f (an)inte 1 est ; autism: dependence.

m :mé $fi afifim t l

mw mfi gmz u

The r e fo r e , without attachment, co nstantly pe r fo rmaction which is duty , fo r by pe r fo rming action without

attachment, man ve r ily r eacheth the Sup r eme . ( 19)

HW Q th e r e f o r e : unattached W always am}(necessar y) to b e done afi action {mm p er f o rm exam:

unattached [3 indeed ; anata p er f o rming ; at? action ;

qt the Sup r eme BTU-f”? obtains 1551 1 man .

N

fé aiafimnwar aw a I

M iam i?! M o ll

Ianaka and o the r s indeed attained to pe r fectio n byactio n ; then hav ing an eye to the we l far e o f the wo r ldalso

,tho u sho uldst pe r fo rmaction. ( 20 )

mm)"by action qa on ly ; 1? indeed {1mmto p er f ec

tion sq l‘mj a'

f attained 3mm : = aqa; : extra: emf a J anaka,the beginning, W hose , they arm o f the

66 1

wor ld, wel f ar e ; qa ev en ; 811? al so ; (f qz zxq look ing to ; q;§qto do ; wéf

‘

q thou shou ldst.

W mfir étawfi aifi aaz l

am fi ga’

afilmafi afifi"as IIVVhatso ev e r a great man doeth, that o the r men also

do ; the standard he setteth up , by that the peo p le go .

(2 1 )

am:what ; 211 what ; st raw? do es ;53g : the best ; as]:

that ; 33 that ; gar onlv ; {an the o the r ; Em: peop le ; a : he

aq'

what 5mm}measu r e author ity ) 5'

s? makes aim: the

wo r ld (peop le) ; aq that ; 31331573 f o l lows.

a fima‘isfia aifi'oafig éfisgfi aa l

W fi ma wfifir u fl n

The r e is no thing in the thr ee wo r lds, 0 Par tha, that

sho uld be do ne by M e,no r any thing unattained that

might be attained; ye t I mingle in action. ( 2 2

a o f me ; mzi 0 Par tha ; afia is ; ami

aei to be

done ; Fara (in the) th r ee ; $ 553 wo r lds ; f5sm anything ; anot mam unob tained ; 31 3mm; to be obtained ; El

l

i-i exist

(I) ; q‘

q’also ; a and ; afflict in action .

wh aa’

afi zi amwfivma‘ ”

W

maraigaéfi fln wi aain: NH ll

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

1 68 1

sirfiweiem’rfii fis tulas: Gama um:

Let no wise man unse ttle the mind o f igno r ant p eo

p le attached to action ; but acting in harmony with M e

let him r ende r all actio n attractive .

a not ;m : R : 313 o f the r eason,the b reaking-up ;

w e]: shou ldp r oduce ; gran-rt o f the unknowing ; 65W ;

aifirut é tfi'

aq i‘

aqi' in action ,attachment, whose , o f them;

f irq’qq should cause (o the r s) to like aimfi'at z - g f n'ar apzfifnr

all, actions ; rag a the wise man united,balanced )

W lfl’

t‘

i per f01m1ng,

awe: W mt fiTsin: 1

swam waissr’

fifii w e

All actions ar e wr o ught by the qual ities o f natur e

only . Th e se l f,de luded by ego ism,

thinketh :“I am

the doe r .

”( 27

“i f ? ! O f natu r e Fmamrfir beingper fo rmed; ghr ; by th e qualitice 77! actions ; Heinz everywher e exam-magma"mm fif ty : 31minm a : by ego ism, deluded, se l f , whose ,he sniff the dee r ; 313 I 31

'

s? thus ; an ? thinks .

aw ait agrari

angmwfifimnfit: i{1011 gagads sir? afar HW e use“

I 69 3

But he , 0 mighty-armed, who knoweth the essence

o f the divisio ns o f the qual ities and functions, ho lding

that the qual ities mo ve amid the qual ities,”1 is no t

I f - l'

attached. (2 8)

1 é fi fi q the essence-knowe r ; g indeed ; qgrarfi‘

r 0 mightyarmed ( ii. awai tir

'

i amar z é gwmrtt a amount,

i f

fimfi‘

r : o f the qualities, and, o f the actions, and, o f the ( two)div isions z ; gun: the qual ities; m in the qual ities ;mexist ; {fir thus ; sea" hav ing tho ught ; a no t ; Hi s-ta is

attached.

C 0

311561501853 1. ears gmwfig I

marshalWW ? ! fastener 113.an

Tho se de luded by the qualities o f natur e are attached

to the functio ns o f the qual ities. The man o f pe r fectk nowledge sho uld no t unsettle the fo o lish who se knowledge 18 1mp er fect. (29)

fi t} : o f natu r e ; magmz z gdrz'

éffimz by the qual ities,de luded ; ar e attached ; gmmfig z gq i’ m o f

th e qual ities, in the actions ; amt tho se ; agefl fi q : no t-all.

l The qualities as sense-or gans mo ve amid the qualities as sense

ob jects . A suggested r eading is The f unctions dwell in the p r opensi

ties.

2gmarfir

’

i aruzfi f ( a. ) Sha rikara. says“o f guna-vibhaga and

karma-v ibhaga”= of the class o f gu ms and the class o f karmas o r b )

v ibhaga= appo r tionment, ar r angement the ar rangements o f gunas and

o f. karmas. or the r elations of them.

[ 70 ]

knowing ; 373m the slow ; gain'

i q the all-knowing ; a

not ; fi flmfi’

q sho u ld unsettle .

m'ft 651191 wanfir em swrrasaar'

lfl N O \

W W Www fiw mi o n

Sur r ende r ing all actions to Me,with thy tho ughts

r esting o n the sup r eme SELF,f r om ho pe and ego ism

f reed,and o f mental fe ve r cur ed

, engage in battle . (30)

mi l in me ; fl air? ! all ; afifirfin actions ; { Farmhavingabandoned ; mamwmz mm‘

eqfi i amin the Se l f , withmind ; Fa rsi}: unhoping ; firfiq : without

‘mine ’

{ a n hav ing

b ecome ; g'

gr§q figh t ( thou) ; fi fl asat z a fi r ra: a n ama:

gone , f eve r , who se , he .

A 0

a s aams fiwagrfasfi afi ai z l(“ Am useum{f anasfaarms : 11}an

Who ab ide eve r in this teaching o f M ine ,ful l o f faith

and f r ee f r om cav il l ing,they to o ar e r e leased f r om

actio ns. (3 1 )

it (they) who ;fi my ; m o p inion ; {a this ; Fags; con’

s tantly ; wg’

rfig'

fi f o l low ; mar : men ;ma ria: faith-filled ;

81 am: no t cav i l l ing ; geni

e-i ar e f r eed ; they ; aq fq also$531 3 by ( f r om actions.

51 fafiswgtifir starfish fiaau |

Hai tians—mam sewers : u; an

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 7 2 ]

the) contr o l ; amefiq let (him) come; fi' these ( two) ; rg‘

indeed ; q r’

fi fifi f (two ) obstr uctor s o f the way.

W adi agar: W I

andas its :wafi saws: new"Better o ne

’

s own duty , tho ugh destitute o fme r it, thanthe duty o f ano the r we l l-discharged. Bette r death in the

discharge o f o ne’

s own duty the duty o f ano ther is ful lo f dange r . (35)

m bette r ; f i at}: own-duty ;mar : without (good)

qual ity ; qtbfi rq =m ‘min-t o f another, than the duty ;

w 3am(than) we l l done Fifi in own duty ; fired deathfi ll: better ; “mi : ano ther-’s duty ; w as: f ear-b r inging,

engin eers !

3191 agw‘

isf r viii ariagmz l

M W W W NHWAr juna said

But dragged o n by what does aman commit sin,te

luctantly indeed,O Varshneya, as it we re by fo r ce con

strained ? 36 )

am“

now ; 51—4by what ; am: impe l led ; 311 1 th is ; qrti

’

sin ; an? does ;m:man W undesir ing ; an? even ;

gram0 Vershneya; 1 311 by f o r ce ; {a as it wer e ; fi fnfi'

a':

compe l led.

[ 73 ]

ai‘

rsnsrgana

arm1361 site sq film : I .

ssmfiragmrcarfishafiiséfimq "W"The B le ssed Lo rd said

It is desir e , it is wrath, bego tten by the quality o f

mobil ity all-consuming,all-po l luting, know tho u this as

o ur fo e her e on ear th. (37)

Ema: desir e ; on : th is ; inter : wrath ; qq : this ; ( sham.

n a: ( 31 3 : gonq eggs : an; a: o f mobil ity , f r omthe quality ,b irth

,who se , it mm:=n W ama : gr eat, dev our ing,

whose , it ; Herman v e r y;

hu r tf ul ; Fi r"

; know (then) qa'

3\

thls y ge her e affi rmthe f o e.

A x A xaGamma awhmsssfii seaa IQ

Q

f rame"w as nae 11

As a flame is env elo ped by smo ke,as a mir r o r by

dust, as an emb ryo is wr apped by ’

the amnion, so This 1

is enve lo ped by it. (38)

gfia by smoke ; ar rf‘mm1s enwrapped ; erg: fi r e ; amas

mi : amir r o r ; sea by dust i t and ; amas ; 3 3h by the

amnion ; a ria enwr apped ; “xi i emb r yo ; amso ; 5mby

it ; {3 this ; angaq enwr apped.

l The univer se :“ This as opposed to

“ THAT, the ETERNAL .

Some say“ This

”stands f o r

“ knowledge .

”

[ 74 ]

armada 31119131 fi rfi'

i vn I

W fies asthma-

ea a"sail“

Env e lo ped is wisdomby this constant enemy o f the

wise in the fo rmo f desir e,which is insatiable as a flame .

(39)

ar rays? enveloped ; mil wisdom; gas (by) this ; mfi a: o f

b e wise man ; fi afifimby the constant enemy ; a rmor

arm: SW H 3 desir e,body , whose ,

he Ef fi e: O K aunteya ;

3813301 by the .unfillable ar i as? by flame ; w and.

same a‘

ffl gitr rsrfasragwe I

fidfilaqmstranger new 11e o n

The sense s, the mind and the Reason ar e said to be

its seat ;;

by these , enve lo p ing wisdom,it bewilde r s the

dwe l ler in the b ody . (40)

the senses ;tn : the mind ; gr

’

i z the r eason ;

W o f this ; an'

t‘

qgmq the seat ; ma 1s cal led ; by

these ; fi firgqfir bewilde r s ; gar : th is ; am wisdom; snags;

having enve lop ed ;‘

efé q q the embodied o ne .

w estw ard isms stairs 1

were safeaswafismamaan9Ther e fo r e

, 0 best o f the Bharatas, maste r ing

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

{ 76 }

known;'

q eai-dhav ing steadied ; a nt-vimthe se l f ; by

the Sel f ; i n? slay (thou) mg the enemy ; Hen ri? ( ii . O

mighty-armed m ix"

39 (o f ) the f o rm o f desir e ; gumdifficul t to app r oach .

sis ai‘manaa

‘

rarfiq omfifitmare gamma

Thus in the glor ious BHAGAVAD third discour se , entitledTHE YOGA O F ACTIO N .

[ 77 ]

FOURTH DISCOURSE .

grew-

j aw I

{ti aw e £ 111 fi shermen-

camW sns Hgfiawé saala IH II

The B lessed Lo rd said

This impe r ishab le yoga I declar ed to ViyasvanVivasvan taught it to Mann Manu to lkshvé ku to ld it.

( I)

{ti this ; w to V ivasvan a'i yoga ; fi'

fi fiafl Spoke ;flagI ; mamimper ishabl e fi afimVi vasvan ; q q‘

a’ to Mann

me said ; 333 Mann ; “may? to Ikshvakn ; strafing: spake

qam afia( radii: fig: Ix x 0

(1 areas agar armas: was I I ?"This, handed on down the l ine , the King-Sages

knew. This yoga by gr eat e fflux o f time decayed in the

wo r ld, 0 Parantapa. (2 )

Q5: thus ; qtquqmq : qtqtmam by succession, ob tained ;

git this ( ra in: the k ing- sages Fag: know a : this ; 5mmby

time ; gg he r e ; near (by) gr eat ; zfitr : yoga ; fig : destr oyed ;111361? 0 Par an tapa.

Hamil 21211 3531 Ii131 : sites: 331613 : I

wagsfiw fifin-Iafi31633 1111 ll21 ll

[ 78 ]

This same ancient yoga hath been to -day dec lar edto thee by M e

,f o r tho u ar t My devo tee and My f r iend

it is the sup r eme Secr e t. (3)

a : this ; qa ev en ; m this -ma’ by me to . thee ;an: to -day ; Z fifl : yoga ; mm: declar ed ; gnaw: ancient ; 31m:

devo tee ; BTFH ( thou ) ar t ; amy ; may f r iend ; a and ; gfér

thus ; ( 333i: secret ; r'

é indeed ; gait this ; am best .

aimsari I

ame ardTamat am1315165161:

WW W m fiiw fiia 11911

Ar juna said

Late r was thy b ir th, ear l ie r the b ir th o f Vivasvan ;

how then amI to unde r stand that Thou declar edst it in

the b eginning ? (4)aqi: later ; m : o f thee ; the b ir th ; qt ear l ier ;the bir th Erma: o f Vivasvan ; amt how ; qaq this ;

fi i fififl f ‘l may ( I ) under stand ; é tho u ; 81 13? in the

beginning ; declar edst ; gfi f thu s.

firm-mm I

asfi fif

aadrarfi maniaas s ign 1

awe as eaifit 3 551621;a Wi llThe B lessed Lo rd said

M any bir ths have been le ft behind by Me and by

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 80 ]

amwhen ; 2131“ when ; {3 indeed ;m o f duty ; m :

decay ; an"? is ; WI?! 0 Bhar ata ; artgmm r ising up ;“

atr ia: o f sin 3 31 then ; st reammysel f gi t"? send for th

qualmsmagi famine a §§HTHIafiutamuia swarmgit 351 11 It

Fo r the pr o tection o f the go od, fo r the destr uction

o f e v il -do e r s, fo r the sake o f firmly estab l ishing r ighte

o usness,

I amb o r n f r omage to age . (8)

mi fi rflna f o r the p r o tection argai‘

o f the good firmingf or the destr uction a and ;mmo f ev il-doer s ; qaaemW =HW HW ‘TRT

“

aura o f duty, o f the estab lishing,f o r the sake : { warm ( I) am b o r n ; gi t in age : 331 in

age .

0 r \ o x fimma amsamsun are a : I

eta—en isEif iél

‘

q q iu nfi féf aux-

ga lls”He who thus knoweth My divme b ir th and action ,

in

its e ssence , having abando ned the b ody,cometh no t to

bir th again,but cometh unto M e

, 0 Ar j una. (9)

bir th ; anti action ; fl‘

and ; i f my ; ("

as st div ine ; qa

thus ; a : who ; fife-r knows ; 3 53m: f r om (in) r eality ; emhav ing abandoned ; 3

'

s? the body ; gmagain ; an ; to b ir th ;e

a not ; 1313 comes ; mu to me ; era comes ; H he ; WO Ar juna.

.8 : 1

a'

iau’

nuqfimemumgqn'

étar: I

asst steame r 331 Waterman: IIso"Fr eed f r ompassion,

fear andd

ange r , fil led with Me,

taking r e fuge in M e,pur ified in the fir e o f wisdom

,many

have ente r ed into My being. ( 10)

fl atmaaat‘ rurz z éta: ( in:‘Q

'

wit we‘

re : a gone,

desir e , and, f ear , and, anger , and, whose , they ; W e"f u l l o fme ; mq to me ; gqnatar: r eso r ting ; agar: many ; mqafiq téamen awe ; o f wisdom,

by the auster ity ; gar : pur ified ;

safari : as am(to)my being ; w ar: ( have ) come .

“

a amHi sandaffairs warmsu I

Ira amigah‘

a saw: as} (first: na9

H owev e r men app r oach Me,even so do I we lcome

them,fo r the path men take f r omeve ry side is M ine ,

0 Par tha.( II)

it wh o ; amas ; mat to me q qefta a. ;pp r oach ma them

amso ; qa ev en ; warmwe lcome ; are I ; ammy ; as? path ;mafi a f o l low ; qgcm: men ; up : 0 Par- ;tha aria: everyWh e r e .

A.

arise :mini fine use as 5mmfire istugs £ 135w e 656s manThey who long afte r success in actio n on ear th sacr io

6

i 8z l

flee to the ShiningO ne s ; fo r in b r ie f space ve r il y , in thiswo r ld o f men, success is bo rn o f action. ( 1 2 )

'

anga z desir ing ; afiqvlf o f actions ; fé fi success as}? (they)sacr ifice to ; {3 her e £1 3 1: the Shini ng Ones ; fiat? quick ly ; {aindeed ; mgfr in the human ; Fifim( in the ) wo r ld ;success fl it-T is £5153 1 karma-born.

W amea’

gmw uaz l

aww afi ui um ua‘

aaunu u

The f ou r castes wer e emanated by M e,by the diif e 1

r ent distr ibutio n o f qual ities and actions ; know Me

to be the autho r o f th em,tho ugh the actionless and

inexhaustible . ( I3)

W 3 the f o ur castes W byme ; H g emanated “m t?

lawman not-M ama mm “5! Emma: o f qualities and o f ao

tions, and, by div ision ; amo f it ; amt; th e autho r ; q fi'

also mq me lat? know ; 31m unacting ; Br am inex

hau stible .

3 111 61311161“

e raaamr as”{idHi fi

‘

lsfiwman'u6151315351 a asthma"N o r do actions affect Me

, no r is the f ruit o f action

desir ed by Me .,He who thus knoweth Me is no t bo und

by actions. ( 14)7! not ; mme mil? ! actions ; mmstain ; a no t ; fi o f

e ; fi xa z afiw:m o f ac tion,in the f r u it ; (get desir e ;

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

l 84

flifififi efi $3321$135 1 a W u

M ammal fi atm’

é : newIt is needful to disc r iminate action

,to disc r iminate

unlavsifulaction,and to discr iminate inaction myste r i

ous is the path o f action. ( 17)

W : o f action ; (a indeed ; aft? also ;mail shou ld be

known ; f re ak sho u ld be known ; a and ; fi afim: o f wr ongaction manila: o f inaction ; i t and ; sum should be known ;tramdeep ;m: o f action ; ma: the p ath .

q wfifi fiffit a wfi qu

e gr'

immgwge n m fimnag n

He who see th inaction in action ,and actio n in inac

tion,he is wise among men,

he is harmonious,’

even

while pe r fo rming all actio n. ( 1 8)

mfifflr in action ; inaction ; a who ;m may see ;

BIG in inaction W and i fi ‘i action a who ; Q : he ; 31“Wise ; fi fi g in men ; 8 : he ; fl : balanced ; m m=

W fi fl sniffer a: H i all,action

, does, who , b e .

are: serial: M ar:

infirm 61mg: 'fifédgen: ll9o. Il

Who se wo r ks ar e all f r ee fr om the mo ulding o f .

desir e , who se actio ns ar e bu rned up by the . fir e o f .wis. .

85 J

dom,himthe i

wise have called a Sage . ( 19)

3168 O f Whom; H} 311 ; Hq’

fiiq r : beginnings ; W maffiar: : e,

-r} : i t {1376} ”i f afi rta

'

r by desir e , and; by imagina

tions,and, un touched ; amfiwv samivfi arm W W

«$ 31?t m at o f knowledge , by the fi r e , consumed, actions,

whose, him at]:him; 3115 : cal l 171333 lear ned;gm: wise.

ma t wh e rein1331635"fines:W arez

-first: an fifimfifif e :uao 11Having abando ned attachment to the f r uit o f action

,

always co ntent,nowhe r e seeking r e fuge ,

he is no t do ing

any thing, altho ugh do ing actions. (20)

{QR hav ing abandoned ; mfim effl z afifi’w: $135 i nf"?o f action, in ( to ) the f r u it, attachment, Fanat ic alwaysf 'ontented : Fanni e : without dependence ; in action ;

am : engaged ; am? also ; a not ;13? even ; fin

’

fi i’t any

thing ; Efiflfi-r do es a : he .

m am awsa‘qfiag:

mfii 555763“ 2515game r’

isiéasttllmllHo ping fo r naught, h is mind and se l f contr o l led,

hav ing abando ned all greed, per fo rming action by the

body alone he do th no t commit sin. (2 1 )

M i }: no t h0p ing, ( wishing ) am a l z aé fi a’

i t

arm-n fl”ama : a contr olled, mind,

and,self , and, whose , he ;

améq fiqg: Hi : q fiq éfixq a: abandoned, all, . taking,

[ 86 ]

by whom, he ; {nfl'

t bodily ; any on ly ; an action ;mdo ing a no t ; mtfifi é obtains [ stra w sin .

as :mmfi awa rtss tamens? “Content with whatso eve r he o b taine th witho ut e ffo r t

,

f r ee f r omthe pair s o f o ppo sites,-witho ut envy , balanced

in success and failur e,though acting he 15 no t bound.

(z'

z )

ammmg : am mm; Hg : by chance , with gain ,

contented “ fi a: . zfifiaz the p air s, gone beyond

fi q im: un env ious ; Em: equal ; ffifi in success ; a -W t

in non-

;success i t and gear hav ing done svffi eVen ; a not

Ema? ls bound.

mam gas: wmafiaaéae zanimate : 61315east xii-213121? 11 RB

,ll

O f o ne with attachment dead,harmonious

,with his

thoughts establ ished in wisdom,his wo r ks sacr ifices

,all

action me lts away . (2 3)

flaé nmz Ira: sin : aman gone , attachment, whose , o f

him; m o f the l ib er ated M arm ara -r =‘

in’

fi W

Ha: mm in w isdom, establish ed,mind, who se his exam

f o r sacr ifice “N ita? O f ) acting i aidaction m entir e lyfifi é h

'

fi i s disso l v ed.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 88 ]

Some pou r as sacr ifice hear ingand the o the r senses

into the fir es o f r estraint ; some po ur so und and theo ther o bjects o f sense into the fir es o f the senses as

sacr ifice ; (2 6)

fiW fi z nf fi arug Ersn'

q amt hear ing, the b eginning,

whose,them; {muf fin the senses ; 915: o the r s ; emrfi g

. z fim 31n o f r estr aint ( concentr ation ), in the fi r es ;

safe sacr ifice ; marsh : 11163:we : acne amsound, the begin .

ning,who se , them; Fatwa sense -objects ; 815: o ther s

a rmo f the senses , in the fi r es Wsacr ifice

eaifliifiqamnwamm‘

iivr am?enmesh ed gain status?! 11 so ll

O the r s again into the wisdom-kindled fir e o f union

attained ' by se lf-contr o l,po ur as sac r ifice all the func

'tions o f the senses and the f unctio ns o f l ife (2 7 )

Haifa! all ; gf‘

gq qiq i’

ffir z g'

rimormEmir?"o f the senses,

actions ; qmq far z qmw aritfrfot o f the br eath, actions ;

fl”

o ther s ; enmé qq zfimfif z sxmq : q’

qq qq amamBi f f o f the self

,the r estr aint, even, yoga, o f that

,in

.the fi r e W sacr ifice mafii‘f a=a fi=f é‘

ffi’

fi by wisdom,

lighted.

maria ch i ! imme nse 1

wwm a arm: see m: IIRCN

Yet others the sacr ifice o f'

wealth ,

’

the sacr ifice o f

austerity , the sacr ifice o f yoga, the sacr ifice o f silentr eading and wisdom

,men co ncentr atedand o f e ff ectual

vows ; (2 8)

3311313 1 : : gtfixw aa : si erra by sub stances, sacr ifice, who se ,

they ; afiamz= aq z 213 :'

iiq i' "Er auster ity, sac r ifice, whose ,

they ; imam: 213 : aq f a yoga, sacr ifice , whose ,rhey

amso ; 81111? o ther s tamamaasfl :=wnaz1181=w3 151 wan

iiq i‘ “

a,study

, and, knowledge , and, sacr ifice , whose, they , fl'

and ; exam, the r estr ained ancho r ites ) ; é faaaay; a é imEram a shar p ( difficult v ows, who se , they .

aimsgate $110? snarscnfir 61am? 1mmmmnrfiW ai

'munqmmwn 11 1 1 ll

Ye t o the r s pou r as sac r ifice the o utgo ing br eath in

the incoming, and the incoming in the o utgo ing,r e

str aining the fiow o f the o utgo ing and incoming b r eaths,so le ly ab so r bed in the co ntrol o f br eathing; (29)

sxqfi in incoming b r eath ; ggfé‘

sacrifice ; 11161 outgoing

b r eath ; mmin outgoing b r eath ; sqq rr-i incoming br eath ; am

thus ; W o ther s ; m011v1=ma1=armcz1 a 311113 91 3 ad}, o f

p r fina, and, o f apana, ( the two ) cou r ses ; W hav ing r estr ain

«Tammi e p r anayama finalr efuge, whose , they .

aw“

! fireman: sweatingas% l

[ 90 ]

Othe r s, r egular in fo od, pour as sacr ifice their l ifeb r eaths in l ife -b r eaths. All these ar e knowe r s o f sacr i

fice,and by sacr ifice have destr oyed their sins. (30)

81 1171 o ther s ; fi qargrtr z z fi q a: W : 31q a r estr ained,

f ood, whose , they ; arm lif e-b r eaths ; smug 1n lif e-b r eaths ;ggfi

'

r sacr ifice ; a? all ; 811171 also ; if?! these ; aafi '

z : sacr ifice

knower s ; aaeqfi aaisq q r : z qfiwmg :mg :m a by sacr i

fice , thr own away , sins, whose , they.

sire 513!m l

midsumme r353153 1:gene 1131 911

The eate r s o f the l ife -

giv ing r emains o f sac r ifice go to

the change less ETERNAL. This wo r ld is no t fo r the nonsacr ifice r , much less the o the r , O best o f the Kur us. (31 )

aafisrereagam flaw are andm 31 E? o f the sacr ifice.

r emains, immo r tal (ambr osia) eat, who , they ; am?! go ; W '

to

B r ahman ; He ra“ eternal ; a no t ; 81231 this ; firm: wor ld ;ax

8116 7 is ; a:m o f the non- sacr ificer ; gm: whence ; $1721:other ; m an : gaunt; a imo f the K ui'us

,0 best.

qai ages“Erinfiat“ 331011 5113 1

sawW W 3113611 amassing? “Many and var ious sacr ifices ar e thus spr ead out be

fo r e the ETERNAL .

1 Know tho u that all these ar e bo rno f action ,

and thus knowing thou shal t be f r ee . (32 )

1 In the Vedas is another inter p r etation .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

92 1

And hav ing known this, tho u shalt no t again fal l intothis co nfusion

, O t’andava ; fo r by this tho u wilt see all

be ings without exception in the SELF,and thus in

Me. (35)

aq that ; armhav ing known ; a no t ; 3a: again ; $131de lusion ; ué thus ; arcar

'

if (thou) shal t go ; W O Pandava ;

a? ! by this ; gem? cr eatu r es ; (by) without-r emainder ;

mm(thou) shalt see 31 13 113? in the se lf ; g ift that is ; Rf?inme .

A N0 0amwe?! trim: am. mafia. 1

.Q ‘\ Q A 0 0 r \ A

6151 wag 313m(161111511131 11 at 11

Even if thou ar t the mo st sinful o f all sinner s,

yet shalt tho u c r o ss o ve r all sin by the r af t o f wisdom.

(36)

Bif f? even ; we: if ; sqfé'

(thou) ar t ; mm: than sinne rs ;

fi t !"(than) all ; ‘TN fi q :most-sin-do ing ; fi all ; 31308571 =

fi lm W Of wisdom, by the r af t ; qa only ; graft sin ; fiafisar

’

é (thou) shal t c r o ss o ver .

Hfif lflh

fl 310

6 1c q63Si ? !A Q

3 1311? ! s am 61911 1131911As the burning fi r e r educes fue l to ashe s

, O Ar juna,so do th the fir e o f wisdomr educe all actions to ashes.

(37)

amas ; qa'

h’a fuels ; affrz : kindled; afia: fire ; atfimq

[ 93 ]

(to) ashes ; 55? makes ; 31g? 0 Ar juna ;

aqfia: o f wisdom, fir e ; aéafinfi z aé lfia em-fiffit all actions;

W ENT,(to) ashes ; 553}makes ; amso .

Hfgwas sea sfiafiswas !

mar-1mm: wmr amfisfir llsc ll'Ve r il-y ther e is no pur ifier in this wo r ld l ike wisdom;

he that is pe r fected in yoga finds it in the SELF in due

seaso n. (38)

not ; 315171 by ( to ) wisdom; m similar ; 111733 1

pu r ifier ; ge he r e ; is ; era that ; (61aitself ; am'

a'

ffig z z

infi ar'

é g : in yoga, p e r fected ; aitfia by (in) time ; anaq fa in

the sel f ; fiafi finds.

az aleas 31151 616116: eaefiea: 1

andgr een rmmiaawmifanssfi 111 s11

The man who is ful l o f faith o btaineth wisdom, and

he also who hath master y o ve r h is senses and hav ing

o b tained wisdom he go eth swiftl y to the Sup r emePeace . (39)

man the faithf u l ; aq‘

a ob tains ; 3 18i wisdom; amintent ; eaafifi w eaarfi ifn n

’

vr m a: contr o l led,senses, whose be ; 3 161 wisdom; 5152 211 hav ing obtained ; ad

( to ) th e highest ; flil'

d‘l to p eace ; 31-311 0! without-de lay ;

awfum fa goes

[ 94 ]

aaaiasaiaa sisal same 1

31aerasa=1an3 331? W a ng o nBut the igno r ant, faith less, doub ting self goe th to

destr uction no r this wo r ld,no r that beyond

,no r happ i

ness, is ther e fo r the doubting se l f . (40)31-3 : nu-knowing ; far and ; aft-813mmnon -believ ing ; a

and é fi fl lml= é §lfl : strain“

afa H doubt, se l f , whose , h e ;fiaszafi; is destr oyed ; a no t ; 9512! this ; RISE: wo r ld ; wfiais ; a no t ; qt : b eyond ; a no t ; gtei

' happ iness ; Gamma:o f (f o r ) the do ub tingo self .

zimawwafiaioi waw’

aaaaaa

311611516i :1 wairfir fiaafi Swimll 8 2 llHe who hath r enounced actionby yoga, who ,

hath

c lo ven asunde r do ubt by wisdom, _who is r uled,

by the

SELF 1 , actions do no t bind him,O Dhananjaya. (41 )m a taaaivh arfia {isms em”'ima' by Yoga, r enoun

ccd, ac tion , by whom, h im; afi firfi flfifl fl q = é fififl

aaa : afa a : by knowledge , cut away, doub t, whose, him,

a rena-

ap ossessing the Se l f ; a not ; aiqifat actions ; fi atfirfifbind W all 0 Dhanafijaya.

ma rquis £ 6693museums: 1

Pas wasW ham2111161 1191 1

1 Madhusfidana. explains dtmamntamas“always watchf ul.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 95 ]

FIFTH DISCOURSE .

31137 1 ears I

awe-

imamgwfiifi a aw'

e lx 0

saga quanta 61c

-11 if? tgt-11am11a

A r juna said

Renunciatio n o f ac tio ns, tho u p raise st, O K r ishna,

and then also yoga. O f the two which one is the

bette r ? That te l l me conc lusive ly . ( 1)

Ha nan r enunciation ; 3511011 o f actions, 5 601 O Kr ishna ;

g

1

az again ; an? yoga “

a and ; sierra p raisest ( thou ) , aq

which ; lira: b etter ; qaar : o f these two (531? one aq' that ;

a o f ( to me gr? speak gfi r’

fiaq wel l -determined.

afiaaargaa I

15mm: hafniumfi z’aaawugffi 1

atfizgwfiwam aai rfi fi fawtf 11a 11The B lessed L o rd said

Renunciation and yoga by action both lead to the

highest bliss ; o f the two , yoga by action is ver ily b etterthan r enunciatio n o f action. (2 )

El'

RTIH: r enunciation flifiifl'fl'

o action yoga 5T

.

and 5

fl :fl ag-fl (two) [1 1g lest happ ine ssmaker s ; S'

Wl' bOth

,H’i l

’

o f these two ; g indeed ; aaaararah W‘

summit

[ 97 ]

o f action ,than r enunciation ; W 3 action-yoga ; w

excels .

aq z a fi raawwi amkfir a aafiufi

'

éi l isaaaaga aimfagwfi nanH e shou ld be known as a pe r p etual ascetic

, who

ne ithe r hate th no r desir eth ; f r ee f r omthe pair s o f o p

po sites, O mighty -armed,he is

'

easily set f r ee f r ombondage . (3)

N

3a: shou ld be known ; a: he ; fi a-amsfi' constant-r eK fi

nouncer ; a: who ; a not ; we hates ; a not ; adafi f desir es ;

fi f q : without the pair s o f opposites ) ; F3 indeed ; W ‘

W O mighty-armed ; gm easily ; aarq f r om bondage ;

W is f r eed.

W M 51911 6116 1: aaéfi =1 tifsw: 1

m ites :w ire was 11 a ll

Childr en,no t Sages, speak o f the Sankhya and Yoga

as diffe r ent he who is duly estab l ish ed in one o btaineth

the f r uits o f bo th . (4)

amaan’fi w g iga; 1a ant : 151“ Sankhya

,and, Yoga, and ;m

separ ate ; afar : childr en qaafif say a not tifé’m: the

wise Q‘

Eh'

one ; ain'

t? even ; mare-{z estab lished ( in ) 6112131

togethe r with gai n'

oi both ragaobtains 15631 the f ru it,

mama: 5111 2131 and aaifitfsma1

as; W e 11 azmfi emfif ll‘ul“That place which is gained by the , Sankhyas is

r eached by the Yogas also . He seeth who seeth that

the -Sankhya and the Yoga ar e o ne . (5)

as]: that ; affix: by the Sankhyas am? is obtained ;

mra place ; ad that ;

“ a

: by the Y ogas gaf f; also is

goneto ; u

'

afi one ; (“tea the Sankhy ;a a and {mi the

yoga ; w and ; a: who ; 1: 11amsees ; a : he ; qaafir sees

W igw am-amine 1

W a fiiwnaw fif ua n

But witho ut’

yoga,O mighty - armed

,r enunciation is

hard to attain to ; the yoga-harmo nised Muni swiftly

go e th to the ETERNAL. (6)

agitafq r enunciation ; g indeed; am 0 mighty-armed ;

$3“ hard ; W to obtain ; f r om non -yoga

( without yoga ) ; akmgfl fzé arfia with yoga, join

'

ed

gfir mun i ; 3131 to B r ahman a no t ; fi rmby a long time ;n oes

afim fifir'

iaaz l

fi gw m gaiafi a fewé u e n

He who , is harmonised by yoga, the se l f pur ified,SELF

r uled, the senses subdued,

who se SELF IS the SELF

o f all be ings, although actinghe 15 no t affected. ( 7)

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 100 ]

{Warmthe senses, 1r f$1mr§g= {Psalms 313g o f the senses,

in the o bjects, aaa exist (move ) ; gmthus ; an“ main

taining.

w msmaaifir afi w asfn’

aq z l

facade s mea q rfaaiamI I t o II

H e who acteth ,plac ing all actio ns in the ETERNAL

,

abando ning attachment, is unaf fected by sin as a lo tusleaf by the water s. ( 1 0 )

“ To! in B i ahman ; BTN TQ having p laced ; afiq ff‘

u; actions ;

Gif f attachment ; 313 3 ! hav ing abandoned; afififa acts ;

a:

who ; [’

q is afiected ; a not ; H : he ; 11q by sin qg

W E=W ¥H cram o f the l otus,the leaf ; {a like ; w hy

water .

$1513 Hamga r fi é fifiafitfi I

fin’

im: 61513fi fe{v i tqswsseagrefill9 9 I IYogis , hav ing a bandoned attachment

,pe r fo rm ac

tion o nly by the b ody , by the mind,by the Reason

,

and ev e n by the senses , fo r the pu r ificatio n o f the se l f .( 1 1 )

amen by the body ; qaar by the mind : ga r by the

r eason ; arfin ( by ) On ly ; gran: by the senses : an? also ;

airfirq : yogis ; armaction ; gafh per f o rm, at? attachment ;

smart hav ing aba -ndoned 1 “ l _ sxr q q :w o f the self ,

f o r the pur ification.

10 1 1

gmzaficfie’ m afimfifinfifisfi q l

sages:m inim-s esame newThe harmo nised man

,havmg abandoned the f ruit

o f ac tio n,attaine th to the e te rnal Peace ; the non-har

mo nised,impe l led by desir e

,attached to f ruit

, ar e

b o und. ( 1 2 )

gag: the united one ; avima‘ z qifiot: o f action, the f ru it ;

m ar hav ing abandoned ; {mm p eace ; extcfirfir odtains ;

fifgafiq final ; m : the non-un ited o ne ; anq afiuvl= afim€qSufi“ o f desir e, by the impulsion ; in ( to ) f ruit ; Hag:

attached W is bound.

Hglfliq ilfil new simmer 33a”aft 1mngi

'

is‘

i éfa géa W i ll as"Mental ly r eno uncing all actions

,the so ve r e ign dwe l

ler in the body r esteth se r ene ly in the nine -

gated city,

1

ne ithe r acting no r causing to act. ( 1 3)

aim all actions ( as bef01e ) ; qaar by the mind;W hav ing abandoned ; sins? sits ; gig happy ; an? the

r u ler ( o f himsel f ) ; 31am? ( in ) the ' nine-

gated ; 35: in the

city ; 339 the embodied ; a not ; qar even ; 5511 ac ting ; a not ;

m acausing action .

swi amifir é wmaafir aml

1 The body , o f ten called the city o f Br ahman.

[ 102 ]

Q 0 0n

3 m mm satire w i ll

The Lo rd o f th‘

e wo r ld p r oduceth no t the idea o f

agency , no r actions, no r the union toge the r o f action

andits f r uit ; natu r e ,h owe v e r , manifeste th . ( I4)

not ; 551-33? agency ; a not ; aiq ffiit actions ; sip

-

fl ea ofthe wo r ld; Q

'

s-l1a emanates ; 173 : the Lo rd ; a not ; amm o

arti = aiq : fl“mma {ramo f action, and, o f f r u it, and, the

union ; fame : own-natu r e g indeed exists fo r th

(manif ests

menassistant 3 $161 {weFang:similar-idand in gas Gina: I I 9 11 11

The Lo rd accepte th ne ithe r the ev il -do ing no r yet

the we l l -do ing o f any . W isdomis enve lo ped by _

1_

1nwis

dom; the rewith mo r tals ar e de luded. ( 15)

a not ; wrefi takes ; m f faq o f anyone ; q'

rli sin ; a not ;

“Br and ; qq e ven ; gga"Vi r ;tue rag : the Lo rd; 813m? ! by

igno r ance ; sxrq'

a env e lop ed ; am wisdom; am by th1s

ga'

fi; ar e deceived siaq : beings.

0 x 0

smgafi masr arfirammz l

s w reath sma ll s ? "Ve r ily , in whomunwisdom is destr oyed by the

wisdom o f the SELF, in them wisdom,sh1u1ng as the

sun, r eveals the Supr eme. ( 16)

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

( 104 1

W in ( on a ) dog ; fl'

and ; Q? even ; Denna; ia ( on an )outcaste ;

1 'El'

and ; q rgar : pandits ; aq qfi’m: equal -seeing,

£ 51 fi zwfi imam? fen 1171: I

fifisfiefimm afi efiw :

Even he r e o n ear th e ve ry thing is o ve r come by tho se

who se mind r emains balanced ; the ETERNAL is inco r

r uptible and balanced; the r e fo r e they ar e establ ishedin the ETERNAL . ( 19)

{3 he r e n eveni

t} by those firm: conquer ed mi: r ebirtho r c r eation ;

‘

aqmo f whom; mmin equal ity ; Farsi estahl ished; qq : mind; firi

'

rq spotless ; r? indeed ; at? equal ; as]B rahman ; amq the re fo r e ; alarmin B r ahman ;

'

f-r they ;final: established.

A 0 A f \

a segment Erica fi rearm 6 1151511111 1A A 0 A A Amm W rem: 11 s o 11

W ith Reason firm,unpe r plexed

,the knower o f the

ETERNAL, establ ished in the ETERNAL ,

’

ne ither r ejo icethon o btaining what is pleasant, no r so r r owe th o n o btainingwhat is unpleasant. 20 )

a‘

not ; 17363111 let ( him) r ejo ice ; firm the p leasant ;'m

having obtained ;“

a not am let ( him be agitated ; mhav ing obtained ; q and ; a rm the unpleasant ;m :

fig-( r 31

5

3 :m a : fi rm, r eason,whose , he ; sqé ga

‘

: unbewild

1 m5; qenfi , he who cooks, i . e . , eats a dog.

[ 105 1

c r ed ; W ail Br ahman-knowe r ; 5 31W in B rahman ; Qua:estab l ished.

atawiiwaaaearW e W 1

11 WW W 11 it ? 11

He who se se l f is unattached to exte rnal contacts,and finde th j oy in the SELF,

hav ing the se l f harmonisedwith the ETERNAL b v yoga,

enjoys happiness exemptf r omdecay . (2 1 )

arueqfi’

g z arij g eqifg in exter nal, ( in ) contacts ; ar e

m z wq efizmamama : unattached, se l f , whose, he ; farqrfifinds ; strreq rfi in the se l f ; am; ( that which ; gg

'

p leasur e ; a :

he ; mi rngmmr z asxm aims get : 81 l am a : in

B rahman , by yOga,‘

j oined, sel f , whose, he ; gaff p leasur e ;era

-cd imper ishab le ; magi-7 en]OyS.

51 is{1111151611 firmgear-ties ea51 1mania: fies =1 ergwe 38 : 11 as 11The de l ights that ar e contact-bo rn

, they ar e ve r il ywomb s o f pain. fo r they have beginning and ending, 0

K aunteya ; no t in themmay r ejo ice the wise . (2 2 )

a those ) which [3 indeed similar : contact- bo rn ; mm:

enjoyments ; g:. tgq raau: gtqeq man: o f so r r ow,ewombs ; in

on ly ; a tho se ; sq raj aaa: having beginning and end ; $ 3 21 0Kaunteya ; a not 33 in those ; ( 113 r ej oices

, the wise .

ww w e fi z e sfi rm: 11a;Hewho is ab le to endur e her e o n ear th

,e r e he be

l iberated f r om the body,the fo r ce b o r n f r omdesir e and

passio n,he is harmonised

,he is a happy man. (2 3)

ml? ! is ab le to ; 53 her e ; Q? ev en ; a: who ;

Eire? to bear ; . arai be f o r e ; fl flfi filfi wm=fl fmq aeratingf r om the body, ( f r om liber ation ; airqi filq rga z sfimrq fl

'

ar ena”1 W 1 an: sf f r omdesir e ,and, f r omange r , and,

b ir th ,

whose, i t ;“

air f o r ce ; a : he ; gm: united ; 8 3 he ; wt

happy ; at : man .

ifisazaéisaum aiawifihia 21: 1

11as 11

He who is happy within,who r ejo iceth within,

who

is il luminated within ,that Yogi, b ecoming the ETERNAL ,

go eth to the Peace o f the ETERNAL. (24)a: who ; giazgg z z ax

'

a: gtq' m H : inwar d,

( in the se l f ), p leasur e, who se , h e ; W amz z sia:

m g :m H : inwar d, ( in the sel f enj o ymen t,

wh ose , he ;

amso (too) ; wasfi fi z z eta: ( ar rears a ha: use a : inward.

(in the self ) , l ight, who se , he ; qa ev en ; a: who ; a : that ; i t'fi’

yogi mafia} z a'

gror : aimo f B r ahman, to the niiwfina ;

mag : B r ahman-b ecome ; sfi‘

qm ra goes o ver .

8 151? n w: 5310135651511: l

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[f

108 1

Having exte rnal contacts excluded, and with gaz e

fixed be tween the eye-b r ows ; hav ing made equal the

o utgo ing and incoming b r eaths m’

o v ing within the

no str ils, (27)

( 11q contacts ; gate"having made ; fi fe : outside

external ; fi g: eye (gaz e) ; q and ; gar even,era} in th e

middle ; ai r : o f the ( two ) ey eb r ows ; qmrqm‘

i z qm: Q

mm: “at incoming b r eath, and,

outgo ing b r eath , and ;

( two ) equal ; gemhaving made ; mmsq sarem'

iofi' z q ramr zsp am: a f fidfi o f the nostr ils

,within, mov ing.

afifimfirgfisfififiimw : I

q w gwqaaznv 11

NVith senses, mind and,

Reason eve r contr o l led,

so le ly pur suing libe r atio n, the Sage ,havmg fo r eve r cast

away desir e , fear and passio n, ve r ily is libe rated. (2 8)

afir’

i'aafirgfz maarfi manna =61 11a: wgfwz w 61121 61:

contr olled, senses , and. mind,and

,r eason,

and,whose

,he ;

gm: the muni sham an= filfi'

: 1111a are a : liber ation , goal ,whose , he ; ,

fi nsesr eaimz z f‘m r f ear

=61 fi rm-e

m a : gone . desir e , and, f ear . and, anger , and, whose, he a:

who ; Her always ; gm: f r eed; Q’

a'

e ven ; a : he .

wh en213 6161111 Hiéq aata 1

3315621

1151611611 s iren611M ain

Hav ing known Me , as the Enjoyer o f sacr ifice and o f

l 109 l

auster ity ,the mighty Rule r o f all the wo r lds

,and the

Lo ver o f all beings, he go eth to Peace . (29)

the enjoye r ; mqq mai a 5111-

31 s ; o f

sacr ifice s and, o f auster ities, and ; q fiénafitfgva( q : gm51mm31m o f all, ( o f ) wo r lds, the gr eat l

‘

o rd ; gg é the

lo ver ; Hi i amrq o f all c r eatur es ; 3 15mhaving known ; qi‘me ; fi ft

h

“ to peace 53 51? ob tains .

A x x x3111 M me m amamaw samThus in the glo r ious Bhagavad fi f th discour se

,entitled

THE YOGA O F THE RENUNCIATIO N O F ACTION .

n o

S IX TH D ISCOURSE .

alias? $ 191“6513we a:

«w e a zim'i aafiu’ifimsfim: 11911The B lessed Lo rd said:

H e that per fo rme th such action as is duty,ind

e pendently o f the f r uit o f actio n,he is an ascetic ,

he is a Yogi, no t he that is without fir e and witho ut

r ites } I

staf fing : n o t W :‘ W “58 o f action ,

the f r uit ; airéxthat ough t to be done ; aw action ; mmdo es ; a: who ; t e ; aim"Sannyasi ; a and ;mY ogi ;

i t and ; a n o t ; finfir z without fir e ;'

vT no t ; q and ; W ;

Withou t action .

zimmmfi snfi fl a fifi msa lam mqirfiw fi wmmnThat wh ich is cal led r enunciatio n know tho u that

as yoga,O Pandava no r do th any o ne be come a Yogi

with the fo rmativ e wil l 2 unr enounced. 2

1 The Sannyasi lights no sacr ificial fi r e . and p er f o rms no sac r ifices nor

cer emonies b utmer ely to omit these , without tr ue r enunciation,is not

to be a r eal Sannyasi .

2 The imaginative faculty, thatmakes plans f o r the f utur e .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 1 1 2 ]

W m sgnfia fignm:

L e t himr aise the se l f by the SELF ,and no t let the

se l f become dep r essed fo r ve r i ly is the SELF the f r iend

o f the se l f,and also the SELF the se l f ’s enemy (5)

m let (him) r aise ; W by the se l f ; er rant? the

se l f ; a no t ; mm? the sel f ; 373 8 13541 let ( him) cause to

sink down ; man the se lf ; 115 on ly ; F3 indeed ; W ; o f

the sel f ; flag : the r e lativ e ; sum the se l f ; qr; only ; fig:

the enemy ; 31m : o f the se l f .

W SW W hmsafimm fins : 1

317 116117113 5131631 fi anfia 11a 11

The SELF is the f r iend o f the se l f o f h imin whomthe

se l f by the SELF is vanquished ; b ut to the unsubduedse l f , the SELF v e r ily becometh ho stile as an enemy . (6 )

agz the 1 e lativ e ; er rant the sel f ; strata: o f the se l f ; amo f him; b y whom; 31 1m the se l f ; qa' even ; m by

the se l f ; fem: conquer ed ; mum-1: ( fi rm) 3113 11 3191 are:not ( conque r ed ) , sel f , who se , his ; 3 indeed ; {1353 in ( f o r )h ostility ; fi e may ( W ou ld ) b ecome ; the self ; qaev en ; {13 211 l ike an enemy .

l .

1 1 3 l

The highe r Self o f himwho is'

SELF-contro l led andpeace ful is unifo rmin co ld and heat, pleasur e and pain

,

as we l l as in ho nou r and dishono u r .

fl atm z z rfl fi z am t amamCo nque r ed, Se l f . who se,

o f him qniacq o f the p eace f ul ; “mamhighest sel f ; ambaiamed; affi rmatarz ziag=fi 1¥1 '61 3 861 w gt

'

afl gfi w in

heat , and, in co ld,and,

in p leasur e , and, in p a in, and;

so mammai rmm’

fir'ar 31 1111131 $1 in r e spect, and, in disr es

pact, and.

$3531 1331d 1

gas szgsah 5111 11m afia: 11 11

The Yogi who is satisfied with wisdom and knowledge , unwav e r ing, who se senses are subdued, to whoma

lump o f ear th ,a stone and go ld ar e the same , is said to

be harmo nised. 8

arafimm =mfia a farm? 'Er gca: 81 18 11 ama :

with wisdom,and, with know l edge , and,

satisfied,

se l f , whose ,he ; r ock-seated ; fi fafifgaz= fitfi falfi fimfi‘ W

a : conquer ed, senses, who se , he ; gm: balanced ; {Fa thus ;

w e is called ; aim? yogi ; emaiwwiwaw ami‘a are a

9151“ q Shif t?! a qfi '

51: equal , c lod, and,r ock

,and, go ld,

and, f o r whom, he .

mgwfi"

amagangifi ifiwa11 at

11

8

[ 1 14 ]

He wh o r egards impar tial ly lo ve r s, f r iends , and foes,strange r s , neutrals, fo r e igne r s and r e latives, also the

r ighteo us and unr ighteo us, he exce l leth . ( 9

f r iends, and, in enemies,

and, in apathetics, and, in

neu trals, and,in hater s

,and

, in r e lativ es,and ; mg in

the good am? a lso ; q rtmin the bad Hafi z a qmWm a : equal, mind. who se ,

he ; fi firwfi' exce lsemit{gainmanners rah fine :

qwfi aafifi rfim13mm : 11 90 11

Let the Y ogi constantly engage h imse l f in yoga,r emain ing

'

in a sec r e t place by h imse l f, with tho ught

and se l f subdued, f r ee fr omho pe and gr eed. IO )

aflfi the yogi ; g‘

sfi’

a’ let ( him) balance Grail always

( h im) se l f ( h is mind ) , tag in secr et R216 : seated

Qanafi alone ; aaranmw aé Fear 51 31 13 11 a 216 1 a:

contr o l led, mind, and,se l f

, and, whose , he : firtnfl : withou t

W ish ; mm: W itho ut-taking.

A

fish an 5113 8112 1W arm 1A o 0 Qm ama 3 3 1W "9 911

In a pur e place ,e stab l ished o n a fixed seat o f his

own,neithe r ve ry much raised no r ver y low,

made o f a

c lo th,a black ante l o pe sk in

,and kushagrass, one o ve r

the o ther , ( 1 1

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

1 16 1]

Ff”? Stead? 3 amlooking at ; arm1fi=aiiaaimz awfio f

e

the no se , f o r epar t ; ear ( his ) own ; fest: the quar ter s ; fl

and ; mqm q no t seeing.

aariarcmfi rem an55913”Haz éawafawgw 31111111 11311 : 119911

The se l f se r ene , fear less, firmin the vow o f the B r ahmachar i

, the mind co ntr o l led,think ing o n M e

,barmo

nised,le t himsit asp ir ing a f te r M e . I4)

w hm z m : eqreq r m a : calmed. se l f,who se

, he ;

w : fi fl ar f r : near a : go ne , f ear , who se , he ;mm fiw: a

‘

a o f the B r ahmachar i,in the v o w ; rm : fixed ;

$13 : t h e mind ; (rm hav ing con t r o l ledam8

'

ln me,inind. whose he ; 37-5: balanced ; eq ré

'

ra let

himsit ; q q : z srg qt : aw e : 1 , Sup r eme , who se , he

$1315 eassemei ziirii flam e :

i rifii fidwmaiméwm’

imse fé‘ r 119xnThe Yogi. e ve r united thus with the SELF, with the

mind contr o l led, go e th to Peace ,to the

'

sup r eme B l issthat ab ideth in M e . 1 5

m balancm" ; q zi thus ; HGT alwa v s ; sr req rq the sel f ;M the Y o gi ; firmwares :=1=ma area ar e: a : contr o l ledmind, who se, he , {Ufa to p eace ; rwaiwt H W W W“

Eff n ir vana, the end. o f which. to tha t ; Ream : q fir qm

[ 1 1 7 ]

mar: ar in me , foundalion , o f which, to that ; fi rmware}

attains.

3161111161151, finfixfiaaéfl flmm: 1r x A x Q

aw ww m aanfin 11 1 91 11

Ve r ily y oga is no t fo r himwho eate th to o much, no r

who abstaine th to exce ss,no r who is to o much addicted

to sleep , no r ev en to wake fu lness , O Ar juna. 16 )

3 no t ; m a fia: o f the much- ea ting ; g indeed ; arrtr :

yoga'

; a rea 14; =r no t ; a and ; gay-

[Er so le ly ( entir e ly)w ar : o f the ti n -eating ; a no t ; i f and ; g age

-ram :

strfi'

r (a? fi rst af ar afar to o mu c h ,to sleep ,

tendency , whose,

his ;“

511113 : o f the waking ; a no t ; 1974“

e ven ;“i t and ; xi v-r O

Ar juna .

3mm W 5111313 1

31,1151m 51131 errataggegr new"Yoga k il le th o ut all pain fo r him who is r egu lated

in eating and amusement,r egu lated in pe r fo rming

actio ns, r egu lated in slee p ing and wak ing. I7

W attafl trfl =3w 81 1311 : q firm: at W E191 00n

t r o l led, f ood,and

,amusement, and, whose , o f him; gm?

m = g=m£ 121“

area amcontr o l led,behav io ur , who se , o f him

W in in actions gm rai rq€a= gsfi z W 3 q swarm:’fl 21611

afar contr o l led,s leep ing,

and; waking, and,whose , o f him;

£ 1711 : yoga ; W I? ! becomes gzgrgr the pain-kil ler ,

When his subdued thought is fixed o n the SELF,f r ee

f rom longing afte r all desirable things, then it is saidhe is harmo nised.

”1 8

2131 when ; rarqqa subdued ; fi re} mind ,

‘

q rarfi-r ln the

self, qar only ; sqarraga sits down ; ram: no t desir ing ; Hw

fitq := gq 1-q ; afirqeq : ( fo r ) all, f o r ( obj ects o f ) desir esbalanced ; gfi r thus , geqfi is said ; as? then .

11211 £ 1111 1=1511ae11 5113 11mm816 1 1N A 0

111fi11=11 11mm361111 interim: 119an

As a lamp in a windless place flicke r eth no t, ,to such

is l ikened the Yogi o f subdued tho ught, ab so r bed in the

yoga o f the SELF. 19

at."as ; f rq : a lamp ; fi amzr : in (a) windl ess -

p l ace)standing ; =r not ; m flicker s ; q r that ; q q 1=rr simile ; 91m1 8 r ememb er ed f irm: o f the Yogi ; qarfl qr§q

= q€r N ? W

amcontr o l l ed, mind, wh o se , o f him; 55313 : ( o f the )

p r actising firmthe yoga ;=511 61111 : o f the se l f .

0 A

waw us‘m mmfi {1511111

That in -which the mind finds r est, quieted by the

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

1 20 ]

gqflrr ( by ) heavy ; ar r? e

i

v e

‘

n ; fia'

r'éq a ISmo ved

0 A 0 0 A

a fame gzenqq m21111111313 11s m N

H fame {imamzilfllSlfl lalW lfi dHl 11112111

That sho u ld be known by the name o f yoga, thisdisconnection '

tr om the union with pain . Th is yogamust b e c lung to with a firmconvic tio n and with nudes

po ndingmind. 2 3

air that, Pam let ( him) know gza é zfmfirq rr r = gzé z

aq rtr r'

r rq i rfr W i th pains, with ( f r om) conjunctio n ,the ) dis

Junc tion ; i nr érfiraq yoga-named ; firm su r e ly ; aria-

sq :

shou ld he p r actised ; firm yoga ; aq firfi o uraaq r es q fi fiuq’

r

Ea: q rq no t despondent, mind, who se , by h im;

W W WW ashr am1

anew fatness (Fina: 11

Abando ning witho ut r ese r ve all desir e s bo r n o f the

imaginatio n ,by the mind cu r bing in the aggr egate o f

the senses o n ev e r y side , 24)

(rare-arm imagination-

p r odu ced m desir es ; mhav ing abandoned ; Hqiq all ; m a: without r emainder ;w hy the mind; qq even

, grgqq rq =w arm s-rmo f the

Senses, co l lection ; rqrq q tq having cur bed ; Hiram: on ever y

“

11am gain egfiqs'

iam1

[ 1 2 1 ]

Q o fi 0

anfanw wmfiis swi‘q’

aqn 11701 11

L ittle by little le t h im gain tranquil l ity by meanso f Reaso n co ntr o l led by s te adine ss hav ingmade themind ab ide in the SELF . let himno t think o f any th ing.

( 2 5 )

{ff-fr : gr adual ly ; sfi: gr adually q qfirq let himcease f r om

activity ) ; gar by the r eason : graqfiaah gar 13l by

firmness, by ) seiz ed BTIWGiRi

’

sel f-seated ; arm: the mind

gear hav ing made ; a’

no t firfiq q any thing =srr'

q also ;iiqa

’

q q let himth ink .

1181 $161 $1221t anaem ia 1A Q

data?"1mm an 71313

As o ften as the wave r ing and unsteady mind go eth

f o r th , so o ften r e in ing it in,le t h im b r ing it unde r the

contr o l o f the SELF . 2 6 )

era: whence qa'

: whence ; firmtr’

é i nns o ut ; am: mind ;firm unstab l e ; $11q unsteady ; era: thence ; firmerhav ing r estrained ; qaq this ; aqreq fi in the se l f ; qq e v en ;

air ( in ) to contr o l airs]: let lum lead.

missedan fifiiiui 316153 1111 1

silts airli ne aagaaweaw 11w 11

Sup r eme j oy is fo r this Yogi who semind is peace ful ,who se passion-natur e is calmed,

who is sinless and of

1 2 2

the i natur e o f the 2 7 )

animaé = qma ama'

peaceful , mind, whose, .him13 indeed this ; z

‘

n'

fnaq y ogi ; gco'

r p leasur e ; 3amhighest ; fi fe comes ; s tats1att= 11161 ( 31 : ama; subsided;passion -natur e , whose, to him; B r ahman-become ;81516 31811 (to) sinless .

0 0 Q

3315161 116115561113 11111? {sa ws-1161: I0 0 o

grewmmiw a 116 111113111 11 1 c 11

The Y ogi who thus,ev e r harmonising the se l f . hath

”

put away sin,he easily enj oyeth the infinite bliss o f

contact with the ETERNAL . 2 8

gmp i ac tising yoga ; Q’

a"

thu s ; Her always ; enema”theself ; a1*fi yogi ; fanaafim : = 1

'

ima: 61114161 : m H r gone,

sin;whose, he ; ga s with ease ; aaé zqq q = aa1mgi1cq

m as]: W ith B r ahman,touch ,

Whose,that ; aqeziaf ultimate ;

gtei p leasur e ; awgfi enjoys.

flagstaq fiamHaggai? w ere 1

éafa taingtsfim115131 W 513 : uas nThe se l f

,har nib n ised by v oga,

seeth the SELF

abiding in all b eings, all be ings in the SELF ; ever ywhe r e he seeth the same . 29 )

fiigg q : {fig stag am all, ( in ) beings, abides,

him 81 1mm“ the sel f Hall?"garffi all,cr eatur es

'EI and 311 3313 i n the sell ia'

fi sees ; imgfl itmr= iflfi¢t

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

1 24 1

He who,thr ough the l ikeness o f the SELF,

O Ar ju‘

na, seeth equal ity in e ve ry thing,whe the r pleasant o r

“pain fu l , he is co nside r ed a pe r fect Yogi. 32 )

f mm o f the sel f, by the l ikeness ;

Hia e v erywhe r e ; “ equal ity ; W sees ; a: who ; exi t!0 Ar juna ; ga

’

p leasu r e ; £ 1 0 1 ; are if ; an so r r ow ;«a : he ; anfl

'

y ogi ; m: h ighest ; am: is thought.

swif t 3 511s

ziiszi 5111116 1211 airs:miss 11313571

maw mmew 11313111

Ar juna said

This yoga which Tho u hast declar ed to be by

e quanimity , O Madhusudana,I see no t a stable fo unda

tion -fo r it, o wing to r estlessne ss ( 33 )

a: which ; axq'

this ; am: yoga ; amby thee ; f rag:

declar ed ; q ré a by equality ; W O s laye r o f Madhu ;

"gate: o f this ; I ; a no t ; qsmrfiq see ; m f r omr estlessness ; Fmfif stabil ity ; [cm fi rm.

i ifi é is $ 1501 511111331was

armsfiaé atin’

iaW 11; 911

Fo r the mind is ve r il y r estless,O Kr ishna ; it is

impetuous, str o ng and diffi cul t to bend I deem it as

hard to cur b as the wind. 34)

[ 1 2 5 ]

'liwa"

r estless ; r? indeed ; tn : the mind ;'m O

K r ishna ; “ ( fir impetuous ; m i str ong ; {31 hard ; awo f it ; 813 I ; gr ipping ; nixthink ; mail: o f the wind{a as ; W hai d to b e do v e

“

111113 153116 1 1

M imi 1131611? 11511 g1wg3mm 13 23311 31111301 a {isfi ni

‘sn

The B lessed Lo rd said

W ithout do ubt, O mighty-armed, the mind is hardto cur b and r e stl ess but it may b e cur bed by co nstant

p r actice and by dispassion. 35

aé flfi doubtless ; Hai ti ! 0 gr eat-armed ; 313 : the mind ;

gfiug’

har d to gr ip ; W mo v ing; mafi a h y p r actice ; gindeed ; $1331 0 K aunteya ; 311133101 by dispassion ;

"61 and ;

is he l d.

w as 31551111 sfir'

fi afi : 1

mm g 2111111mfisw : 1131 11 11

Y o ga is hard to attain, me thinks, by a se l f that isunco ntr o l l ed but by the SELF- co ntr o l led it is attainab leby p r o pe r l y dir ected ene rgy . 36 )

wam m=W EIR: 8113 11 M 313 uncont1 o iled,se l f

,who se,

by him; at": yo ga gcmq : hard-

gained {fir thus’

if my an?

opinion W W I-J im? 31 13111 am513 contr o l led, self , whose,

[ 1 26 ]

by him; 5 indeed ; qam by the ) ,endeav our ing ; m :

p ossible ; arm to o btain ; :a'

q raa: thr ough means.'

u i

31115111 3 611s 1

mid: 81132511361 immeamaa: 131amW fi nfiw w

’

finae ilAr juna said

H e

‘who is unsubdued b ut who po ssesse th faith, with

the mind wandering away f r omyoga, fail ing to attain

per fe ction in yoga, what path do th he tr ead, O

K rishna ?BT-Z lfil

’: ti n -subdued ; W ! "by (with) f aith ; 33a: endowed ;

1111 113 f r om yoga fl f‘mmwa : atesW m a : str ayed,

mind, whose , he q -q rcq no t hav ingattained mrfi sm.

m é fifia o f yoga, per fection ; Eh‘

l' to what ; t rfit p ath ; W

O Krishna ; WA

G goes ( he ) .

se ries) 11151811151 fave? 313101: E11131

Fal len f r ombo th,is he destr o yed l ike a r ent c loud

,

unsteadfast, O mighty -armed,de luded in the path o f

the ETERN AL ? 38 )

af fl i is if that ; =1 no t ; saufiaaz = am z fi q f r omb oth, f allen ; W =F§ fl 81 33 to rn

,c loud ; {1 like ; amfa'

is destr oyed ; mag: unstable ; Rama 0 mighty-armed;

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 1 2 8 ]

11m m1119611fiz 11111z l

11111111M 113mm 113 911

Hav ing attained to the wo r lds '

o f the pur e -do ing,

and hav ing dwe l t the r e fo r immemo r ial year s,he

who fe l l f r om yoga is r ebo r n in a pur e and b lessedho use . 41

mcq hav ing obtained ; w armo f the r ight-do e i s 951111111

wo r lds ; 3 17315 11 having dwe l t ; 31195 3 1: ev e1 lasting ; year s ;13

16 131 o f the pur e ; fifl’

q’

at o f the p r ospe r o us if ? i n the house

51111313 : 5111151 f r omyoga ,f al len sxfifi naa i s bo rn .

A h A

931 1111 1111111111131 51313 111 111 1111111111 1A Q 0 x A

11113 311 11111 111m m uss"O r he may e ven be bo r n into a family . o f wise Yogis

t;

but such a bir th as that is mo st diffi cult to o btain in

this wo r ld. 42o r ; 21111111111 o f yog1s ; (1

1: e v en ; gig in the f amily11111111 her o ines ; 1511111111 o f wise ; neat this ; 13 indeed

gee

ntai: v e r y diffi cul t to o btain ; am in the wo r ld ;b ir th 211 wh ich ; f i g like this.

as dgfi di‘

rri eaif cfiai‘

asse ssi ng:mw v ne i n

The r e he r eco ver eth the char acte r istics be lo nging

[ 1 29 ]

to his fo rme r body ,and with these he again labo ur eth

fo r pe r fectio n, 0 j oy o f the Kur us. (43 )e i the re ; ac that ; M : a? me o f Buddhi the

conjunction ; W o btains W m be longing to the p r ev iousbody m str i r es ; wand ; at . thence ; gmagain ; firmin p e r fection ; W =W 1tf W o f the K u r us, O r ej o icer

51531 féflfi éfi ffisfi H: I

W gu’

c‘

r imwW e 11 se 11By that fo rme r p ractice he is ir r esistib ly swept away .

O nl y W i shing to know yoga,e v en the seeke r af ter yoga

go e th b eyo nd the B rahmic wo rd. (44)g iaznfiq z fi w 211 211313 by f o rme r

,by p r actice 3am

( by ) that ; q=1 e ven fi sh

-

1 i s swep t away 1g

help less ; 31 111 also ; a: he ; F'

s-

1a1g z Wish ing to know stnq

also ; aim o f yoga ; m sound-B r ahman ; 3717271 55151

go es beyo nd.

q aamatg iiwfi éga’

sféaw:

W éfiqwzadimidsit “the I I 8 1111

B ut the Yogi, labour ing with assiduity , pu r ified f r omsm

,fu l ly pe r fe c ted th r o ugh manifo ld b ir ths, he r eacheth

the sup r eme go al . (45

m f r om ( with ) per sever ance ; W I? ! str iving ; Q

indeed ; zi‘

rtfi the yogi ; timi‘mfi i w z ew fim'é i si are: a :

completely pu r ified, sin, whose , he ; wafi mfim== 9fi l§i

9

[ 1 30 ]

W'

fi‘ W 3 bymany, ( by ) bir ths , pe r f ected ; 1

1111 : thence ;

an? go es ; Wi ll to the highest ; maxi path .

mfiawrsfsfi 5111 1? W sfi asides : 1

W 1111111award? 1131156 111118 anThe Yogi is gr eate r than the asce tics ; he 15 tho ught

to be gr eate r than e ve n the wise the Yogi is gr eate r

than the men o f actio n the r e fo r e become tho u a Yogi,

O Ar juna. (46 )aq : than the ascetics ; swf

‘

qaf z highe r ; a‘

nfi the

yogi ; i nfirm: than the wise ; 31171 also ; z1az thought ; sqfizafi :

gr eater ; anffp-q : than the acto r s ; sxfizsfi z gr eate r ; i nf} the

yogi ; aw q the r e f o r e ; $111} a y ogi ; 31a b e ; ar ia“

Ar juna.

iin’

fiamis 838i Hafiaiam 1

W S16 2hHi 11 11figwafi 1111:new!And among all Yogis, he who

,fu l l o f faith

,with the

inne r SELF abiding in Me , ado r e th M e , he is co nside r ed

by M e to be the mo st complete l y harmo nised. (47 ){11mmo f yogis ; aaqi o f all ; W = qi' l

’fa’

a’ in me

,

gone ; aim with inner sel f ; 8113 11 11 f aith fil led ; first?

wor ship s ; a: who ; 311 me ; a : by me ; gm : most.

harmonised $13 : is thought.

{isamn esia awnminii =1111 sarseqm: IThus in the glo r ious BHAGAVAD sixth discour se , entitled

THE YOGA O F SELF-SUBDUAL,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

1 1 32 ]

11116111631 feast a1113311111 his FREE : 111 1!

Amo ng thousands; o f men scar ce o ne staive th fo r

pe r fectio n o f the successful str iver s scar ce o ne knowe thM e in essence.

11518 11101111 o f men ; £ 1333 among tho usands aif fiq someo ne ; 215113 sti ives ; 13 3 21 f 0 1 p e r f ec tion ; arc

-111m o f the

sti iv ing'

also ; flag rant ( o f ) success f u l 717 11111 some

qi me ; afiq' knows ; ar i a: essential ly

fil’

fiufiifi ai 6113: a 11111 sit-

tag

11 1

313 11 5111 11 ismswarms 11 allEar th

,wate r

,fir e

,air

,e the r

,M ind and Reason also

and Ego ism— these ar e the e ightfo ld div ision _ o f Mynatur e . (4)

ear th : 81 111 : w ate r ; W : fi r e ; 1 1g: ai r ; g ather ;

RH :mind ; $ 1 r eason ; gs ,e ven ; a and 313m ego ism

i f? thus; gs] this ; 3? o f me’

; 61511 div ided ;m : natu r e ;

31W e igh tf o ld.

afiqfiaeawi swfi fi ffia s11 111111 11

W flsmmsmfiam n '1 11

Th is the infe r io r . Know My, o the r natu r e,the

higher , the life -e lement, O mighty-armed, by'

which the

unive r se is u phe ld.

{ 1 33 }

"ZN U do we r ; {at this ; get: f i o rn ( than ) this ; a indeed ;

3 3311 o the r ; Wmnatur e ; fare kn ow Ifmy" tum: h igherm i l ife e lement 11311 18 1 0 gr eat armed M ! by

which , {3 this 11151? is suppo r ted fl int wo r'ld.

gamma 11611111 Haiw'

i‘

grqmw 1

as61566 611 61111 :

Know th is to be the womb o f all beings. Iamthe

sou r ce o f the fo r thgo ing o f the who le unive r se and likewisethe p lace o f its disso lv ing. (6 )

QW % =W I”

fitfi ' i t“Htr'

fi‘

this , womb , wl1ese ,’

the‘

y

116m? be ings Hanoi all ; gfi; thu s ; a‘warta under stand

1 “

,m ( o f ) who le ; 3131 131: o f wo r ld ; tr im: ’

( sour ce

o f ) b ecoming £19111 : p lace o f ) disso l u tio n ; amalso .

1161: 1 1611 1 11 1 11 11 1 1161 11515121 I

11131 61511311 $l 3331 1113111011 11 11 19 11

The r e is naught whatso eve r h igher than I, O Dha

nanjaya. All this is'

th r eaded o n Me,as r ows o f

'pear lso n a str ing. (7)

313 : tha n I q tai highe r ; 11”not . W othe r ; whilst

any o ne ; agi‘

ea is ; 11 1 31111 0 b lmnanjaya ; 31121 1 11 me ; G55

all this ; $316? ( is ) th r eaded H’QTin a str ing

q ufimq 11011: o f pear ls, r ows 56: l ike .

111n $1611 511115111

[ 134 ]

51011 : sissgw u'

fir qlrsfi qgn

fi 11

I the sapidity in water s , 0 son o f Kunti,

I the r adi

ance in mo on and sun the W o rd o f Powe r in all the

Vedas,so und in e the r

,and v ir il ity in men (8)

( 61 : the taste ; 313 I mug in water s ; O K annteya ;

W the r adiance ; 81W! am ( I ) ;m == flfifi =11 1 6621“i f o f the moon , and

,o f the sun

,and m : the p r anava

f x \

Gw = a§g %%g ( in ) all,in the Vedas ; W : sound ; fa;

in eth e r ; $1561 v ir il ity T-I'

g in men .

q i fiaz qfiwi a aaarfie fiamfi l$ 161 afigfigmaria? 1 116111; 11 a 11The pur e fr agr ance o f ear th and the b r il l iance in

fir e am I the l ife in all b e ings amI,and the auste r ity

(9)K

goat: p ur e ; 3'

q smell ; qfiraznq in ear th ; a and era

l igh t ; =st and ; 311?q am ( I) ; fimfir in fi r e ; 311111111 l if e ;aéghg= q§g 33113 011) all, in beings ; acrz auster ity ; e r and

am ( I) ; 611 1’

€ag in ascetics .

w n fi gmnfi'

smé emm l

sis ? 33 1613 1111 111 112° 11Know Me

,0 Par tha, as the e ternal seed o f all b eings.

I amthe Reason o f the Reaso n-endowed,the splendo ur

o f splendid things amI. ( 10)

4

in asce tics.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 1 36 ]'

A

1351 afi amifi 1mm: 111118212111 113311All this wo r ld,

de l uded by these natur es made bythe thr ee qual ities, knowe th no t M e

,abo ve these

,impe

r ishable . ( 1 3)

fi rm ( by ) th r ee ; gmtfil’: ( by ) the guns-made ; an}: by

nature s ; qfin (by ) the se ; {7511 all ; {Q th is ;m wor ld ;

firfifii dece iv ed ; a no t ; 81 1313 17111? knows we l l ; ml! me ;M : than these ; 1101 h igher ; 31 8 2123 1 inexhaustib l e .

Q a ’ x

senam{9117111211mimm3mm1o xma fimamm atfi a u 99 11

Th is div ine il lusion o f M ine,caused by the qual ities ,

is hard to pie r ce ; they who come to M e, they c r o ss o ve r

this il lusio n. ( i4)“

a? div ine ; ii indeed; 111511 this ; ma? gu r u-made ; rm

my ; mmil lusion ; gteam'

r hard to go be y ond ;m tu'me 31

who ; 51513351 app ro ach magi illusio n ; gm this ;“

diff ?

cr oss ; a they

a ai gcsfiéii gar:mamammmmsam 31133? sin ister: 11 3 11 11The e v il -do ing,

the de luded,the v ilest me n

, theycome no t to Me

,they who se wisdomis destr oyed by il

lusio n,who have emb raced the natur e o f demo ns. ( 15)

q uo t ; $1q to me ; W E: e vil-do ors ; 133 1: deluded ;sn if f app r oach ; am p

-a w 91W : amongmen , lowest ;

( 1 37 )

mambymdyfi ; 5111361m await an? aim" ? to r n away.wis

dom,who se

, they 31151: asmic ; m natur e ; W 1

r ef uged in

agi'

aihr ssié qi aai:W SEEH I

afii fiiw sfiefi smi a stasis 11 3mFo ur fo ld in div ision ar e the r ighteo us ones who wo r

ship M e, 0 Ar j una : the su ffe r ing, the seeke r fo r know

ledge ,the se l f-inte r ested

,and the wise , O Lo rd o f the

Bharatas. ( 16 )=Ergfi

’

afl : f o u r f o ld ; 3731? wo r sh ip ; :fi me peo p le ;W : wel l-do ing ; gri t-1 O A i j una ; mg: the unhappy ;flung : w isdom-desir ing ; W =gift grim? gfif wealth

,

seeks,thu s ; M the wise ; as and ; min; 0 Lo i d o f the

Eli ar atas.

f \ h ? r \

aai 1381335W WW 1

111211 13mammsiaga a 1111 15111 : 111W

O f these ,the wise , constantly harmonised,

wo r shipp ing the O ne ,

is the best ; I amsupr eme ly dear to the

W ise,and he is dear to M e . ( 1 7)

N o t these, 3 13? the wise ; fi wgflgz= fi~1§1 gar always

balanced ; W Wfi-‘fl = Qafifiqawfi-fi : 3 6 1 q : in one , devo tion,

who se he ; W an d s ; f em: dear ; Q indeed ; im‘3m: o f the

W ise ;m excessively : 313: I ; H : he ; $1 a ;nd rmo i me ;

1 38

anfisiaza fegwwmmfiargnaim'

fiauzcnN o ble ar e all these ,

but I ho ld thewise as ve r ilyMyse l f ; he , SELF-united, is fixed o n M e

,the highest

path. ( 18)

33TH ! nob le ; £ 13 all, Q? even Q

'

a'

th e se ; aFfi’ the wise ;

g inde ed; m se l f ; 1321 e ven fimy ; m o pinion Wfixed ; H : he ; fir inde ed ; 33 7: 3116 11 218521 R: ba

lanced,sel f

,whose

,he ; an me ; 111 e ven ; m : gfia

m m :“

at no t, is, bette r , than which , that ; tlfi-[q path .

agai ammfifi srrwmi aqsré l

age z aaaaam ggem1121 11

At the c lo se o f many bir ths the man ful l o f wisdomcometh unto Me : Vé sude va l is all

,

”saith he

,the Ma

hatma,v e r y difficul t to find. ( 19)

5157-11 (o f ) many ;m o f b ii ths ; $1731 in ( at ) the end ;

m ths knowledge -

possesso r ,$11 to me ; we] ? app r oaches ,

argfija: Vasude va ; aah all : {fir thus ; a: he ; man=mg ran ama : gr eat, self , wh o se , he ; W : v er y-ba1 dlyobtained.

era-MW : M e lissa : 1

1 A name f o r Sh r i K r ishna, as the son o f Vasudeva.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

140

a: b e ; Hm( w ith ) that ; film with faith ; E : un ited,

$16 1 o f it; W wo r ship ; age; wishes ; m (be)

obtains ; a and ; a'

a'z thence ; 5mmde s ir es ; 17111 by me ;

qa’ indeed ;m dec r eed ; W henefits .

W waewamwfiam1

W mw mmfi nfi n

Finite indeed the f r uit that be lo ngeth to tho se wh oar e o f smal l inte l l igence . To the

'

Sh ining O ne s go the

wo r shippe r s o f the Shining O nes,b ut My dev o te es come

unto Me . 2 3 )“

516131 with an end ; g indee d ; first the f r uit ; an? o f

them; “ that ;mis ;W =W W ENTfits"small,

intel l igence, who se , o f ( to ) them; 231-1 to the gods w :

m m gfi'

gods, wo r sh ip ,thu s ; mfi go ; qm z a qq

’

W : my, dev o tees ; an? go ; “ to me ; grfi'

also .

GW W W W H

aimamfifiim m u it?

Tho se de vo id o f Reaso n th ink o f M e,the Unmanifest

,

as hav ingmanifestation,knowing not My

'

supreme na

tur e , imp e r ishab le , mo st exce l lent. (24)a

’

as’

; unmanifest ; seemtoman if estation ; W ar i ived;

q'

al’a

' think ; amt me ;m : ir r ational ; qt highest ; mnatu r e ; 31m ; unknowing ; 311 1 my ; mumimpe r ishab le ;3am best.

1 141. 1

are51215111: Haifa sinmmm: 1

511215331M Gai tmac—1313212111 '1 11

N ,o r am I o f all disco v e r ed

, env e lo ped in My cr eative

illusio n.

1 This de luded wo r ld knoweth Me no t, the un

b o rn,the impe r ishab le . (25)

m m w ere : by yoga-mfiyé ; co ve r ed

'

; l1s : de luded ; 3121this ; at. 119 5 ;;W H§1 knows ; 511531:

unb o r n 318512111 impe r ishable .

eaa'

ian'

ashame arfiia 1

afiwi’wr a arm's Hi gr ass e ss-a lRall

I know the beings that ar e past, that ar e pr esent, thatar e to come

, O Ar juna, b ut no one knoweth Me . (26 )

a? know ; are 1 ; W erner past ; sémarfi p r esent : a

and ; ar i a O Ar juna ; 111716311v futur e ;=ar and ; 313 1131

be ings ; 311 um; g inde edmaq knows ; a no t ; aimany one .

aw fi

f

e new 1111561 1

11511611131 11mgFifi Hlfi was 11 11

By the de lusio n o f the pair s o f o ppo sites, sp r ung f r om

1 Yoga-ways; is. the cr eative powe r o f yoga, all things be ing b ut

thought-f o rm“.

[ i4z l

attraction and r epulsio n, O Bhar ata,all be ings wal k this

unive r se who l ly de luded,O Par antapa. (2 7)

mwsws = si erra": a ims W ars aw f r omdesir e, and, f r om hate , and, ar ises , this

,by 11; mg :

“ M W o f the pair , by the delusio n ; W O Bha1ata,

m = g zfifo¢ { an}? all be ings ; {11112 to de lusion {fit

in c r eation ; ETIfi-Tgo VIEW0 Par antapa,

0 0 0 0 0

w Ear-

cine cmsonar Enem a 1

x o A 0 0

11 3mm;

uran ium : 11 Re 11

But tho se men o f pu re deeds,in whomsin is come

to an end, they , f r e ed f r omthe de lusive pair s o f o ppo sites,

wo r ship Me , steadfast in v ows . (2 8)31151111; o f whom; g indeed ; anatré = ai€1 l

'

ré gone , to

end ; 111131 sin ; 31mmo f men ; m fiwrth gvu 61151 5115111531m pu r e, action, whose , o f them; if they ; M ffigm;

gm$1311 fi gmn o f pair s, f r omde lusion, f r eed wo r ship

31me ; mat: = gg aa'211511a”fi rm,

v ow, whose , they .

am nesiamarina ass q l

emaegzmawuaasfiwfiaeq nasuThey who r e fuged in Me str ive fo r l ibe r atio n f r om

b ir th and death,they know the ETERNAL

, the who leSELF-knowledge and allAction. (29)

and, f r omdeath , and, f o r l ibe ration ; an”me ; W having

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 144 ]

EIGHTH D iscouass .

Ar juna said

W hat is that'ETERN AL,what SELF-knowledge , what

Action,O Pur usho ttama ? And what is de c lar ed to be

the knowledge o f the E leme nts,what is cal led the know

ledge o f the Shining O nes? I )

fa; what ; 3 1 that ; 3 31 B r ahman ; fi r what ; gram-

air

Adhyatrna ; 135 what ; am karma ; ggsfifi q = g§qg 3mamong men , 0 best ; 31121 2121 adhibhiita ; w and ; what ;

mm declar e i 31 12133 3 31 adhidaiva mwhat, ma is cal led

311313131: $ 931 £ 1531 ssn'

iamgqsa tw a s a 352i Twim'e flatwo rm: 111 11What is knowledge o f Sacr ifice in this body

,and

how,O M adhust

‘

idana ? And how at the time o f fo r th

go ing ar t Tho u known by the SELF-co ntr o l led . ( 2

m'

iiaa: adhiyajfla : afiu' ho w ; 353 111110 ; 61 31 her e ; 33

in body ; fl fifi this ; W O M adhusudana ; unmarrfiin (at) the time o f departur e ;

'61 and ; how ;'

ém: to beknown ; fl ier ar t (thou) ; fi aateafi mfitaa: 81 16 11 M ir :

contr o l led, sel f , whose, by them.

[ 145 1

lx 0

w e lanai: s imian: 11 3 11The B lessedL o rd said

The indestr uctib le , the sup r eme , is the ETERNAL ;H is essential natur e is cal led SELF-knowledge ; theemanation that causes the b ir th o f be ings is namedActio n ;

m undecaying ; Ha B rahman ; W sup reme ; am;

own being (His natur e) ; W Adhyatina ; ma is cal led ;gams im z -fl gam me: was at"? {13 H : o f b eings,

o f the natu r e the bir th , makes, thus, that ; feast: emanation ;mfim: anti {131 area £ 1 : action, name , who se, that,

wingsaft 11161: fi,6

1sia I

31mm asseenat 11 a 11

Knowledge o f the Elements conce rns My pe r ishable natur e , and knowledge o f the Shining O nes co n

ce r ns the l ife -

giv ing ene rgy 1 the knowledge o f sacr ifice

te l ls o f Me,as wear ing the body , O best o f liv ing

beings. 4)

m ,

Adhibhu ta ;m: p e r ishab le ma: nature;m:

man :‘fl

’and ; m Adbidaiva m : Adhiyajfia ;

l The male cr eative energy. The supr eme Pur usha is the Div ine

man ,the manif estedGod.

IO

[ 146 ]

812 I ; W finlY ; E H‘

her e ; in the b ody ; 335311 : qéfi afi gfi fi

‘

qi' thus them at 0 best.

a: W ife 11 sawme airs-

ai erratum"And he who

,casting ofi

”the body , go eth fo r th

thinking upon Me o nly at the time o f the end,he

ente r eth into My be ing . the r e is no do ubt o f that. 5

mama=m an'

fiso f the end, in the time ; fi and ; 1111

me ; (13 only m r emember ing ; W 211 hav ing cast o if ;

6535613 1 b ody ; a: who ; srama goes f o r th a: he ; 313151 :_ q q

'

qfi' my, to natur e '

aria“ go es ; a no t ; y fiiz-r is ; $151 he r e

arm: doubt.

fi fimh w mé aawem l

a fi fi fiaq anmmfia us u

Who soeve r at the end abandoneth the body,think

ing upon any 'being, to that being o nly he go e th, O

K aunteya, ever to that confo rmed in natur e . ( 6 )

af‘

q also ;m r emember ing ;2rfd natu r e ; 2213118 abandons ; a? in the end

,Glimme

b ody ; a”to that ; ai' to that

, Q‘

Q'

Only ; qfir goes ; $131 1 0K aunteya ; m always ; M ' =3

'

FT"11133 mfiu . ( by

that, by ) natu re, natu r ed ( inspir ed

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 148 ]

'

qrfsmfli assum e 11 s 11

He who'

thinke th upon the Ancient, the Omniscient,the All-Rule r

,minute r than theminute , the Suppo r te r o f

all,o f fo rm unimaginab le , r e fulgent as the sun beyo nd

the dar kness, (9)

aid“

the poet ; m ancient ;mm the r u le r o f

the wo r ld ;m: than the smal l ; W aits} smal le r ; ammay think a: who ; q éen o f all ; mamsuppor ter ; ermm = afi§mm m aq inco nceivab le, f o rm, whose , him;M =mfiww mi {ami? m a o f the sun

,co lou r ,

l ike,co lo r ,whose , him m : f r omdar kness ;m beyond.

5mm m ad?

0

Q A

a aatmuffs em 11 ao 11

In the time o f fo r thgo ing, with unshaken mind,

fixed in dev o tion,by the powe r o f yoga drawing to

ge the r his l ife -b r eath in the centr e o f the two eye-b rows,

he goe th to this Spir it, sup r eme , div ine . ( 10)

gm in the time of fo r thgo ing ; W with mindm ( with ) unshaken ; m with devo tion gm: j oined

W = am m o f yoga,’ by '

str ength ;1w

'

and ; qa

only ; 337 : o f the ( two ) eyebr ows lqenin the middle ; man;

[ 149 ]

br eath hav ing p laced ; 332mtogethe r ; H ; be athat ;‘Ti highest ; 35“ man ; 331?fi gOGS ; 138311 div ine .

W W Wf \ 0 r\

Erma seamafiaum: 1f \ .Q o r \

W w as ERIE]o 0

an ca: 1131301 nae-1 11 9a

That which is dec lar ed indestr uctible by the Veda

knowe r s , that which the co ntr o l led and passion- f r ee

ente r , that desir ing which B r ahmacharya is pe r fo rmed,that path I wil l de c lar e to thee with b rev ity . ( 1 1 )

H whom grai indestr uctible W : the Vedadmowe r snéfa declar e : fi su

’

fir ente r ; nq ( into ) whom; nan: the

con tr o l led ;m : = 5flaz m: M } gone , passion ,whose ,

the y ; WI whom, gm: de ell lug ; Egan B i ahmacharya ;

aiffif (they ) p e r f o rm; art that ; 37 0 i ( to ; thee ; qe’

; path ;

W with (as) summar y wean (I) W i l l dec lar e .

m -m amsiswas a 1

W zmwmfiad alum na?"All the gates

1 c lo sed,the mind co nfined in the

hear t. the l ife-b reath fixed in his own head, concentrated

by yoga, ( 1 2 )

M =m (mmall gates ; nnzn having con

1 The gates o f the b ody, i . e .

,the sense o rgans.

150

tr o l led ; in : mind ; gfi in the h ear t ; firm having con fined

sel f ; W6! b r eath ; m a: estab lished (in) ;mM W “ o f yoga, concentr ation .

W W W !

azm'

é aafigs mfi wqi flfimllfi ll

Auml ,”the o ne -sy l lab led B r ahman,r eciting, think

ing upo n M e,he who go eth fo r th

,abandoning the body ,

he go eth o n the h ighe st path . ( 1 3)

zfi'

q Aum gfnthu s , Q'

amat one syl lab led ; 3 37 B rahman8am r eciting ; qr q me ; 313m r emembe r ing ; at who ,

Slim? goes f o r th ; W abandoning ; 23 the body ; 3 3 he

mfi‘

r goes g (to the) highest ; t rfi to the path ( goal ) .

m am: seam211 111 farts fins : 1sansge n: 112i fiwgww 2111113 : 1193 11

He who co nstantl y thinketh upon Me,no t think ing

eve r o f ano the r , o f him I ameasily r eached, 0 Par tha

,

o f this e ver harmonised Yogi. ( 14)

mafia": = n mm fin: m a : no t, in ano ther ,

thoughts , who se , he ; nan always ; n: who ; 11711 me ; an?r emember ; [ 71621113 eve r ; W o f h im; 813 I ; gaf f-r: easilyobtained ; 1112? O Par tha ; fi rm (o f) eve r -balanced ;zfrfirn: o f yogi.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

smwfimwm3 111151fi e :m an: tho usand,y ugas

boundar y, o f which,

that ; 313 : day ; nal wh 1ch ; am: o f

B r ahma; fig: know ; ( If? the'

night ; m ini-111m{136301 ntnrz nrq o i yugas

‘

, by (a) thousand, end, o f wh ich ,that ; a they ; y r U fa sr 1311151 1111 : day,and

,nigh t, and, know,

thu s p eop le .

W z sfiz snfim fi l

W ae'

ifinafimmm 11 94 11

Fr om the unmanifested all the manifested str eamfo r th at the coming o f day ; at the coming o f night

they disso lve , even in That cal led the unmanifested.

( 1 8 )

W f r omthe unmanif ested ; W : the manif ested ;ni r: all ; 1p 1nfi flow fo r th ; m afi a an: emf ? o f day, in

the coming ; mama : intfi o f n igh t, in the coming ;tfi flifi disso lve ; an the1 e ; Q3 even mmm=mGmm effing unmanifested, name . who se, Its, in that.

0

gnaw: 11 131111 1015611 1135"516211161 1

R Q

W SW : 11121 3111381311311? ll I I

Thismultitudeo f beings, go ing f o r th r epeatedl y,is

disso lved at the coming o f night ; by o rdinatio n , O

Par tha, it str eams fo r th at the coming o f day . 19 )

W ’ =wnfimm: o f be ings, the aggr egate , n: that;

ev en ; an this ; {at having be en ; 3611 hav ing b een ;

[ 153 ]"

n disso lves ; ( 13 2111131 in the coming o f n igh t ; nan

help less ; 11rd 0 Par tha ; germ? flows f o r th ; 313 111 1331 in the

coming o f day.

w as; maiise irsaafi seam—cane s : 111111, if fy; 11121613 s ham111 0 11

Ther e fo r e ver ily the r e ex iste th ,highe r than that

unmanifested, ano the r unmanifested,ete r nal , which , in

the destr oy ing o f all be ings, is no t destr oyed. (20)

111 : h igher ; ntmq than that ; g indeed ; 11751: nature ;

wen: ano ther ; Erasing: unmanifested ; W ( than) the

unmanifested ; nnrna': anc ient ; n: who ; n: that ; {fig in all

“333 ( in) beings ; “ nag (in) the be ing destr oyed ; n no t ;

finmfnis destr oyed.

W smw z wai ufia l

sm a fiaeié aemwfimuas 11

That unmanifested,

“the Indestructib le

, It is

cal led It is named the highest Path . They who r each

It r e tur n no t. That is My supr eme abode . (2 1 )

m : unmanif ested ; 31m: Indestructible ; {13 thus ;

an; called f nqh

that ; 8115: (they) cal l ; 11011 the highest ;

"fit path (goal) ; at which ; men hav ing ob tained, 11 not ;

flan? r etur n ; anthat ; sun abode ; 11111 highest 3131 my,

11 1 1 : 111i 2181811 en te r-12 1211 1

He,the highest Sp ir it, 0 Par tha,

may b e r eached by

unswer v ing dev o tion to H imalone ,in whomall beings

ab ide,by whomall This 1 is pe r vaded. (2 2 )

m: Sp ir it ; (1 : He ; 111 : highest ;11rd0 Fi r ths ; W

by devo tion ; W : ob tainable ; g indeed;“

gm without

ano the r (ob j ect) ; 8 91 o f whom; Qazmfi z fi’

n: Fnsi'

fa’

{fn nrfn inside . stand,thus, they ; gnrfif be ings ; in by

whom; nfiq all;m this ; ang sp r ead out .

2151 $13 Easements $11 thins : 1

m anh nmswfimafiu u711 11

That time whe r ein go ing fo r th,Y ogis r etur n no t

“

and also that whe r ein go ing fo r th they r e tur n, that

time shal l Idec lar e to thee ,O pr ince o f the Bharatas.

an whe r e ;-

a{rain time ; 3 indeed ; M nou -r etu r n ;

mgf‘nq r eturn ; n and ; W ev en ; infirmyogis ; a nr

gone f o r th ; nilfi go ; n that ; nQ-nrfif ( I ) wil l declar e ;

11mi n 0 p r inc e o f the Bhar atas,

airfifi ififrs: gig:110111111 33 112111111 1

as m nfi hmmfidfl : 111 11 11

Fir e,l ight, day-time

,the b r ight fo r tnight, the six

1 T1118,the univer se, in opposition to THAT, the sour ce of all.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 156 ]

eternal ( two :fif ar e thought ( two ) qqmr by one ; mfi( he ) goes ; mm to non-r etur n ; examby anothe r ;

mifa' ( he ) r etur ns gaz again .

fi an‘

i wfimfi rfi g'

fi fe saa l

wrest, imam“

: fl ange 11w 11

Knowing these paths, 0 Par tha,the Yogi is nowise

pe r plexed. The r e fo r e in all times be firm in yoga,O Ar juna. (2 7 )

a not 1351 these ; zi t-fl ( two ) paths ; 17123 O Par tha ;

mqq knowing ; 51th the yogi ; gaf a is pe r p lexed ; Swimany o ne ; mm: ther efo re ; {fi g in all ; mtg—71g ( in ) times ;fi fl g=fi2= i lfia gm: with yoga, balanced ; mt be ;

-31§ta O

Ar juna.

“3133 61n %ET

313151; argues? Ethan 1

afifii'

azaaifi i whenawt at enmfifi areq 11 it ‘ ll

The f r uit o f me r ito r io us deeds, attached in the

Vedas to sacr ifices,to auste r ities

,and also to almsgiv

ing, the Yogi passeth all these by hav ing known th is,

and go eth to the supreme and ancient Seat. (2 8)

min the Vedas ; £ 133 in sacr ifices ; a n in auster i

[ 1 57 1

ties ;“at and ; qq even mag in gifts ; amwhat ; m :

M W o f mer it, the f ruit ; m assigned ;m goes

b eyo nd ; ai that ; a? all ; {if this , fi fiza r hav ing known ;i nfi the yogi q r highest ; (m5; p lace afifirerr -

goes q and ;

m fir st.

sf‘

a M ami e firmé smsefiiffi 7111412151522:e

Thus in the glor ious BRAGAVAD eighth discour se entitled

THE YOGA O F THE INDESTRUCTIBLE SUPREME ETERNAL.

( 1 58 1

NINTH D ISCOURSE.

l a I

{it 3 31grams W fiqfil 1

W fiwmém fimesgmnsn.

The B lessed Lo rd said

To thee,the uncar p ing,

v er ily shal l I declar e this

p r o fo undest Se cr et, wisdom with kno wledge comb ined,which, hav ing known, tho u shalt be f r eed f r om e v il .

( I)

{i this g indeed ; 31 o f to thee w as? most secr et ;

m ? ( I ) Wil l declar e ; Wflfifi ( to ) the uncar ping amwisdom; Fmaafia= fi ah a alga with knowledge , together ;

fl it which mam hav ing known ; Era-w} ( thou ) shal t bef r eed ; st igma: f r omsin .

Ira-

{firmW e] W W I

31am as? gage 6551116511111 11 7; 11

K ingly Sc ience ,kingl y Se cr et, sup r eme Pu r ifie r , this,

intuitional,acco rding to r ighteo usness, v e ry easy to

per fo rm,imper ishab le . 2

tmfim=M am{fi no f sciences, the king ( or

fiat o f kings, the Wis h ) ( ragcj c: gun-[i new o f secr ets, the

king;W pur ifie r gs? this ; ganq highest m ini= qa

'

fimarm :man by di r ect ( intuition ) , knowledge, whose, that ;

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 1 60 ]

N o r have be ings r oo t in M e ; beho ld My so ve r eign'

yoga ! The suppo r t o f beings, ye t no t r o o ted in beings,My SELF the ir e fficient cause . (5)

a no t o fl'

and :m at-1 : mamagmin me . stand, thus

333 112? be ings we: see ; E1q-my m yoga ; hm so vereign

{awar e - 133 113? fetal? {rat beings, upho lds, thus ; a not : war

and ; gamz= gfig fi gfi {fir in beings, sits, thus ; In my ;mamse l f ; w e : = gan

’

51mas-11’s} (Fa, beings, nour ishes,

thus .

As the mighty air e ve r ywhe r e mo vmg is r o o ted in

the Akasha, so all be ings r est r o o ted in Me - thus knowtho u. (6)

amas ;W 213 := eq'

ramir Fan-r: in the ether , placed ;

ever ; 3 13 : the air ; {fiatn z ifi i r W 3 i f? ev er ywhe r e, goes, thus

, qgrq gr eat ; amso ; gin}? all ; Wbeings ; W I? ! existing in me {fathus ; mmknow

W h fi s fi fi qfi qfiml

W w fi mfi fim no n

All be ings, O K aunteya,enter My lower natur e at

the'

end o f a wo r ld-age ; at the beginning o f a wo r ld

age again I. emanate them. 7

6 51 111131"

all beings ,“ fi dfl O K aunteya $15 13

“ to nature ;

[ 16 1 ]

aifi ; go ; q rr'

fimmy ; w waz ags qea ai r o f a kal pa, in the

decay ; again ; mfnaz mw mt

} O f a kalpa, in '

the

beginn ing ; fi qmm‘ emanate ; 313 I.

5151'

sW e 1311611131 1

W w asass-5151161 11 11

H idden in Natu r e,which is M ine own

,I emanate

fo r th again and again all th is multitude o f beings, he l pless

,b v the fo r ce o f Natur e . (8)

1135161 natu r e ; £ 3 111 own hav ing embr aced;fi q

'

an'

fi emanate ; again ; gaz again ; s m q

$1111 o f be ings , assemb lage ; {If th is ; W all m help less ;17g? o f natu r e ; 51111141 by f0 1ce

e a si afiaasfirfi fiaweaéaa lenswam'

iaass’

s in; fi g 11 s 11

N o r do these wo r ks b ind me , O Dhananjaya, en

thr o ned o n high ,unattached to actions. ( 9 )

a not ; i t and ; m me : an? these ; Works ;fl ash? bind ; 0 Dhananjaya ; earthen l ike indiffe

11211s 515 1‘

s: sensua l

aga r fies"31 11 9 o 11

[ 16 2 ]

Unde r Me,as supe r v iso r , N atur e sends fo r th the

mo v ing and unmo v ing ; be cause o f this, 0 K aunteya,

the univer se r ev o lves. ( 10)

w by me ; mwfiur (by, as) super viso r ( lo rd) ; qgsfif .

natu r e ; fins sends out ; enm z n‘m a W 171 e r as

with the mo ving, and, with the unmov ing, and, together ;

may by cause ; 3311-1 (by) this ; afifi a O K aunteya ; 51111

the wo r ld ; fi qfiaé’

é r e vo lv es.

m e d ia mgfi agrmfaamqtmaamfid mngném ns s u

The fo o lish disr egard Me,when c lad in human

semblance , igno rant o f My sup r eme natur e,the gr eat

Lo rd o f be ings ; ( I1)

W 1? despise ; mi me ; the f oo lish, W human;

agq f orm; 3mm re fuged (in) ; h ighest ; mmnatur e ;

w e : unknowing ; m1 my ; W m : m um o f

beings, the gr eat Lo rd.

Empty o f ho pe , empty o f deeds,empty o f wisdom,

sense less, par taking o f,the dece itful

,br utal

,and demo

niacal natur e . ( 1 2 )

m ==m fi 811m:mm31 vain,bones, “1110891 they 3

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

1 1 64 l

sums and signed 1

was w as agar! finé lges 11 aR11

O ther s also sac r ificing VVlth the sac r ifice‘

o f wisdom}

wo r ship M e as the O ne and the Manifo ld eve r ywhe r ep r esent. ( 15)

mqmz afi rm21333 o f wisdom,with the sacr ifice

a and ; axfi also ; 3151 othe r s ; 21316 : sac 1ificing ; qi' me ;

w e? wo r ship ; qafié a by the oneness ; 1121? a by the

manifo ldness ; agar by the man y ; Fanazfim z ;m g fig;

21man on all sides , face ,'

whose,him.

asGhatsas : ramssnslfimfi fissesfiawwssfiaté gas 11 as 11

I the o b latio n ; l the sacr ifice ; l the ancestral

o ffe r ing ; 1 the fir e -

giv ing her b ; the mantra I ; [ alsothe butte r ; I the fir e ; the bur nt-o f fe r ing I ( 1 6 )

mgI 3 3 : the ob lation I 213 : the sacr ifice 1221111

the o f fer ing to p itr’ is ; erg I ; 9? q the her b ; im'

: the

mantra ; 312 1 ; 313 I ; Q‘

a’

even ; 3511551 butter ; 312 1 ; 31131the fi re 313 I gag; the burnt

-o ff e r ing

fiaissefq w eirmen £11611 flaws: 1asi w

'

isrfiimmzemng’

iq a n eo n

I the Father o f this univer se,the Mother

, the Sup

I 165

p o r te r , the Gr andsir e , the Ho ly O ne to‘

be knownfi the

Wo rd o f Powe r , and also the Rik, Séma, and Yajur ,( I7 )

firmfather ; s1 é I ; am o f this ; 3 11 151 : ( o f ) wo r ld ;311511 mother ; mar sup po r te r ; flares : gr andfathe r :

‘

aaj to be

known ; W13 5? pu r ifie r ; sfiafirt : the omkara ; 3 1 Rik ; £ 1131

Sama ; Yaj uh ; qa even ‘El’

and ;

nfifiai 31g: mafi 13161111 :moi gen 1

saw: $18 81: ens{Ermaafiasaa‘

qs 11 9 11

The Path, Husband

,Lo rd

,W itness

,Abode , She l ter ,

L o ve r,O r igin,

Disso lutio n,Fo undatio n

,T r easur e -ho use ,

Seed impe r ishab le . ( 1 8)

Ira-1: the path 11a? the husband ; 113 : the l o rd ; mfi} thewitness ; {Eran

-

1: the abode moi the she lter ; ggq the lov er ;$1q the o r igin 518 31 : the disso lu tion ; the f oundation ;

auwi the tr easu r e -house $151 the seed ; mama inexhaustib le '

amass-

é as{anag rams a 1

area3161 ragga amnesia 11 11

I giv e heat ; I ho ld back and send fo r th the rain ;

immo r tal ity and also death , be ing and non-be ing am I,

Ar juna.19 )

bur n ; 313: I ; 31? 1 ; a& r ain ; firm ho ld ;Ef fis fl

'

fq let go ; a and ma immo r tality ;"er and tza even ;

[ 166 ]

W : death ;“61 and ; q q being ; m1 non-being ;

ergI ; ugh O Ar juna.

afim111 11111111: C111111111

n (“N Q o 'x

11W 511211111 1x w

11 gmrma 1511118 155

° f \ f \ A f \

1131161wean-

far 31mm11 s o 11

The knowe r s o f the th r ee , the Soma-dr inke r s, thepur ified f r omsin

,wo r sh ipping Me with sac r ifice

, p ray o f

M e the way to heaven ; they ,ascending to the ho ly

wo r ld o f the Ru le r o f the Shining O nes, eat in heaven

the div ine feasts o f the Shining O nes. (2 0)

513311:=f¥1§ 1 z E131 1! 31111131 th ree , sciences (Vedas), whose ,they ; 111

“ me ; qmq r z z é ‘

rfir fi ai'

f‘

a' {Q' the soma

,dr ink; thus ;

{flmr i'a i é

'

“ 51 3218111 3 pur ified, sin ,who se, they ; with ;

sacr ifices ; {21 hav ing sacr ificed ; fatifi heaven—way ; 11115153

ask ; 3' they ; $1151 pur e ; 3113 131 hav ing r eached ; $3 55?q

gttvfl‘

i f ifl.

13514; o f the Gods, (o f) Indr a, the WO l'Id ’

eat

Tammi divine F313 in heaven“

aaffitrrq 7 . 33e 1117 111 o f the

Gods, the enjoyments,'

11 El 1151611 161191121511 iii-1116

‘

s

em esters? fi rst? 1

as afiafiegsmwr

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

'168

Even the dev o tees o f o the r ShiningO nes who wo nsh ip

f u l l o f faith , they also wo r ship M e,O so n o f Kunti

,

tho ugh co ntrar y to the ancient r u le . (2 3)

31 who ; 31 171 also 91 64133 6 13 3 11:=3 3 116 i §3 3 13i 33 11:

( o f othe r , o f gods, devo tee 3 151 51 wo i ship1113 111 with faith ;

'N

25117-51611? endowed a they 31 13 also ; 31 me : (13 ev en ;

£ 1511 1 O K annteya ; ma wo r ship ; mafqtfiaqq _ g fimz 113am(am:amnon-r u le , pr eceding ( guide ), as , may be , so .

3 61 111111113 1316 WT“ 3 13161 6161 111 2 11

Iam indeed the enjoye r o f all sac r ifices, and also the

Lo rd,but they know M e no t

'

in Essence , and hence

th ey fal l .I

, (3 indeed (33613 13 161 : 61361111, 215113 111 o f all, (o f)

sacr ifices ; 1116-51 the enj o y e r ; 3 1 and ; 11g: lo r d ; get even ;

a and ; $1 not ; Q indeed ; 31 me ; know ; 613311

by essence ; 3151: hence ; i q aj la fal l ; a they .

6 1h 21616516 1 2313 fi6y

6aifi W EI:

356113 1111

'

6 166 312111'

313 3 11'

3 313fi 6 111 111 11 11

They ‘

who wo r ship the Shining O nes go to the Shin

ing O nes ; to the ancesto r s go the ancesto r -wo r shippe r s ;to -the

'

E lemental s go tho se who sacr ifice to Elementalsbut My wo r sh ippe r s come unto M e . (2 5)

[ 169 ]

11116 110 ; 71 6 3 3 1 5 3311; 361“

3 11111 6° m the 1406 8 1 0 11

whose,the y ; 3 11111 to the gods , fin-11 to the p itr 1s ; z1na go ;

1mm:= 1q§g 513 213 11 3 in the pitr ns, v ow, whose they { armto the Bhunas ; 211111 {3 611 553111 , f o r the

Bhfitas,sacr ifice

, whose , they ; an}? go ; w 1fi13== 31 113 6

{[ame, sac r ifice,thus ; afi also “Ito me .

1

6116W i dq ’fllfii 11116 16113 : 11 1 1. 11

He who o ffer e th to M e with devo tion a leaf,a flowe r

,

3. f r uit, wate r , that I acce pt f r omthe str iv ing se l f,o ffe r ed

as it is with dev o tio n. (2 6)11a"a l eaf ; gwi a flowe r ; mat a f 1 uit ; 5113 wate r ; a:

who ; 11 o f ( to ) w e ; fi t with devo tion ; 1312135 1? ofi e r s ;

Hi that ; 313 I ; m aq =wwq r 3 11351 with de vo tion,

ofie r ed; 31 111171 eat ; 1mm 6 13 str iv ing,

se l f,who se

,o f him.

11611111171 11111116 111336113 6 13 16 33 1

11611113161 33611 6 6196 13 1115

111111 11 so 11

Whatso eve r tho u do est,whatso eve r tho u eatest,

whatso eve r tho u o f fe r est,whatso ev e r tho u givest, what

so e v e r tho u do est o f auste r itv, O K aunteya,

do thou

that as an o ffe r ing unto Me . (27 )

151 what ; ( tho u ) doest ; uq what ; 51 1mm thou

eatestmawhat , genq thou ) o ffe r est ; 631 111 (thou) givest ,

[ 1 70 ]

“Iwhat 1111 what 11m thou doest o f auster ity $1211:0 K aunte y a, ; era that ; 31583 110 ( thou ) ;m = qfit”I?“in ( to ) me , o ff er ing.

3 1116 3 1116113 11165161 3131511121:

6 1 11111111113m 1651121 11133111161 111411Thus shalt thou b e l ibe rated f r omthe bo nds o f actio n

,

y ie lding go od and ev il f i uits ; thyse l f harmo nised by

the y oga o f r enunciatio n, tho u shal t come unto M e

when set f r ee . (2 8 )

and, f xuit, o f which , by these Q3 thu s . 311m shal l be f r eed ;aqfii

'

gfiz= 311°

1mi 7421 . o f karma, by the bonds ; W 615"!gq grt

-q r z iq m £ 11111 gm: =5116111 m 51: o f r enunciation

,

by yoga, b a lanced, self . whose , he ; figfi : l ibe r ated ; 111 to me ;32

1m shal t come .

321536 513663 3 fi érwi1

‘

16 3 1'

fi3 z l

6 3 3 6 3 3 3 3 31 316 61 613m m“ ;The same am I to all be ings ; the r e is no ne hate ful

to M e no r dear . They v e r ily who wo r ship M e with

devo tio n,they ar e in M e ,

and I al so in them. (29)

HR: equal ; 313 I ; Hii fig z {fi g {fig in all, beings ;

a not ; 11 o f me ; ( 6 21 : hate fu l ; W is ; 11 not ; rqa: dear ;

21 who 1113 11121 wo r ship g indeed ; 111 me m 1 with f aith ;

ma in me ; fi they ; fig in them; q and ; 3113“

also ; 1513 I.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 1 7 2 ]

the womb o f sin, women,

Vaishyas, even Shudr as, theyalso tr ead the highest Path . (32 )

111me ; indeed,11121 0 Par tha ; 3211111311611 hav ing taken

i e f uge ( in ) ; who ;65113 e v en ; may he ; 111116 1111111 ;

also afffi go ; q zj highest ; ma goal .

iii; 513 111161011: 30111 11651 3 3 15111161111 1

3113611111313 6311 131111116 113 66 3111 111 1 11

How much r athe r then ho lv B rahmanas and dev o tedr oyal saints ; hav ing o b tained this transient jo yle sswo r ld

,wo r ship tho u M e . (33)

fa hOW ; g’

fi : again ; mama B 1ahmanas ; gum: pu r e ;

111651 : de v o ted ( 13115121: r ajai sh is ; am also ; 31 not

lasting ; g -

gtq p leasu r e less ; “

GIT world ; gt? this ; mmhav ing o b tained ; W wo r ship ; 31me .

11111311116 {16 213 11161113 11611111101: 11 i 1a 11

O n Me fix thy mind ; b e de vo ted to M e'

sac r ifice

to Me ; p r o strate thyse l f b e fo r e Me ; harmomsed thus

in the SELF, tho u shalt come unto M e,hav ing M e as

thy sup r eme go al . (34)1111 : 21621 H : in me , mind,

whose, he ; 113 be ;

afi z z tm313 i : my devo tee ; W =Hi aafi 3121 130 me,

[ 173 ]

sacr ifices,thu s ; 3111 me ; fi q tgg salute ; 111 to me ; (11: even ;

qcm'fi shal t come : gape-1311 hav ing balanced; 1361 thus ; 3711111111

the self ; mt faw z z aqé maw'm {1 I

, sup r eme goal ,whose, b e .

i f? 951113 1151?w 113P1111113gefin1'

fi 3111 3 111115111111 : 1

Thus in the glo r ious BHAGAVAD-Gh i the n inth discour se . entitled

THE YOGA O F THE KINGLY SCIENCEAND THE K lNGLY SECRET.

[ 1 74 ]

TENTH DISCOURSE.

airlinerj ara

gn a wawmn wnaa: I

sass sfiqmvnqmrfi salesman a

The B lessed L o rd said :

Again, 0 mighty -armed,hear tho u My supr eme

wo rd, that, desir ing thy we l far e,

I wil l declar e to thee

who ar t be lo v ed. I

3131 : again qa ev en ; Rm 0 great-armed ; 3amhear ;

my ; tu ft highest ; ai r: wo rd ; aq which ;'

6 o f (to) thee ;

s’

fiq qmmto the be ing lo ved ; agar? ! ( I) will declar e;m = f§fl¥fl 55mmo f we l lbeing, by the desir e.

a e fig: 13mm: snide Heirs: I

W ig-ii? 33131 HQGT’

WTIamin: uanThe mu ltitude o f the Shining O nes, o r the great

Rishis, know no t My fo r thcoming, fo r I amthe begin

ning o f all the Shining O nes and the gr eat Rishis. ( 2

H notfi? my ; fig: know ; m z z gnonq non: o f the

gods, the hosts ;m o r igin ; 3 not ; qgsfq z z qgfi a'

: seam:

gr eat r ishis a? I ; Emi t: the beginning ; fit indeed ; 25mmo f the gods ; 11351?q o f the gr eat r ishis ; i t and ; Gain:

everywher e .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 176 ]

giv ing,fame and o b lo quy ,

ar e the v ar io us char ac te r istic s

o f b eings issuing fr omMe . 5

gfim’

r harmlessness ; 33 W equanimity ; 313 : content ; at} :

au ste r ity ; are} gif t ; ai r: fame ; m : ob loqu y : waif? ar e ;

W : natu r e s :m q o f be ings ; q‘

a'

: f r omme ; qa even ;

371193 6 1 : :mFaun : im’

i'

a'

separ ate , k inds , who se, they.

Rafts : as a? sa ri] W WW”w m mmfisimsm: sauna"

The seven gr eatRish is, the anc ient Fo ur ,1and also

the Manus,we r e b o rn o f My natur e and mind o f them

this r ace was gene r ated. 6

0ma: the gr eat r ishis ; G’

W seven fi ancieut ; Ewan ;

f ou r, unat manU S ; auT a180 ; m ar : mama‘ r imi ‘

e inme.b eing,

whose,thev ; mam: mental ; snap bo r n ; {mug o f

whom; was in wo r ld; gm: these ; Win: r aces.

qai wafirmfi a nu fii émawaz l

mmsfiam gmamam: IIWII

He who knows in essence that so ve r e ignty and

yoga o f M ine ,he is harmo nised by unfal ter ing yoga ;

ther e is no doubt the r eo f . (7 )

gr"this ; WEI? so ve r e ignty ; in? yoga ; w and; kn ot

me ; a: who ; i t? knows, a

'

q e z by essence ; a: he ; mfi az1 The f our Kumfiras , or Virgin Youths, the highest in the occult

Hierar chy o f th is ear th .

[ 177 ]

M “a a?! no t, shakes, thus , by it ; w yoga ;

351151 is balanced ;'

v'

l not ; gr! her e ; m : dou bt.

assale: wait an: a? sass

u c u

I amthe Gene rato r o f all ; all e vo lves f r om Me

under standing thus,the wise ado r e M e in rapt emo

tion. 3

weI ; flaw o f all ; men: the generato r W f r omme ,

a? all ; q afifi' evo lves ; {fa thus ; Ran hav ing though t ;

“i d WOPShiP; Hime gm: the wise ; W m’

iaag; : qfi q GW

fiaar : with emo tion,endowed.

Era?"mamsharia: cums I

mafia Hi fi zfi grafii a tfir'

fi a uwM indful o f M e

,the i r l ife hidden in M e

,il lumining

each o the r , e ve r co nve r sing about Me, they ar e content

and joy ful . ( 9

qfiam: =m’

i Fi r-{im E? in me,mind, whose, they

nan: mun: ‘

zmmf é to me, gone, br eaths, who se,

they ; i rbrzia: i l lumining (making wise ) ; W WII mutually ;m : talking ( o f ) ; q and ; :ri me ; fim

’

always ; 3’w ar e

content ; 1: and; ( fifi r ej oice ; q and.

‘

i‘m‘imagma was! sags“W fi gfemTIC mgwifi fi M o n

unto Me .( 10 )

aura o f these ; smeg ma: «as gain ? alwav s. ( o f

the ) balanced; w ar ( o f the ) Wo i s li ipp ing ; if'

naq j agq : :fl'

a;

q q ammaamlo v e ,b e f o r e , as ,

may be, so [m( I ) gi ve

g'

fi-

qu’

r—s gz : amo f r eason, the yoga ; a that an by which

Hi to me ; wane: come ; a they

m mfimm‘

i as :

mam a?! amine mamn93 uO ut o f pu r e compassion fo r them

,dwe l ling within

the ir SELF, I destr o y the igno rance-b o r n dar kness by

the sh ining lamp o f wisdom.II

fivrtr o f them; qfi e ven gig} o f Com

passion ,f o r the Sake ; ergI 91 3 73 3

= 5F8H fit lr o rn -unwis

dom,bo rn Fm: dar kness ; W u

'

s? ( I) de st r o o

x mmunw:

mm! m? Ezra: o f the sel f , in the natu r e , seated HIHQ’

fi t-I

ir e-

{ta 5133 of wisdom,with the l ight ; mam with the )

shining.

36 6iwas i'

rq fitaaaa‘

fags u9all

Ar juna said

Thou ar t the supr eme ETERNAL , the supreme

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 1 80 ]

assessmentsas: Fe?grains I316W firstas w as intau

Thyse l f indeed knowest Thyse l f by Thyse l f, O

Pur usho ttama ! Sour ce o f beings, Lo rd o f be ings, ShiningO ne o f Shining O nes, Ru ler o f the wo r ld ! 1 5)

(an ( thy ) self ; qt: on ly 9113 17"by ( thy ) self ; anamq'

( thy ) se l f ; m knowest; m thou ; 36W 0 Pur usho t

tama 333m“ : {affixm fg {Fa beings, O thou ( that)causest to become , thus ;m: gm {i t o f beings, O Lo rd ;{ah i s o f gods, O God ; smeqa z m : w o f

the wor ld, 0 Rule r .

w as) ! fies! W arm: I

W im fisfil usan

De ign to te l l witho ut r ese r v e o f Thine own div ine

glo r ies, by which glo r ies Thou r emainest,per vading these

wo r lds. 16 )

am to tel l exél'

it shouldst a’

flaw by without

r emainde r ; fi zz“: div ine ; I? indeed ; isn'

c’

qfi qaaz z axrm:

m : o f se l f , glo r ies zm'it: (by) which M fg : by glo r ies ;afimwo r lds {m1 th ese mtho u dartq hav ing p e r vaded;

firsts sittest,

652i Faminefin'

iTR—a'i FRI viifilaqq l

%g%wwas magnew anew "W u

- 18 1

Howmay I know Thee, O Yogi, by constant me

ditation ? In what,in what aspects ar t Tho u to be

tho ught o f b y me , O b lessed Lo rd ? 17 )am? how ; fi afii may know ; at I ; zfifir i O yogi ;

tam,thee ; as; always ; qfifimaq medi tating ; %g ( in )

what ( in ) what ; a and mag in moods , fi v er: to be

thought ; awffi ar t ; 11113 11 0 b lessed LO r d ; In"by me.

awwmfii q'

inmn fingjii a 61min 11331 :was qfafé sparesants 5151333 119 ll

In detail te l l me again o f Thy yoga and glo ry , OJanardana ; fo r me ther e is neve r satiety in hear ingThyl ife -

giv ing wo rds . 1 8 )

by ( in ) detail ; er rant-t: o f ( thy ) own ; i nf

yoga ; fi qfi-l‘ glo ry ; 3 7 0 J anardana ; 31 21 : again ; anus:

L ;tell qr’

Ea’

: contentment ; f‘

g iudeed ; ap i a ( o f ) hear ing ; a

not ; sxfla is ; 31 o f me eqqaq nectar

arauargana 1

gasmanner itemW W : 1

mama:assesmamarenas$1 119a11The B lessed Lo rd said

B le ssed be tho u ! I wil l dec lar e to thee My div ine

glo ry by its chie f characte r istics, 0 best o f the Ku rus

the re is no end to de tails o f Me . 19 )

1 82 ~

'

za wel l ; if ( to ) thee W u'

s? ( I) wil l declar e ;div ine ; {é indeed , antennae : my g101 ies ; qm1:am

in the main ; 0 best o f the K u r us ; a not, g réa is ;

end (“

semen o f detail ;”is o f me .

31mm315515531 uégamfi na: 1

W e mi 6 1 games as a M o 11

I,O Gudake sha. amthe SELF ,

seated in the hear t

o f all be ings ; I amthe b eginning, the midd le , and al sothe end o f all b e ings. ( 2 0 )

atré I mean ,the sel f ; 0 Gudakesha a

’qgagqm

fiua== a§mq genera 31 1111211 Ezra: ( o f ) all, o f b e ings , In the

hear t, seated we I ; Etta: the b eginning ; 318 5] the middle a

and ; W WW,o f be ings ; am: the end ; qa e ven : 1 51 and.

arisiqlamé fiw h'

esr (Faisal? I

H ummus 7165511011113 51511 11 1 1 11

O f the Adityas I am Vishnu ; o f r adiance s the

glo r io us Sun ; I am Mar ichi o f the Mar uts,o f the as

te r isms the Mo o n amI. ( 2 1

a ffaq rmq o f the Adityas ; 313 1 ; faeg : V ish nu ; serif?

mil o f l1gh ts , ( re : the Sun ; 313 q d nf ua Mmh hi ;

W53 1”! o f the Mar uts ; mi x; ( I) am; fi q rmiq o i as te 1 is rns

erg I ; my]? themo on .

311 131 ami irsfia immune 6111-161: 1

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 1 84 1

W IOf house-p r iests ; i t and W the chief ; ari me ;fi ffi

' know ; qnf O Par tha ; 3361113 1 B r ihaspati ; iqafifiaml'

é'

a'i Haifagfi fiq i

’ the armv,leads

,thus , o f them; a? I;

Skanda ; ma o i lakes ; afiq ( I) am; min : the o cean .

Hsfi'

rvfi £ 133111m m 1

semimafisfiq Earamfi'

fémaq : 111 11 11

O f the gr eat Rishis, Bhr igu o f speech Iamthe o ne

syl lab le ; o f sacr ifices Iamthe sac r ifice o f silent r epe titions ; o f immo vab le things the H imalaya. 2 5

q’fufl o f the gr eat Rishis ; 13g: Bhgigu ; $13 I ; {mi o f

speech ; wfiq ( I) am;my; 1 lne one ; 31mg sy l lab l e ;mai o f

sacr ifices ;“

5117213 : = 3Wmair: o f r epe t imon, the sacr ifice sqfi q

( I) am; (amo ng o f immo vable (Things) ; fi ara’

q : Himalaya.

31W : aim iafivri a ems: Ifissionfi sts: fimai $1365?g1

'

ez 11at 11

Ashvattha o f all tr ees and o f div ine Rishis N aradao f Gandhar vas Chitr ar atha ; o f the pe r fected the M uni

Kapila. (2 6)

we re : Ashvattha : s i fi m = s§sm13mm( o f ) all.o f tr e es ; h e?“ o f divine B

'

snis ; a and ; aria: Navada ;

$41 ?q o f Gandhar vas ; (31 1 1111 : Chit raratha ; ffi'

afi f o f the

pe r fect ; W ? Kap ila ; gfit: muni.

fi zm mai fifi:W E 1

‘

1 1 85

Tami flaw anona am'imi nw 11

U chchaish r ava o f ho r ses know Me,

nectar -bo rn ;

Airavata o f lo rdl y e lephants ; and o f men the monar ch.

( 2 7 )

fi zsfi q q Uchchhs ishr av z‘

t ;m o f ho r ses ; fin? know ;

‘II' me ; gamma -a men m : m a : f r om amgita, bir th,whose

,he ;

’

Q’

aqa An i vata ; trfim o f the l o rds o f e lephants ;arm o f men ; '61 and ; mtm=m101i 8111111 o f men,

the

monar ch .

s hamans as Hiram w as 1A 0 Q A l\

HEW-[W anti: EW argm11ac 11

O f weapons I am the thunde r bo lt ; o f cows I amKamadhuk I amKandar pa o f the pr ogenito r s o f se r

pents vasuki amI. (2 8)

wgflmq o f weapons ; i f? I ; £ 3 the thunde r bo l t;imamo f com; wise ( I) am; mm =wmi é ififl {fir

desn es,milks, thus ( K fimadhuk ) ; tr im: the p r ogenitor ; fl

and ; arm ( I) am; 653i : Kandar pa ; mmo f serpents ;

W ( I) am argfifi : Vi suki.

m errier amenHEUITsmmsmfiqmzimfi nite 2111 : M m11 11

And IamAnanta o f Nagas ; Var una o f sea-dwe l l

1 86

er s I ; and o f ancesto r s Aryama ; Yama o f go ve r no r s

am1. ( 29 )

81am: Ananta ; q and i t?“ ( I ) am; amrt-ri' o f Nagas ;56W: Vamp s ; a fifl'

i o f. sea-beings 913°

I ; a?“ o f ances to r s ;

swimAr yamii ; fl and ; gfiq’

( I ) am; am: Yama ; (“WEIo f go ver no r s 91 ? I.

gene sis saw3516 : easement 1m iam‘ r

‘

sé313a min us 11 t o 11

And I amPr ahlada o f Daityas ; o f calculato rs T imeamI and o f wild beasts I the impe r ial beast ; and Vaina;teya o f b irds.

513 6113 : Pr ahlfida ;‘GI

’and ; ( I ) am;

t

amfi-fi o f

Daitvas ; aim: Tun e ;maai‘

o f c a l c u la to r s ; 81 3"

I; fi fl lflii'

o f w ild th ing s ;'61 and ; qfisg== qmmi s? " o f W “

r u ler ; si'

g I : §fi q z z fi q arm 31 11 2311 gruq o f Vmatfi,ch i ld,

mal e ( Vainateya )ear and ; q f

‘

amrq ”f bi1ds .

cm: qaamfis 1111 : 515135511n 1

swan shamans snai l 11113 11

O f pu r ifie r s I amthe wind Rani a o f wa r r io r s I

and I amMakara o f fishes o f str eams the Ganga amI.

3 1

WEIR: the wind ; q'

awi o f pu r ifie r s ; s'

n'

iq'

( I ) am; in :

Rama ; né sar z mn’

w fears: graan w a r ms bear s thus. o f

them gt i‘ o f fishes Wi t : makara 'ET and ; Ef f“ ( I ) i

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 1 88 ]

1163: fi amggasa 111318161111 1

6151161:whenanionwhitenare: 111911

And all-devo u r ing Death am I,and the o r igin o f all

to come and o f feminine qual ities, fame ,p r o spe r ity ,

speech,memo ry

,inte l l igence , firmness, fo rgiveness. 34

m° death ; Hafi z = Réf gtfi {fit all, seiz es, thus ;‘fl

'

and,

3 13 I; W e : the bi1 th ; a and; masqai o f f utu1 e tnings ;

afir’

i‘

r f ame ; ii i. p r o sp e 1 ity amSpeech ; 1 1 and; mf ionq ‘ o ff eminine things ; memo r y ; 71mintelligence ; gm: fi rmness ; a?"fo rgiv eness ,

33mmammi 111151? 3116 111511 1mamqfidfi ssqqfi 3311111551 : 11 311 11

O f hymns also B r ihatsaman ; Gayatr i o f metr es amI; o f mo nths IamM argashir sha ; o f seaso ns the flowe ry .

( 35 )

{3 38 W Br ihatsaman ; amal so ; arai' o f Sims. hymns ;11 12131? Gayatxi ; $ 3“ me tr es ; 312 I ; RTHH i (if mon ths ;

arfirfii : mfirgashi i sha ; 313 I ; 5561311;o f Seasons ;

fi flfi i o f flowe r s,the mine .

36 as saiq fei damafiamwsq 1

aritsfei nemesi s 6 36i 6 13516 111631 1131 11 11ll amthe gamb ling o f the cheat, and the splendo ur

[ 1 89 ]

o f splendid things I Iamv icto r y,I amdete rmination

,

and the tr uth o f the tr uth fu l I. ( 36 )

Q1?! the gambl ing ; m o f the cheating ; q fiq I) am631: the sp lendour aaf

‘

f zfi i o f Sp lendour s 312 1 ;m: v icto ry ;‘

fl fifi ( 1 ) am; mama: dete rmination ; 31q ( I) am; {Raj the

truth m ai o f the tr uthful ; 313“

I.

qwfiai afiiahsfie newmis s: 1gimme311111: M a $ 131: new 11

O f the Vr ishnis Vasudeva am I ; o f the Pandavas

Dhananjaya ; o f the Sages also I am Vyass ; o f po etsU shanfi the Bard. 37 )

mi o f Vr ishnis ; meat: Vasude va ; afiq ( I) am

m i Pandavas ; w : Dhananjaya ; gw'

i‘

wi' o f munis ;g rq also ; 312

“ I ; ma: Vyi sa ; afiifiq lq o f po ets ; 3 11311

U shana; af fa the poet.

i231mamsiesta Farfisaml1111 213111111 1 11113 1

;s um s

-

se

O f r ule r s Iamthe sceptr e o f tho se that seek v icto

ry I amstatesmanship ; and o f secr ets Iamalso silence ;the knowledge o f knowe r s amI. ( 38 )

w : the scep tr e ; aqua? o f r u le r s ; 311m ( I) am; =flm:

p olicy (I) sm; 1atfl'

qai o f the victo ry seeker s ; insilence ; q and ; qa ev en ; 31191 ( I) am;m i o f secr ets ;

an the knowledge ; amqai o f knower s ; 313 I.

I9O

fi lial Him513i 1113113513 1a asfia 11111111 11111 133i

511111111 111

And whatso ev e r is the seed o f all b e ings , that amI,

O Ar j una ; no r is the r e aught, mo v ing o r unmo v ing,

that may ex ist be r e ft o f Me . ( 39 )

aFt wh ich ; fl and ; 31171 also ; aim o f all b e ings ;

{is} seed 3 3: that ; 313 I ; 81g? 0 A r j una, q no t ; 311

that ; Erie? is ; W ithO fl ' ; 211 which ; 11 1111 may be ; qm

by me ; 313 be ing ; w a r li z fl t fl fl i rt'Gt mo v ing, and

,

unmov ing , and,

airim’ia 1111 fisma’

rW ei Elias 1

1111 gears : shah 11 115aThe r e is no end o f My div ine powe r s

, O Parantapa.

What has been dec lar ed is only il lustrative o f My infiniteglo r y . (40 )

a no t ; s'

1az end ; 31133 is 3181 my } 113211311 ( o f div ine ;

fi qfi'

h fl'

glo r ies ; i tem0 Par antapa ; q'

q this ; 3 indeed

ma: o f ) il lustr ation ; firm: said ; W : o f glo ry ;Fra t : extent ; W by me .

A 0 h N

WWW magmanam1amm é an ea

'

imésaa ns s 11Whatso eve r is glo r io us, good, b eautiful , andmighty ,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

1 192 ]

ELEVENTH,DISCOURSE.

31333 331111 1

W 11111W W W !

mainsfi rst-1 111315131 i51111i1 1111 11 3

Ar juna said

This wo rd o f the Supr eme Secr et conce r ning the

SELF,Thou hast spoken o ut o f compassion by this my

de lusio n is taken away . I

qagq gmz qq agagra o f me. f o r f av our 110? the h ighest

at: sec r e t ; mmeaé r’fiaq Adhyatma-named ; art which ;

war by Thee ; 3a; spoken ; ai r : wo rd ; &a by that ;mdelusion ; are} this fi na: gone ; aamy .

W fimgrfi fiw sfi 11111 1

aazmw emgmqfi w usn

The pi'oduction anddestr uction o f be ings hav e beenheard by me in detail f r om Thee

,O Lo tus-eyed

,and

also Thy impe r ishable gr eatness. 2

warmfir z aa: 1a am: a the becoming, and, disso lution,

and ; f? indeed ; csg

'

arar o f beings ; fi r ( the two ) heard

m : in detail ; aar by me m : f r omThee ; mm :

m era {a atria-ruff ama : o f lo tus, leaf , like , eyes, whose ,

O he ; mama gr eatness 3113 also ; a and ; afraazi inper ish

ab le.

[ 193 ]

M um smfim1

W émfiwm ui uO sup r eme Lo rd, e ven as Tho u descr ibest Thyse l f

,

0 best o f be ings, I desir e to see Thy Fo rmomnipotent.

( 3 )

121°

thus ; Q'

d i this , amas ; area Sayest ; “ thou ;

mama ( thy ) self ; qfi rvat 0 highest Lo rd ; m to see ;

{Garfi ( 1 ) desir e ,'

athy ; “ f orm;W sover eign m0 best o f beings .

W fi m wmfifi sfi l

W fi fié sfi q ne u

If thou thinkest that by me It can be seen,

‘

0

Lo rd,Lo rd o f Yoga, then show me Thine impe r ishable

SELF. 4ama thinkest ; at? if ; aa that ; trail possible ; a!"by

me ; 3 31 i; to see ; 31? thus ; star 0 Lo r d ; i firmz M iW o f yoga, O Lo rd ; aaz then ; i o i ( to ) me ; m thou ;

aimshow ; q rzarf-i thy self great] imper ishable

W W W a 11=1 11"Behold, .O Partha, fo rms o f Me , a hundredfold, 3

I3

[ 194 1

thousandfoldp var io us in kind, div ine , var ious its—

colour s

and shapes.

0

i ”1 5

qé r tehold. ;wmy ; qfi O PS/ 11 11 91 ; w e; forms ; ,m z

hundr edf o ld ; W and ; W : tho usandf o ld ; ararfit‘n’

fi of

many modes ; flu rfi divine ; araraqfi‘

qsa'

h‘ir a arar auff ;m: a im.

“

arfi‘ many

,co lo r s, fo rms , and, Who se , them,

111511111211 1

m us t

Beho ld the Adityas, the Vasus, the Rudras, the

two Ashv ins and also the Mar uts; beho ld many mar ve lsnever seen e r e th is, 0 Bharata. (6 )

W beheld ; .wfi snl the AiditryassW the Vases ;

W the Rudras ; ,aq

'fiafi the ( two ) Ashvins ; am: the

Mar uts} amalso ; Isis many; 813! W fl fi Wmbe for e, not, seen ; “ i f beho ld ; arraa

'

rfbr mar v els ; m 0

1111 i sgram 11W 11 v 11

Her e , to -day , beho ld the who leuniver se ,mo vable andimmovab le , standing in one in My body , 0 Gudfikesha,with aught else thou desir est to see .

fi ;ber e ;m= M in one, standing .w the

f or q E? with moving, with unmov ing, and, together ;

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

1 196 1

W W W N M N

W ith many months and eyes, with many v isions o f

marVel,‘ iwithmany divine o rnaments, with many up rais

ed div ine weapons

wm u=aiwfi astrfi r sr W 151a ur'

efi arr v ar i

ous, mouths, and, eyes, and, in which , that ; fi sh-

rw e

W 55h"?m aavar ious,mar ve l lous, sights, inwhich fi a

‘mfir W rfi arises,

“ v ar ious, divine o r naments, in which , that , fi'

safiafimargfl =fimfi1ma w arfi smurfs ar'vsa ea div ine . var i

ous, up lif ted, weapons, in which, that .

fies1111311111511 M ariam 1

eaiazimi sa lsa 138 5111 1111 9

a“

Wear ing divine ,necklaces and

,vestur es

, ano inted

with div ine unguents, the God all-mar ve l lous,bo undless

,

with face turned ev er ywhe r e . ( 1 1 )

W W "= tsmu'

5rm11’

s aw n’

br a 111 1'

s affi rmdivine

,necklaces, and, garments , and, wear s , which , that; flami

é rsfim'

tw= zfi'

6a I'm. a 31321111“ 151 are: 113 di vine , scent, and,

unguents, o f which , that , aaraaazr f ull o f all mar v e ls ; 33 11God , z rasa endless

, fi rearmwith faces all r ound.

[ 197 ]

vismzsesfimw sam: 1131 11

~

If the splendour o f a tho usand suns we r e to b laz eout together in the sky , that might re semb le the glo ryo f that Mahatma. 1 2 )

fi r? in the sky; afram a qgrvrr {reamo f suns,o f a thous

and vfiq wer e m = simu l taneously affirmar isen afi if

at: sp lendour mill l ike ; at that ;mmay be ma: o f a gloW ; are ( o f ) that ; 113161111 : o f mahatma.

fi sts 31W $1fi11151151$m1

massage-1 11111 W 113 ; 11

Ther e Pandava behe ld the who le univer se , div ided

into manifo ld par ts, standing in o ne in the body o f the

God o f Gods. ( 13)

aa the r e ; W u"

standing-in- one ; 31 1111: the wor ld ; greatthe who le ; gram div ided ; fi m in v ar ious ways ;msaw ; fi gm=§ararq é a§a o f the Gods, o f the God at}? in

the body ; qiaa: the Pandava ; aqr then .

aaz n istssn'

a‘

rfi safe"usaq z lm ma emm 11 313 11

Then he, Dhananjaya, o ve rwhe lmed with astonish

ment, his hair upstanding, bowed down his .head to the

God, and with jo ined palms spake . ( 14)aa: then ; {12 he ; fiwmfigz= firgfi a snfi g

‘ i with as

[ 198 ]

tonishment penetrated ; seam-4 331131 {11111711 ama: excited

hair s, whose, he ; aaaa: Dhananjaya ;m h av ing p r ostrated ;

fine r with head ; 3a the God ; m : = §a m : 38

a : made,hand fo lding, by whom,

he, (saluting) ;

was em

ll i ‘t tl

Ar juna said

Within Thy fo rm, 0 God,the Gods I see ,

All grades o f be ings with distinctivemar ks ;B rahma, the Lo rd,

upon H is lo tus thr one,

The Rishis all and Ser pents, the Div ine . 15)

mrra ( 1 ) see ; a li the Gods aaThy ; Ea O God ;i

t?in the body 1111111 1111; ammmamof beings , o f ( var ious) sp ecies, gr o up s; mo} 131-3 11

1114; 331 the lo rd ; m am=arqa§q aream o f lotus, inseat, seated ;m Rialr is ; aa

'

ra all ; m ser pents a

and ; Earn div ine .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 200 ]

o f splendour , mass ; aria: ev er ywhere fi lm shining; qmfi( I) see ; 81? thee mil=gzm fi f ifi lwith diflichlty, to be

seen ; aim-era; f romev erywher e ;m =m ,m q

m i t {a ggfi : axa $7 o f ( the ) shming, o f fi r e , and, o f sun,

and, like , glo r y, whose , him; afi q

’

immeasurable .

.amfism qi fimau n

0 R

am 36611 Hat 11 n3c II

Lo fty beyond all tho ught, unpe r ishing,

Tho u treasur e -ho use sup r eme ; all-immanent,Ete rnal Dharmafs change less Guardian,

Tho u

As immemo r ial Man I think o f Thee . 1 8 )

ea"Thou ; EIWEimperishab le ; m highest ; W to be

known ; Ff! Tho u m ( o f ) this W o f univ er se ; q’

i high

est ; fif e“? tr easu r e -house ; 33°

Thou ; ma: inexhaustib le ;W W =W Haw f ffim( o f the ) ete r nal , o f dharma,the Pr otecto r ; mm: ancient zit thou m: man ; Ra:thought ; i t of me .

31516 315;

'

20 1

A 0

6 1331111 issues e1m I I 3 s 11

No r sour ce , no r midst, no r end infinite fo r ce ,

Unnumbe r ed arms,the

'

sun andmo on Thine eyesI see Thy face , as sacr ificial fireB laz ing, its splendour b urne th up the wo r lds. 19 )m =s urfs: 118 11: an m a no t o r 1g1n middle,

end, Whose , him; m fi =mafi ma endless, f o r ce Whose,

hlm; W =ma r : 3 133 :mu 3 endless,arms, whose, him;

m ai = {rill”Gr Ki : fl'

flfi'

amismoon , and, sun, and, ( two )

eyes, who se , him qszzm'z? I see eatThee fl ea:

gum: 3? 39? 2161! light, and, sac r if icial , tir e , and, f ace , and,

Whose, he ; ( Kaspar by own b r ightness ; fl ea"

the universe {i

thiss ; am warming.

m teahsefia’

t eand fewer Hafiz I

assesw eweé fi flfi 51631316 visits 11

By Thee alone ar e fil led the ear th , the heavens,

And all the r egions that are str e tched b etween

The tr iple wo r lds sink down, 0 mighty O ne,Be fo r e Thine awful manifested Fo rm. 20 )

mm : aural: fi gme nt: wotheav en and,'

df ear th, and;

{1 this ; examinte r space I? indeed Semi per vaded; ambyThee ; by (the) One , fifl : quar ter s a and ; Kat: all; W

[ 202 ]

having seen W marv e l lous Ki f o rm; Kai ter r ib le ; at?thy ; this ; m :m at: o f wo r lds tr iplet ; mm( is ) Oppr essedmm0 mahatma.

To Thee the tr 00ps o f Suras ente r in,

Some with jo ined palms in awe inv o k ing TheeBanded M aharshis, Siddhas ,

“ Sv e sti P’

c ry ,

Chanting Thy pr aises with r eso unding so ngs. ( 2 1 )W these I? indeed ; a? Thee gté

’

su: ammmKS": o fGods,

“

the hosts ; fi q fi ente r ; $ 156 3: some ; f rat : f r ightened ;

m a: with-jo ined palms ; qdifir utter a ffid= g reat wel l 18sm havme said m = flsflwm

fl“

fitmma w : o f Mahar shis, and, o f Siddhas, and, hosts ;

W hymn ; a t Thee ; W : with songs ;m a ne.

Fq'iélsfiaefi R ealms I

fiséswmmafieldai fifisarfia 1131

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 204 1

and, in which , that ; wast :- srggr'

i 330W ! afifi 3 1many stomachs, in which , that , zg

’

zgrastra= 1 3931 : sens :mat (with)

many, with teeth , ter r ible ; {31 hav ing seen ; sham: the wo r ldsfl aufita

'

r: ( are ) distr essed ; amalso mI.

“ has? amt“?

est-mas f lattened“ l

egr isat aeqiearffl remwe a first? i ts a fiwfi llas

Radiant Tho u touchest heaven ; r ainbow-hued,

With Openedmouths '

and shining vast-o r bed eyes.

My inmo st se l f is quak ing,having seen,

My str ength is withe r ed, Vishnu, and my peace .

( 24)aq zq fi z aq : g al

-fé i f?! {1 heaven, touches, thus ; {hi

shining ; W z fi fi arufi:m 3 51 var ious, colour s, whose ,him,

summe r -emurfi amen? are s et deemed, mouths.whose

,him; fimi urahsq =$rmfi isms"? saw? ! an in

shining, lar ge , '

eyes, him; gg‘

t hav ing seen ; f? indeed ;

atThee ; mafi aisuem ETHUWIama : tr embling,mind, whose, he ; ti ff-f strength "T no t ; W ( I) find; tuft

contr o l ; a and,

0 Vishnu .

W a swrfi

[ 205 ]

fiifi aafi a afi amfimfi nmfiamuesn

Like Time’s destr oying flames I see Thy teeth,

Upstanding, spr ead within expanded jawsN o ught know I anywhe r e , no she lte r find,

Mer cy, 0 God r e fuge o f all the wo r lds ( 25

W fi = igrfinm 1? with teeth, ter r ib le ; 'EIandthy ; gag"? mouths ; {gr hav ing seen ; us even ; 6mm ]?

mfi m m i t tram"? o f time, o f the f ir e, and, r esembling ; fit] : quarter s a not $1131 know fl

'

no t ; a'

zit obtain

‘El'

and flfi p r otection ; na‘iaj be p leased 33:1 : q {1 1 of

the Gods, O Lord W a z m : fl ing o f the wor ld, 0dwel l ing.

swi mm in g

new ”

semifitfi fiwgw: use"The sons o f Dhritarashtra, andwith themThe multitude o f all these k ings o f ear th,

Bhishma, and Dr o tia‘

, Sfita’s r o

’yal son,

And all the noblestwar r io r s o f ohr hosts, ( 26

snit these ; W ot p hritar ashtr a;

gm: sons a? all ; as with ; 1161 everi,mfi qmfiw==ml1=1

[ 206 ]

M T?! {fi‘

flmKat the ear th, who ) pr otect, thus , o f them, with

the hosts ; afiw: Shishma ; £ 101: Dr ona , W :-m 31 ; o f

sum, the son ; amalso ; fl this (13; with ; arena: with

( those ) o f our s ifwgw’

ip z firqm553 : o f war r io r s, with thechiefs.

61351fi1 6611111011 fish‘s

13am w w fi 1

wasWM : 11w 11

Into‘

Thy gapingmonths they hur r y ing r ush ,

Tr emendo us-to o thed and te r r ible.

to see ;

Some caught within the gaps be tween Thy teeth

Ar e seen,

'

their heads to powder cr ushed and

gr ound. 27 )

W mouths ’a they hur rying ; fivfi ente r

w e te t r ible too thed, W f ear -br inging; snag

some, fi amr : sticking;m afi a

-« 131mm o f teeth in

the gaps M'

ar e?

seen, flj fifi

r with ) pulver isedf ;m:

with highest limbs ( heads ) .

mamasiiwitrn

W e s t

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 208 ]

to destruction ; ente r ; sham: the peop le mo i Thee

gfi also ; W Wmonths m : (with ) increasedvelocity.

w ithm a: 851611

,w wafi eéwi’s : 1

31511311115

m am; saith Forms .“t o I I

O n ever y side,all-swallowing,

fie ry- tongued,

Thou lickest up mank ind,dev o ur ing all ;

Thy glo ry filleth space : the unive r se

Is burning,V ishnu ,

with Thy b laz ing r ays. ( 30 )

ma“

( thou ) l iehest ; mama. gr asping ; qfiatq f r omever y side ; Ghana th e wo r lds ; aqua thewho le ; agaz withf aces °mi n (with) fier y fisfifit: with sp lendou r s ; “ hav

ingfi l led ; surf-l the wo r ld , aq q q who le ;

,zumglo ry ; as thy

fie1ce qafifi burning ; fawn O Vishnu .

admit, adi st aste 1

‘

a is5131131151as 513113111 11 11

Reveal Thy”

SELF What awful Fo rmar t Thou ? 3

l fwo rship Thee ! Have mer cy , God'

sup reme ! 2

[ 209 ]

Thine inner being I amfain to know ;Th is Thy fo r thstr eaming Life bewilde r s me . ( 31

mam? declare ; it to me ; as: who ; want-1 Thou ; sq .

(sq : an$ 11 ama: ter r ible , form, whose , he ; salutationgrsg let ther e be to Thee W z

'

iami' at o f Gods,0 best ;

flags; to know ; ( I)wish ; ai aq Thee ; and fi r st ;a not ; fit indeed; 113 17111? ( I) know as Thy ; s1q desir e.

drumrgme I

enemiesassesses?){31515138 3113 Slaw

—ct: I

51151513 aai=1mesa ed

fissiiewfl: amiss; 511m:The B lessed Lo rd said

Time amI, lay ing deso late the wo r ld,Made manifest on ear th to slay mank indN o t o ne o f all these war r io r s ranged fo r str ife

Escapeth death ; thou shalt alone sur vive . ( 32 )

65161 : time ; safes (I) am; fim ai fl ifimml 11121

m gfir o f the wor lds, destr uction, makes, thus ; use :

vast afi'

cmq the wor lds ; {11113311 to annihilate ; {3 her e ; svgacome fo r th qfi without ; an? also mi thee a not ;

shall be ; a? all ; 31 these ; 31m : ar ranged ; M 5553 in

the r ival-armies zfi'mwar r ior s.

1 2

[ 2 10 ]

m afia 11151 3 111151

13 6511 31155139? {1351 wis e I

115351 131331: i51h

1111111111131 1151 Heavies 11

The r e fo re stand up win fo r thyse l f r enown,

Co nque r thy fo es, e njoy the spac io us r ealm.

By M e they ar e al r eady o ve r come ,B e thou the o utward cause

,le ft-handed o ne . (33)

3 51113 ther e fo r e ; a thou ; 3 1318 stand up ; 2151: fame ;sp ree ob tain ; Fi lm hav ing conquer ed ; saga enemies ;

“

gas

enjoy use the kingdom m wealthy ; 8 211 by me ; (13e v en ; q}? these ; Fags": slain ; {a} befo r e ; 133 even ; fin

’

fi fi

$11? amere instr ument ; mbe K emfi i-z i15a? 11 111115 {179

-

5

area a : with the l eft hand,to aim

,hab it, whose , he .

fiwa fiwa awé aarse

'

i 6191153 111111 afiea'

fiua 1

11111 seizesen'

s111“

62112181

ne w Giants 1131 sac-

1 13 11 i s 11

D r o na and Bhishma and j ayadratha,

Kama,and all the o the r war r io r s he r e

Ar e slain by me. Destr oy then fear lessly

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

2 1 2

aria sane I

(arefi rmare fi rst?

anamuamfi aTail?! 331mmismaéna

Ar juna said

H rishikesha in Thy magnificence

Rightly the wo r ld r ejoiceth, hymning Thee

The Rakshasas to ev er y quar te r flyIn fear the hosts o f Siddhas p r o strate fal l . (36)

armin (the r ight) p lace (1 ightly) aw 0 Hr ish‘

lkesha ;

«a Thy ; WEfi'mby (S‘ngmg) thy fame ’

s‘

rfl é‘

l the'

wo r ld ;1756 2133 r ejo ices ; agi t a

te} is p leased a and ; (mfg the

Rakslmsas ; W EI ter r ified ; fa r: to the quar ter s ; {afi fly

a? all ; aqsdr’

fi p r ostrate ; aand ; Fagqap = rm W

of Siddhas, the hosts.

were aa airmen“fl f flaaavfrscan

'

sfi I

isms? w ere ? are nas u

{ 2 13 1

Howshould they o therwise, 0 lo ftiest SELF

Fir st Cause ! B rahma H imse l f less great than

Tho u.

Infinite, God o f Gods, home o f allwo r lds

,

Unper ishing, Sat Asat,THAT supr eme ! (37 )

arena wher efo re i f and athey ; a not 3313 may p r ostr ate w 0 Mahatma t rfiqfi to the greate r teacher ag o:

o f B rahma an? also affix? to the fi rst maker W 0 end

less one O Lo rd o f Gods ; W e 0 dwel ling o f the

wo r lds air thou W imper ishable Hi Being graft non

being as]: that qt highest ; an which .

W EI: 3661: gmzemw fiesta cr

’

t‘

1? !l

finish as a at a amtamas hereafte r: n v u

Fir st o f the Gods,mo st ancient Man Thou ar t,

Sup reme r eceptacle o f all that livesKnowe r and known, the dwe l ling-place o n high

In Thy vast Fo rmthe universe is spr ead. (38)

atThou ;mffi a: fir st God ; 35st: Man ; gum: ancienta thou m (o f ) this ; finger o f wo r ld ; qt highest fimaqtr easure house fa?"knower i f? (thou) art ; to be knownfl and qt highest ; a

‘

and firmdwelling amby Thee ad

sp read finest the univer se w as t: O endless-Formed.

2 14‘ x

'

f \ 0 0

W W W : fumesf \ 0 Am afiamam-

gar 1'xmill 713 356n H§H§a

x A x

gear gqrswamam ll i sThou ar t Vayu and Yama, Agni, mo o n,

Var una,Father , Grandsir e o f all

Hail, hail to Thee ! a tho usand times all hail

Hail unto Thee again,again, all hail (39)

ing: Vayu ; am: Yama ; W : Agni ; m : Var una ;

15mm: 1n0011 ; !TiTWfi : Pr ajapati ; (3'

Thou ; q fqarq'

g: gr eat

grand father ; fl'and ; :W‘ hail ; “ 1 hail

, a to thee ; mg be ;

WW W: thousand times ; gt-f z again a and ; li q : again are

also 7m: hail ar r : hail ’

a' to thee .

as : “ this? W t?!

afit’

sza aa nein Q3mi, 1W aiaifl

'

fiafilw'

112i Helsin'

s artiste mi: ll 8 » 11

Pr o str ate in fr ont o f Thee , p r o str ate behind,

P r o str ate on eve ry side to Thee , 0 All.

In powe r boundless, measur e less in str ength ,

Thou holdest all : then Thou Thyse l f ar t All.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

If jesting,I ir r eve rence showed to Thee ,

At p lay , repo sing, sitting o r atmeals,Alo ne , 0 sinless O ne , o r with my f r iends,Fo rgive my e r r o r , 0 Tho u bo undless O ne . (42 )aq which ; war and ;mmfi= gagrm y é' o t

‘

jesting,f or the sake ; m a: unhonou red ; an? art ; W e ?

maag= 1asfi wmai w mea n time w in play, and,in

bed,and. in seat, and in feast

,and ; (365 : alone m o r 3117:

also ; 37-2 36 0 unl’

allen one ; (fit so in company ; 3 3that ; fi rm (I) p r ay to par don ; ear thee ; 3 3 I

,

b oundl ess,

a (W EISR'

ZIW W 2 $6153"e rasam w ra: I I 33; ll

Fathe r o f wo r lds, o f all thatmo ves and stands,

Wo r thier o f r eve r ence than the Gur u’

s se l f,

The r e is no ne l ike to Thee . Who passeth Thee ?Pr e -eminent Thy powe r in all the wo r lds. (43)mar fathe r ; Erik (thou) ar t ; m o f the wo r ld ;

a i li fiw o f mov ing and unmov ing ; i==i thou ; w of th is ;

{3 21 to b e r e v er enced a and; g5‘ the gur u ; "73amweigh

tie r 3 no t ; swarm-e mmi: o f the, equal ; area 18 ;

[ 2 17 ]

wtafir‘

cfi“

sur passing ; gist: whence an : o ther ; afima‘iin the wo r ld tr ip let ; af t? also ; q

'

q ra:

flea H : un r ival led, might, who se, he ,

Gene rate: affirms $1251stares zntega

’

im’

ieaa 1

1355! gemHaw 8 63:

1321 : fimrnéfe sign 11

The r e fo r e I fal l be fo re Thee ; with my bodyIwo r ship as is fitting b less Tho u me .

As fathe r with the so n, as f r iend with f r iend,

W ith the be lo ved as lo ve r , bear with me . (44)

aeq rq ther ef o r e 5101221 hav ing p r o str ated qfimmhav ing bent ; and body sigmap r op itiate ; Ea? Thee ; m1 ia

’

the Lo r d ; é‘

estg p r aisewo r thy ; fi ér f athe r ; ga l ike33W o f the son agar f r iend ; g? llke Hfigl o f the f r iend ,

Fan: be lo ved ; firm to the lov ed ; 316i? ! shou ldst f li a 0 (30d 3

fires in bear .

3139351 sham?“ sgr

was a 513211316 31 1

riser asite is (as

new; 35131 animus 11

[ 2 1 8 ]

I hav e seen That which no ne hath seen be fo re ,

My hear t is glad, ye t faileth me fo r fe arSho w me , O God,

Thine o the r Fo rmagain,

Me r cy , 0 God o f Gods, home o f all wo r lds. (45)

amfi =gf§ a {é be fo r e , no t

,seen ; affirmglad : Elfin

(I) am; {31 hav ing seen,zfimwith f ear ‘a

‘

and $163"?tdistr essed .m: mind ; If my ; fl that ; Q? e ven ; 31 $0 me ;

“ I“ Show ; 33 O GOd ; m f o lm; ”Eff? be p leased ;“ K

O Lor d o f Gods ;“

amfiarq O wo r ld-dwe l ling,

fi fi '

BETTIE? ! Imam

ans-

smash es“

W mhagfi n es

Diademed,mace and discus in Thy hand,

Again I fain wo uld see Thee as be fo ie

Put o n again Thy fo ur-armed shape

, 0 Lo rd,

0 tho usand-armed,o f fo rms innume r ate . (46 )

c r owned “Fifi mace -b ear ing W = afi gig;

an:’

a discus , in hand,whose , him; m a w ;isb Far Thee ;

ggg to see ; q g‘ I amas (be f o r e) ; Q? e ven ; aw (by) that ;

qr: e v e n {

'

a by f o rm ; w ow(bj ) f Ou r armed . Elm s!

= G€6Ime . ama : tho usand, arms , who se , b e ; we be ;

figfi =fivg{ fi r ama: the univer se , f orm,whose, he .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 220 ]

No r sharp austerity , no r study deep,Can win the vision o f this Fo rmfo r man.

Fo r emo st o f Kur us, thou alo ne hast seen. (48)

a no t : 33mm} at $33a w ait: w by Veda-e,and, by sac r ifices, and, by studies, and =f no t by gif ts

a nomfl and ; fi lm} : by deeds ; f f not : m : by aus

ter ities ; fi t (by) dir e ; Q'

s“ : thus-f o rmed tram: (am)1308 311319 5i f? 1 ; fi 3 =m15173? o f men, in the wor ld ; gig;to see ; eaq f r om(than) thee , m by another : W t

m Witt O f (o r among) the K ur us, f or emost.

mhmma figmfiregr ess

‘

nfirrsw‘

aQ I

walfiz fliflqflk gfl f éé

a3a iim anq u e ; II

Be no t bewilde r ed, be thou no t af raid,

Because tho u hast behe ld this awful Fo rmCast fear away , and let thy hear t r ejo iceB eho ld again M ine own familiar shape .

‘IT thee ; Sat—

n pain ; in not ; a and ;

ef f-

agate:ma: o f the conf used, the condition ; {gt hav ing

seen Gi ft f o rmf art te r r 1ble ii i such in my m this

saa'anfi z = aaixar zfi : 21511 a: depar ted, f ear , whose , he ; ififl flfi'

t

b sfié 3m: ama : satisfied, mind, who se , he gaz again ; 65?

tho u it?! that gar even ; 81my KWf orm; 33 this ; 1mmbeho ld.

22 1 1

ema i l

at as stimuli? 3321.

mammals a sass

13611 5151; dwaghsum11 1

19 11

Sanjaya said

v asudeva, hav ing thus spoken to Ar juna, again

manifested His own Fo rm,and conso led the ter r ified

o ne , the Mahatmaagain assuming a gentle fo rm. (50)

era thu s ; gri t; to Ar juna ; algae : vasudeva ; amthus ; am hav ing own ; K it f o rm; qfiamqshowed ; 3121 : again ; armament conso led ; wand ; wfi the

ter r ified qé’ this (one) , 3168! hav ing become ; gmagain ;

agzm a: gentl e, f orm, whose, he ; trmmahatma.

use : new: ay e 1161: 1111911

Arjuna said

Beho lding again Thy gentle human Form, 0 Jamar

dana, I amnow co llected, and amrestor ed to

nature . (51)

{ 3 1having seen gs

"this ; tugs

"human ; 5 1; f o rm 8 a

thy ; 51738.

gent le i nnit ? O J andrdana ; W ith ;

new Elfi n

(I) am dqa : become ; afim. with mind ; qqsfi to natur e ;

tra: gone.

dinnerware I

ggérh'

fi'

i'

6151 team’

s

3511 3101181 saw seq stream: 1111 7111

The B le ssed Lo rd said :

This Fo rmo f M ine beho lden by thee is v e ry hard

to see . Ve r ily the Gods eve r long to beho ld this Fo rm.

(52 )

ggem'

l v e r y har d to see ; {it this ; 8 57 f o rm; ma

(o ne who ) has seen ; sxFa (tho u ) ar t ; 11 h ich : mf my ;

gar : Gods 81 17: als o ; am (o f ) th is ; K ‘WH o f f o rm fired

always ; afrqafiifigur z -z gfifir afiia'

fi gfa'

, v ision , (they) desir e ,

thu

as 335

1 1111111 11 1 12m11 31521111 I0‘ A f \ S

$1311 261161111 are gamma 111 11111 1111 1 11i fN o r can I be seen as tho u hast Seen Me by the

Vedas, no r by auste r ities, no r by alms,no r by o f fe r ings

(53)

11 not I f a}: by the Vedas ; 11 not ; “ H! by aus’

.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 2 24 ]

a: who ; a: he ; atto me qfi goes ; qiga O Pandava.

fiw sfiaro ffi’a’fi qsfiflfifi aifim rswmThus in the glor ious BHAGAVAD elfwenth discour se. entitled,

THE YOGA O F THE VISlON OF THE UN IVERSAL FQRM.

[ 2 25 ]

TWELFTH Discouass.

fi m fi sm sésmé l11 1 111 1111111611w 11111 5 9 11

Arjuna said

Those devo tees who ever harmonised wo r ship Thee,and tho se also who wo r ship the Indestr uctib le , the

Unmanifested, whether o f these is the mo r e learned in

yoga ( I)

1121 thus ; 51111131 111: ev er -balanced 3; who ; m : devo

tees ; a“

? Thee ; fighxmfif wo r ship ; 3 who a and ; agfi also ;mi l the undecaying ; was; the unmanif ested ; am.oi these 5 3; who m : yoga-lear ned-most.

W ea l

W W II11 31 136111151 W il l

m achine'

s 3151111 11111: 11 1 11

The B lessed Lo rd said

They who with mind fixed on Me,ever harmonised

wor ship Me,with faith supr eme endowed, these in My

opinion,ar e best in yoga. (2 )

qfi mme m having fixed ; mt: the mind; a who ; qime ; firm ever -balanced; 3 11m? wo r ship m with

IS

[ 2 26 ]

f aith W (with) supreme ; 33m: endowed ; 3 these 3 of me ;36 mm: harmonised-best qar: thought.

1151111 111i1=111i 1 1w as 1511111, 111 11They who wo rship the Indestr uctible , the Inefi

'

able ,

the Unmanifested, Omnipr esent and Unthinkable , the

Unchanging, Immutab le , Ete rnal , (3)

31 who ; g indeed ; exert the undecaying q fifiigrj the 11nd

definable ; W the unmanifested ; 11331333 Wo r ship ;

es'

e r°

y'

-wlier e-going ; fi fi unthinkable ; “q and ; 153 i r OCk-4

seated ma immovable gé firm.

1111 1111 1 1 11 11511mas s: 111 Burg

—fi fe 1111111 1151151111 1111: 11 a llRestraining and subduing the senses, r egarding

everytlnng equal ly , in the we l far e o f all r ejo icing, thesealso come unto M e . (4)mam having restr ained ; mamfi = §m 1 arfi o f the

senses the aggr egate ; {fiat everywher e : mm: = q q1'm

emf a equal , under standing, whose , they they mtga’

fir o b

min ; 111 me ; 111 even ; Hiaafs'

fifl fima 11111111 11 1111 (0)all

,o f be ings, in wel far e ; ran: r ejo icer s.

§fi1sfi1171111h111111111s1111ss1111111 1

31111151 1? 111’

11éz1é1 11111 11111 1 11 11 11

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 2 28 ]

fr omthe ocean ; wan? become a not ;m f r omlong WO Par tha ; 1113 inme mm := gfim“33 3

r

am-

a“ fixed, mind, whose, of them.

fimfiwfi awaws wé s évm11411P lacemymind in Me

,into Me let thy Reason ente r ;

then witho ut doub t thou shalt abide in Me hereaf te r .

(8)q r

'

ainme ; uneven ; the mind; m place ; nain me gr? the r eason Elam cause to enter ; M me;(thou) shalt dwell ; mi in me 1111 even

,era: hence ; fl

above (afte rwards) ; q uot ; Giana: doubt

mfinma nfifi afi fimfi lwarsfifia 1111) 11nillwfl

tfiW ll 3 llBut if thou ar t not able firmly to fix thy mind on

Me,then by the yoga o f practice seek to reach Me , 0

Dhananjaya. (9)

w now ; fiqfi themind ;m mfix ; a not ; q fi fi r

canst tn? in me ; fifl'

fl l firmly ; 1mm =w m i fiwo f p ractice, by the yoga ; aaz then qj me ; {35 wish ;m to

obtain ;16151311! 0 Dhananjaya.

1 1 29 1

IIalso thou art not equal to constant p ractice, be in

tent ou My ser vice pe r fo rming actions fo r My sake ,thou shalt attain per fection. ( 10)

emf-[a in p r actice ; 31W also ; stem}: not Capable SUE

(thou) ar t ; 311 13115111 11: 1111 $ 151113?ma (1 :my, wo rk, supr emewhose, he ; an be ; “ if for my sake ; in? also ; mfiactions ; w doing f

‘

qfi per fection ; M (thou) shaltobtain.

sf; 1151111112111: 11 11 11 3 11 11 1111: $5 1111111111111 119911

If even to do this thou hast no t strength ,then tak ing

refuge in unionwith Me , r enounce all f r uit o f action,with

the se l f contr o l led. ( II)

am now ; on this ; arfi also ; en t-115: not able ; 311i;(thou) art ; 53 to do ; w71i ==m{flit my yoga ; 311m:

r efused (in) ; s imfiwamrfi fi fism315ml 11111111 11111 (o f)all

,o f actions, of f ruit, renunciation aaz then 55act ; 25mm

=afl’

: 3111111 amHi contr olled,sel f

,whose, he.

321131 is11111111 1111111111=11se 1=lsaws l

W wem amweififim11a1 11

Better indeed is wisdom than constant practice ;than wisdommeditation is be tter : than meditationr enunciation o f the f ruit o f action ; on r enunciatio n

fo llows peace. ( 1 2 )

[ 230 ]

15a: better ; fit indeed 31131 wisdom mung than ‘

pr ae.

tice “

5 t than wisdom semi meditation f‘

afi rsu’

r-‘

r excels11 1111111 than meditation ; wm uw afimi 11111111 111111 : o f

action,o f f r uit, r enunciation a rm'

i f r om r enunciation suffer

peace 3117

1511 11 immediately.

11531111111 i111:55607 111 1 1 I

fi fnfi fi téam: 11113 1111311 : W1 11 3 31 11

He who hear eth no ill-wil l to any being,f r iendl y and

compassio nate,witho ut attachment and ego ism,

balancedin pleasure and pain,

and fo rgiv ing, ( 1 3)afte r not hating $6111q o f all creatur es int: f riendlymay: mer c if ul Q? e v en ; fl and fif th : w ithout-mine

(ness) ; firtg'

amt : without egoism; gq ag'

grg : = q§gzre'

; a Wa am51: equal , so r r ow, and, joy, and, whose, he ef tfi

' fo r e

giveness- tu l l ,

0 “x h A

age : 111111111111 111111111 scream: I

N x A x s x A

112 1111 6 1111131311 H G If 15111:"98"

Eve r content, harmo nio us, with the se l f contr o l led,r eso lute , with mind and Reason dedicated to M e

,he , My

devo tee , is clear to Me. ( 14)

(1512 : contented ; Had always zi‘

rtfi yogi ; aarémsel f-1contr o lled m : = gaz Fatwa: ama: fi rm, reso lve , whose ,he ; mafiafi rsfie z sfi 111 11111 1 11 : waft"111 11111 11: in me ,ofi er ed up ,mind, and, r eason, and, whose , he a: who 31 my11155; dQVOtee ; 13: he

T1 o f (to)me ; 17m; dear

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

He who neither lo veth no r hateth, no r gr ie veth , nor

desir eth ,r enouncing good and evil , ful l o f devotion,

he is

dear to Me .( 17)

a: who ; a not gear? r ej oiceth fl’not i t? hates 11

not ;W e; gr ieves11 not m1i desir es 13m m

=m q m a qfimtfi' o f good, and, o f evil , and, the

r enouncer ufi-‘mmdevout ; a: who ; a: he ;

‘

ii to me ; {fig

dear .

1111: wait 1 1 $111 1 1 11111 1111111 111111i1z i

sfifimgergiag1111: éflfi‘

flfia: 11 3c 11

Alike to foe and f r iend, and also in fame and igno

miny , al ike in co ld and heat, pleasures and pains, desti

tute o f attachment, ( 1 8)

cm; equal £ 113) (to) in the enemy 161 and fair (to) in the

f r iend ; a'

and ; amalso ; mm : : m a W i in

f ame , and, in ignominy, and ; {i'

lfimwgagzé g z fi'

fi=q

'

gear

a gig a gzé' 1a in cold

,and, in heat

,and

,in p leasur e, and

,

in pain, and an: equal “ W amm fiafi a: f rom

attachment, f reed.

311111 11111 1 1 W 1

W 6 :WW WTaking equal ly praise and r epr oach, silent, who l ly

[ 233 1

Content with what Cometh, homeless, firminmind, fullo f devotion, thatman is dear to Me. ( 19)

m 3: s af e fi rst a 13111 111 11111 11 equal,blame , and, p raise, and, whose, he upf i silent , E138 3 content

ed awmafi awith anything W 313 : home less w :

flint fi t are ! a: firm,mind, whose, he ‘m devout‘

q of

(to)me ma: dear , atat z theman.

51 1; W aste? 111131113“

1511 111111 1111111111 1115111155111 11 111 11 11 1 11They ver ily who par take o f this l ife -

giving wisdomas taught herein, endued with faith, I their SupremeO bject, devotees, they are surpassingly dear to Me .

20 )

i who g indeed w hine ; and'fl 1m811 1? Q r ighteous,

and, that (same) , nectar , and amas fl said ; qfiqmfi wor a

ship W t: faith-endowed 111W : (bel ieving in) me

(as) the Supreme ; W : devotees it they 3113 very {1 as

if o f (to) me fin": dear .

1111M or e 1111111111 11111 1115115111111: 1

Thus in the glorious Bnaoavan twelf th discour se entitledTHE YOGA OF DEVOTION.

I 2 34 l

THIRTEENTH D ISCOURSE.

311351 sane

W e 3161 %1e 2151 1151113131 1 1 1

Quar'

igfire en

'

fi andas a $1161 ll1

Ar juna said

Matte r and Spir it, also the Field and the Knower o fthe Fie ld, Wisdomand that which ought to be known

,

these I fain wo uld lear n, O K eshava.

matter ; g et sp ir it ; a and ; qq even ; as? the field3 513 the knowe r o f the field ; q‘

q even ; % r and ; q’

aq this ;

3133“ to know ; 3m}? (I) Wish ; an? knowledge i ii”whatshould be known a and 5311 13 0 K eshava.

ai‘mnareann I

{1 uni fine {sw am31 1

11 111 21121 1mg: 515111 11'

s flies: 9 11

The B lessed Lo rd said

This body ,so n o f Kunti, is cal led the Fie ld that

which knoweth it is cal led the Knower o f the Fie ld by

the Sages. I

ge"this ; {rfit body ; afifii a O K aunteya ; the f ie ld ;

gr’

fi thus a fmfl'afi is called ; qaq this ; a: who ; Efa knowsthat ;mg: (they) cal l $513 : the knower o f the f ield {fa

thus alga: the knower s o f that.

1 This ver se is omitted inmany editions.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

ssgméfis a: 11 9 11Rishis have sung in manifo ldways, inmany various

chants, and in decisive B rahma-sutra wo rds, full o f rea~

sonings. (4)by Bahia : 13111 inmanyWays : 11111 sung: 551111:

bymetr es ; fi fi q : ( by ) var ious in? sever al ly ; W fi :

by Brahma-sdtra—words a‘and ; q

‘a even ;m : by f ull

o f reason ; fi firfii 1 by ) ascer tained.

esteem-

51 111w as 11 1

1151 111161 sira‘

s“

a 611“

11111 1111 1 : 11 1s 11The great Elements, Individuality , Reason and also

the Unmanifested, the ten senses, and the one, and the

five pastures o f the senses ; (S)

W =fi€lfia131111131 the great elements ;m : indivi

duality ; gfi : r eason ; arena? the Unmanifested ; in even ; fl‘

and ;W the senses ; air ten ; qai'

one ; q and ; (f it five ; 1

and ;maths-fi nz éfi‘

arvtrq W mo f the senses, the pastures ;

m1 2151: 33111 1111111231111 and: 1

was 1 1111 W 11a 11

Desire , ave rsion, pleasur e , pain,combination,1 intel

ligence ,firmness

, these , b r iefly descr ibed, constitute the

Fie ld and itsmodifications.

1 The body.

[ 237 ]

(m desir e ; h : hate ; gmp leasur e , g:a“

pain ; 11m:

aggr egation ; flaw: intel ligence Elfi i firmness, {1111 this at

fie ld ;m with br evity m with modification ; 31]5171 is said

Humility , unpr etentio usness, harmlessness, r ectitude,ser vice o f the teacher , pur ity, steadfastness, se l f -co ntr o l ,

(7 )

gunfi re unbanghtiness ; safari unpr etentiousness ; affix“

harmlessness ; fl ifit f orgiveness ; awl r ectitude ; mpg-raft"fl =m m i o f the teacher , ser v ice ; fi

‘

r q'

pur ity ;

fad steadfastness ; W ag: self-contr o l ;

m emqsnswlt 111 11 1

Indiffer ence to the objects o f the senses, and alsoabsence o f egoism,

insight into the pain and evil o f bir th,death, old age and sickness, (8)

w dispasswn ; m : non-egoism; qa ev en ; a and ;

w513 : watt s? sums

‘

exri gzm “itm ar in ade bir th, and, death , and, 014888 ,and, sicknesses, and, of them, o f the pain, o f the evil the

seeing,

as 11 nefanemw fia‘mmsUnattachment, absence o f sel f-identification with

son,wife o r home , and constant balance o f mind

'

in

wished- fo r and unwished- fo r events , (19

31 1 1515 : unattachment ; 311 12165111: nons self o identi:

fication W M rfej é $2313"fi

'

fifig Ifiga‘among sons, and

among wiv es, and; among houses, and ; file? Co nstant ; i t

and ; 111115115 11 equal-mindedness ; smfi i rswfwg=1emi e81151811 1 a aq

’

qffl g o f desired; and, of undesir ed, in the

befallings.

11131 1 1111 1 311511 wrist-6111311 111011 111 1 a 11

Unflinching devo tion to Me by yoga, withouto ther object, reso r t to sequester ed places, absence of

enjoyment in the company o f men. Io

111371 in Me ;“a and ; was? ari a-a w yoga, without

another ( object ) ; 111 devotion ; y‘

affi'

a‘mvfic-unstr aying ;

ra fiflasne rr é = fi a=sex 111111 11111111 ( if ) lovely, o f p laces,1 e ;sor t Su fi : ab sence o f pleasur e ; alfi : non-

p leasur e a1 s

11 1 111113 =31=n=1i é fl fi Of men, in the cr owd,

ai rmaiwmfiae W ard-111 1

W inter'

s 3111151111151 1116151 11111 11 33 11

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 240 1

1 1111 1 11311 11 1 11mm e m! Q W W W W I‘Q’“

hands,and, feet, and, whose , that , fl that ; Haitimm :

(is?! stai rs: 1 1 1111111 w genfiiw 1 111 111 ev erywhe r e, eyes.

and,heads, and, mouths, and, whose, that ; gig : everywher e

possessing ear s ; 5313-7 in the wor ld ; di al] ;W having

enveloped ;m sits .

0 x1 11115 31

61111111; 1 1 11as 11Shining with all sense - faculties without any senses

unattached suppo r ting everything and free fromqualities enjoying qualities.

of ) all, of senses, in the qualities , the sp lendour , whose , that ;W hy all, by senses

,aban

doned unattached ; amz a’i fi wfif {13 1111

,suppo r ts,

thus i f and ; Q? even' fi fiw without qualities M g

1 0111 1N of qualities, the enjoying ; a and.

gymnasts33s?was e 6111 111 111W ithout and withinall beings, immovable and also

movable ; by reason o f His subtlety imper ceptible ; athand and far away is THAT. 15

( fi t outside 1311: inside wand

,m o f beingsW immovable ; atmovab le , qa even; a and ; m mf r omsub

tlety fi fatthat ; new unknowable ,m={1 1311 111111 in

l'

241

( all ) distance , stands,this ; q and ;m near ; wand;

amthat,

wfiars e fidgfiawfia n fiaaa 1

a fi fi amam'aiwga uti uN o t div ided amid be ings , and y e t seateddistr ibutive

ly THAT is to be known as the suppo r ter o f beings ;He dev o ur s and He generate s. 16

m undiv ided a and ; gag 1n beings

div ided {a like ; wand ; fizmq seated ; M = qarcfi 1116 o f

beings, the suppo r te r ;'er and ; aq that ; fin to be known ;

ab so r bing 3721171 811; p r e vail ing ; a and.

fi rfismfi 1 331111 1 11111 :w e'

d 1

sfi sfim ds e‘

iw Masq ues"THAT,

the Light o f all l ights, is said to be beyonddarkness ; W isdom,

the o bj ect o f W isdom, by W isdomto be r eached, seated in the hear ts o f all. 17 )

si i191m o f l ights ; w? also ; fl That ; azfifi : light ;awe : f r omdarkness ; qt beyond ; 3 2 2111 is called ; ant i knowledge ; $11 that which is to b e known W z gfi q

by knowledge, to be r eached ; 312 in the hear t ; aimo f all ;

W eeated.

sfi iisi aanmfi fifi afi'

emnd z l '

wasesteemmadman11 941116

[ 242 ]

Thus the Fie ld,Wisdomand the O bject o f Wisdom,

have been b r iefly to ld. My devotee , thus knowing,

enter s into My Being. 1 8 )

:fif thus ;‘

fiei the Fie ld ; amalso ; 317i wisdom inthat which is to be known fl and ; said m a: b r ieflyam = 8iq'm:my devo tee ;mthis flaw hav ing known ;w = flfl W ( to ) my, tO being , mat} app r oaches.

Know thou that Matte r and Spir it ar e bo th withoutbeginning ; and know tho u also thatmodifications and

qual ities ar e all Matte r -bo rn. 19 )

$151? matter gmsp ir it ; fl”and qa even fi r

"? know

W a' beginn ingless ; fi both ; q fi also ;m modifica.

tions q and m qual itie s q and; on even ; fi fi know ;m : m;m an? afi f r ommatter , o r igin , whose,

them.

memfi é ég:W ?! I

N ewsletter“7356 63same 11 ao 11

Matte r is cal led the cause o f the ge ne ration'

o f

causes and e ff ects ; Spir it is cal led the cause o f the

enjo yment o f pleasu r e and pain. 20 )

m ania maximflWW Q v o f acts, and,

of causes, a t1u ,

'

1n the cr eativ eness ; 25: the cause m:

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 244 ]

mienariafi isfi aamiisfimae 11a; 11He who thus knowe th Spir it and Matte r with its

qualities, in whatsoe ver conditio n he may be,he shal l

no t be bo r n again. ( 2 3 )

a: who ; ta"

thus Fifi knows ; get sp ir it qgfi ; matter ;fi end ; fi : with q ualities ; Hg with ; Hal?"in allwaysafima: existing ; isn

'

t? also ; a no t ; a: he ; 33 : again

mhmafi is bo r n.

0 A \ r \

W e? were 615W 1

M afi afiifiaefififimmfiSome by meditatio n b eho ld the SELF in the se l f

by the SELF o the r s by the Sankhya Yoga, and o ther s

by the Yoga of Actio n ( 24min by meditation ; g ran? in the self ; qvfif

‘

a'

see ;

fif’aq some ; man-r i the Sel f ; erran t by the Se l f ; Wothe r s ; Elfin? ( by ) the Séifikhya ; af rfifl by Yoga ;

af t ]? o f actio n,by the Y oga ; fl and ; wit o ther s.

W 3; W :W same 1esh atheists atg

’

gfifatmmtz 11Q'x11O the r s also ,

igno r ant o f this, having heard o f it

f r om o ther s , wo r ship ; and these also c r o ss beyo nddeath,

adhe r ing to what they had heard. 2 5

o the r s ; 3 indeed ; qa’

this ; W at no t knowing ;

[ 245 ]

green having hear d ; fl ew: f r om o thers ; W 8 ? wmshipf qthey ; gfi also ; a and ; maana c r oss o ve r ; qq e ven ;‘RS death ; TI 3M ? ! W ill i} scripture,highest, r ef uge, whose, they.

anaemia fisfilraeimarsh es 1

W W W stasis 11 as 11

Whatsoe ve r cr eatur e is b o r n, immob ile o r mo b ile ,know tho u, 0 b est o f the Bharatas, that it is f r omthe

unio n between the Fie ld and the Knowe r o f the F 1e ld.

26 )

ma: whatso e ve r ; Giana?“ is b o r n ; fiif'

fl q any ; HEQ’

being Eurfl fi'

fl fl : W fi i fl j m a unmo v in g,and,mo ving,

and fiafiaaé fimm= Qatar er fies ta =ar azimu o f the f ield,

and, o f the field-knower , and, f r om the union ; ail that Fi fi

know Wtfl‘

fll'fl 0 b est o f the Bharatas .

as 833 33151, areaaffirm 1

W affl e-aidZ 1:w ea crawls 11w 11

Seated equal ly in all beings, the sup reme Lo rd,

unpe r ishing within the pe r ishing— he who thus seeth ,he

see th .27 )

EU?! equal ; ( in ) all ;min beings ; faé é seated ;

v ipers], the highest Lo rd ; fi qqaag among the per ishing ;

M the unpe r ish ing a: who ; qmfii sees ; 8 : he ;

m sees .

1 246 1

mimfis 8531mafiaafi‘

watq l

afeaemmmssemriafilsriaatlrfi a1191411Seeing indeed eve rywhere the same Lo rd equal ly

dwe l ling,he do th no t destr o y the SELF by the se l f

,

and thus treadeth the highe st Path . ( 2 8 )

31 1i equal ; qm seeing ; (a; indeed ; Hi st ever ywher e ;

M mq equal ly dwe l ling ; é’m lo rd ; a no t ;m slays ;mm: by the se lf ; mam? the Se l f ; 3 3 : then ; an? goes ;

1rd the highest ; “fit path,

again a saifii ages : 1

z1:midamzmaafiaii aW ife 11 i s 11

He who see th that P r ak r iti ver ily pe r io rmeth all

actio ns,and that the SELF is actio nless , he seeth. ( 29 )

m by matte r Q'

a even a and ; afiqifit actions ;mm i?! ( the ) be ing p e 1 fo rmed ; G

’é fl t everywhe 1e ; a: who ;

“ amse es ; amso ; W the Se l f ; w aft ac tionless ;8 3 he “ are; se es .

fifiqw fi w gwsfi 1

as as afine das useless 11 31 11

When he pe r ce iv e th the dive r sified existence o f

be ings as r o o ted in O ne, and sp r eading fo r th f r om it,

then he r eache th the ETERN AL. ( 30 )

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 248 ]

wash ers-

sim mer “ ? 11

As the o ne sun illumine th the who le ear th ,so the

Lo rd o f the Fie ld illumine th the who le Field,( 1 Bhar ata.

( 33 )

am as ; m ar? illuminates ; gen: one ; m the

who le ; wo r ld ; {a this ; ( IQ : sun Q? the fie ld ; Q!“the

i

field-o wne r ; amso ; W the who le ; mm illuminate s an?! O Bhar ata .

They who by the e v e o f W i sdom pe r ce iv e this

diff e r ence be tween the Fi e ld and the Knowe r o f the

Fie ld,and the l ibe r atio n o f b e ings f r om Matte r

,they

go to the Sup r eme . 34)

W i th“

awn s imm e rs the fie ld,and

, o f

the fie ld knower,and ; qa t h us ; amdistinction 57am

=m W o f knowledge , by the eye ; W 313 :

133mm : w o f be ings, f r ommatter , the hbe r at ion ; fl

and ;‘

a who ; fig: know ; mfi they ; vi to the

highest.

if? filmqfilar o fiaifissfimn

'

finh amW h eaten

Thus in the glo r ious BHAGAVAD-Gi rA . . the thir teenth discourse ,

entitledTHEm a O F THE DisTlNCTlON BETWEEN THE FIELD AND THE

KNOWER OF THE FIELD.

[ 249 ]

FO URTEENTH D rscouus s .

at as : Swan'ssnsmim 1

813316 11 113 11 :mmifimfimnm11 9 11

The B lessed Lo rd said

I wil l again p r o c laim that supr eme W isdom,o f

all wisdomthe best, which all the Sages hav ing knownhave go ne hence to the sup r eme Per fe ction. 1

qt highest ; mgr : again ; new”? ( 1 ) will declar e mo f wisdoms ; 315; the wisdom; m be“

,af[ wh1ch are !

hav ing known m: man ia iqe : ;1ll 11111"( to the ) highest

fé fé to pe r fec tion {an h e nce flat: gone .

0 A Q

as q wfilé l 11am ust: 1N A 0 \ 'x 0

11mmenema ass =1 Bean's a 1la11

Hav ing taken r e fuge in this Wisdomand be ingassimilated to My own natur e

,they ar e no t r e-bomeven

in the emanation o f a univer se , no r are disquieted in

the disso lution. 2

gt this ; an? wisdom; M ela having taken r e fuge in ;

w my ; W ( to ) similar ity o f

aff in emanation ; af t? also ; a not ; m mare bor n ; 2683

in disso lution a not ; aazifa' su ffer i t and.

$111 amass: aimm‘

i saw

[ 250 ]

éaaz afifiafl i efi mfi m ni u

My womb is the gr eat ETERNAL ; in that I placethe germ; thence cometh the bir th o f all beings, OBharata. 3

‘W my 3 i lfi womb ; W the great Br ahman ; amin this ; It; the germ; r em?! p lace ; 316 I ; fine : the b ir th ;3 51616 17111 o f all beings ; ea: thence ; m1? becomes ;m0 Blifivata.

O R A

8 3111113351316121 31581: éfl éifi all: I

mar 316: agitate! simzfiai 11a 11

In whatsoev e r womb s mo r tal s ar e p r oduced. 0

K aunteya, the ETERNAL is the ir mighty womb , 1 their

gene rating fathe r . (4)Hafirfi g= swig filfi g ( in ) all, in wombs ; fi g 0 Kaun

a s i de fo rms ; Fl‘fi fii fl 'e hom at : wh ich ; mq i o f these

I;a

B r ahman ; 11mm; flgafi m the gr eat womb “ I

,

“W :=afi i'm a gfi ,

the seed,

Fr

giv es, thus ; fimiathe r .

«eei 13116131 sit? (1011: salami“: 11

namem1a; sem en-

1 11a 11

Harmo ny Mo o 1lity ,lne r 1ia , such ar e the qual ities,

M atte r -bo rn they bind fas t in the body,0 gr eat

-armedone ,

the indestructib le dwe l le r in the body . 5

{Rd r hythm( o r harmony ) ; ( a : mobil ity ; an: iner tia

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 252 ]

fi a'

o K aunte ya ; fi é‘

fia z aih : Giff ? o f action, by the

attachment 2127-1 the embodied.

Gammafife: fired Renew It“

m amW 3 11 11

B ut Ine r tia, know tho u

, bo r n o f unwisdom,is the

de luder o f all dwe l le r s in the b ody ; that bindeth byheedle ssness, indo lence and slo th

,O Bhar ata. 8 )

an: ine r tia ; g indeed ; umfi z mm m f r omigno r ance , bo r n ; Fifi: know ; {11371 the cause r , o f delusion ;

“

afg-

ai ( o f ) all, o f embodied ; W Wfl fi

' =W l§3 3 ! W i gs“? a ffi rm? by h eedle ssness and, by

indo lence , and, by slo th,and ; aq that ; (imam? b inds ; ma

0 Bhfii 'ata.

mat 133w e (a: withma 1anemia3 an: éamga 11a11

Harmo ny attache th to b l iss,Mob il ity to actio n, 0

Bhar ata. Ine r tia,ve r ily hav ing sh r o uded wisdom

,at

tacheth on the contrary to heedlessness . ( 9 )

(mi harmony ; g% in p leasu r e ; fiaafi attacheth (a :

mob il ity 3amifit in action mm0 Bharata ; a1a“ wisdom; Whaving enveIOped : g 111d am: iner tia an]? in heedlessness my? attaches mbut.

W fl fi flq as; safemm1

[ 253 ]

raz eé aafiaaq zazai tatam113 o 11N o w Harmo nyp r evaileth,hav ingo ve r powe red Mob

ility and Ine rtia, O Bharata, N ow Mobil ity , hav ing o ve r

powe r ed Harmony and Ine r tia and now Ine r tia,hav ing

o ver power ed Harmony and Mo b il ity . Io )

{a t mobility ; am: iner tia ; a and a rm having ov er po

wer ed Heir harmony ; wafi becomes ; ma 0 Bhar ata ; (a

mobility ; q é harmony ; an: ine r tia ; a and ; Q! even ;“

(Vi

iner tia ; at? harmo ny ( 31: mobility; at”also .

Himig ii

ssfiamammama13 151 31st

“

(Ti lfiau'

aqi Wh

fl igfi 119 9 11

When the wisdom- l ight str eameth fo r th f r om all

the gates o f the body,then it may be known that

Harmony is inc r easing. I I

Gami g z zfag ( fig ( in ) all, in gates E3 in the bodysumin this ; mm light ; m amis bo rn amwisdom

amwhen an then, fiarq let ( him know fi g; incr eased

are": harmony gmthus ; as: indeed.

65m: aqfi tm: afivnqaq : PEI 1

radians was tage stasis 11 SR 11

G r eed, o utgo ing ene rgy , under taking o f actio ns,

r estlessness, desire—these ar e bo rn o f the increase o f

Mo bility , 0 best o f the Bharatas.1 2

[ 2 54 ]

Tam: greed srqfi'

f : f o r thgo ing ; min: beginn ing ; mmo f actions ; W : unpeacefu lness ;mt desir e ; (fi fe in (the

state o f ) mo bil ity qa'

rfi these anti? ar e bo r n fig? ( in

having become ) incr eased ; W 0 best o f the Bharatas.

K

arm ssrma 3mmfirsE51 a 1A 0

alman‘aamfi at-

35W 11as11Dar kness, stagnation and heedlessness and also

de lusion— these are bo rn o f the incr ease o f Ine r tia, 0

j oy o f the Kur us. 1 3 )

am : dar kness ; q qqfi-t: non-fo r thgoing fl and1m

heedlessness ; fi’rg: delusion get even , a’and ;m in ( the

state o f ) iner tia ; Q'

a'

rfit these ; aria ar e bo rn ; fig; ( in

having become ) incr eased g m 0 r ej o icer o f the Ku r us .

w aé aqé gae zi qfi‘

a 25113 1

air-await sham an11 99 11If Harmo ny ve r ily pr evaileth when the embodied

go eth to disso lutio n ,then he go eth fo r th to the spo tless

wo r lds o f the gr eat Sages. 14)an: when ; 33 15: in ( the state o f ) harmony ; “ ( in having

become incr eased g indeed ; mixto disso lutio n an? goes ;

« up ; the suppor ter o f a body ; W then ; W qfim=mW a i l?mm the ( they ) kno w,

thus, o f themm to

the wo r lds ; Q ?“ o f the spo tless ; qfiqqafi goes

tafis aefina lmmgmm

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 256 ]

m f r omharmony ; W is bo r n 3mwisdom mf r ommo b il ity fl i rt! greed Q! even fl and ; M ft z ma :fig: a heedlessness, and, de lusion , and ; m : f r om ine r tia ;

any : ( two ) become ; W ignow nce Q3 e ven a“

and.

swi rl-

11161 116 11211 $1231ass 1131111: 1

W mmah flsefimam: 1116 11They r ise upwards

i

who are settled in Harmony ;the Active dwe l l in the midmo st place ; the Ine r t

go downwards, enve lo ped in the v ilest qual ities. 1 8

W7} upwards ; “ 3 3 17? go ; W == Q'

é Ewart: in har

mony, seated ; qfi in the midst , figfi ; stand ; tri m: the

lowest, o f the guns , in the mode , seated ; in] : downwards

« 35 13 go ; mm: the iner t.

0 Q 0

am11m: 6156111 W WW 1x 0 A 0 A

llama £11 6113 msmsmfi efi 119a,"

When the See r pe r ce iveth no agent othe r than the

qual ities, and knowe th THAT which is highe r than the

qual itie s, he ente reth into My natur e . 19

31 not ; an} other ; 136141: than the qual ities ; mixthedoer ; amwhen ;m the See r ; m 1? sees ; fi t: than

the qual ities a and ; a‘

i the highes t ; 3mknows 113 127 : q

an my, to being G1 : has asthm agoes.

W anda sea338W

3 13 111633 113 Strange 11 so 11

When the dwelle r in the body hath cr ossed o ver

these thr ee qualities, whence all bodies have beenpr oduced, l ibe r ated f r om b irth

,death

, o ld age'

and

so r r ow,he dr inketh the nectar o f immo r tal ity . 20 )

gotta the qualities ; ma these ; suflmhaving cr ossed

beyond ; tih thr ee f ifi the embodied am :

w m f r om the body, the o r igin, o f whom,them; an“

m:az=w z=sr qrfi : s

q 5mm: fl gaz o f bir th, and, o f

death, and, o f old age , and, by ( f r om) so r r ows ; fig“ : f r eed

W t! immor tality was enjOYS

Ar juna said

What ar e the mar ks o f himwho hath cr o ssed ove r

the th r ee qualit ie s, 0 Lo rd How acteth he ,and

ho w do th he go beyond these three qual ities ? 2 1

a“

: ( by ) what ; Para: by mar ks; thr ee gunl qualities ; (an them; um"

ble ssed ; “ abecomes ; m0 lo rd ;

m : what-conduct ;m how ; 1’

and ; W 1 these ;

three ; “ 1 qualities ; W e? goch beyond.

17

The B lessed Lo rd said

H e, 0 Pandava, who hateth no t radiance

,no r

o utgo ing ene rgy , no r even de lusio n, when p r esent, no tlongeth afte r them, absent 2 2

m light ; a and ; qfi f o r thgoing ; i t and ; xiii

delusion ; q ! even ; i t and ; wig“

! O Pendava ; a not ;mhate s ; W ar ( when ) gone fo rth a not firm ( when )r eturned m l? ! desires.

sadism adrift=1 tame r-21 I

gonadasaai iwftfsfi fins 11a; 11 .

He who,seated as a neutr al

,is unshaken by the

qualities who saying :“ The qual ities r evo lve ,”standeth

apar t, immo vab le , 2 3

7 31mm l ike the neutr al mdh : seated fiat: by the qua

lities a: who a no t M ia shaken gun: the qualitiesfi fi’ move ; {Fer thus ; qq ev en ; a: who ; m stands

away 11 no t in? mov es.

mgzsgs : we t:W W : 1

W WRW W : 111 911

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

And he who se r veth Me exclusive ly by the yogao f devo tio n, he , cr o ssing beyond the qual ities, he is fitto become the ETERNAL . 26 )

Hi me ; “5? and ; a: who , W Without-straying;w fima W e": arfia o f dev o tion, by the yoga ; 8 15i

ser ves ; a : he ; gotta the qual ities mafia having cr o ssed

ov er gang these magma slaw: z1amo f B r ahman,fo r

the becoming answer is fi t.

Fo r d amthe abode o f the ETERNAL , and o f the

indestr uctible nectar of immo r tal ity, o f immerno r ialr ighteousness, and o f unending b l iss. 27

agar : o f B r ahman ; [E indeed; qfirgr abode ; 813’ I

m o f nectar ; m ( o f ) inexhaustible ; q and ;

M a ( o f ) ev er lasting ; fl and ; tr imo f duty ; gmof p leasur e ,W o f the uttermost ; “

if and

if? W flfimo {maqmmurrfi amagfi szqfq :

Thus in the glor ious BHAGM An Giu the f our teenth discourse.

entitled :

THE YOGA O F SEPARATIO N FROM THE THREE QUAL ITI ES .

[ 26 1 1

FIFTEENTH D iscounss .

filmfirfl'

glfi I

antennae} sngtazmq 1

amwfifi {Rdis e asfiu 3 11

The B lessed Lo rd said

With r o o ts abo ve , b r anches be low,the Ashvattha is

said to be indestruc tible the leaves o f it are hymns ;he who kno weth it is a Veda-knowe r . r

abé qal = 3§63 3IGV W amabov e,the r oot

, whose , it ;

mm: am 31 be low, b ranches, Whose , it

313W the ashvattlia ; mg : ( they ) call amaq indestructible ; m hymns ; area o f which ; quit? the leaves ; a:who ; “ that ; Eq knows ; H3 he

,mi‘l Veda-knower .

31518117? HEW ? ! mengums

-

e r fascism: 1

was W W

min i? “

11 2 11

Downwards and upwards sp r ead the b ranches o f it,

nour ished by the qualities ; the objects of the senses

its buds ; and its r oo ts gr ow downwards, the bonds o f

action in the wo rld ofmen. ( 2

[ 2 6 2 ]

w : be low ; e r and ; are? abo ve ; agar: sp r ead ; m o f

that ; m : the b r anches, m u=gazm : by the qua

lities,nour ished ; W ar:= fa

‘w :mar : amt at: obj ects

o f the senses , sp r outs ,whose

,they m: b e low 1 5! and W

the r oots ; grassed? r amified ; M =mfim z ifi

m action, the bond, whose, they ; fi fl i fi =w afiflof men

,in the wor ld.

No r he r e may be acqu ir ed knowledge o f its fo rm,

no r its end, no r its o r igin,no r its r o o ting p lace , this

strongly - r o o ted Ashvattha hav ing been cut down by theunswer vingweapo n o f no n attachment, ( 3 )

“

it not ; mf o rm; umo i this ; fi be r e ; w so ;mis obtained ; anot m: end ; a no t ; a and ; mfi : beginning;

a no t ; q and ; M gr f oundation ;m ashvattha, qfi

this ; M = §1W 1m( an? w as we l l-gr own ,r oo ts

whose , this mum = 81 8m {TQM o f non attachment, bythe weapon fa r ( by ) str ong ; ffi

'

a r hav ing cut

stamen s

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

1 264 ]

nently establ ished ; fi r’

irq amqr: afifirqfifl zm z iiq'itadepar

ted, desir es, whose, they ; ( i : by ( f r om) the pair s ; Emf r eed ;m zq é fiz a “ 1 1: {par bani : p leasu r e , and,

pain, and, name , whose , by f r om) them twaifir go m :

tin-deluded we to the goal , W e indestructible ; “ that,

amend HW IH W H

m a fisdfi aw mmus uN o r do th the sun lighten ther e , no r mo on

, no r

fi re; having go ne thithe r they r etu rn no t ; that is Mysupr eme abode . ( 6

a not ; aq that ; W illuminates ; the sun ; 3

not ; fl ares: the moon ; “r“

! not ; “war : file ; 1 11 to which ;

near hav ing gone ; a not ; fififi fi r eturn ; era that ; amabode ; w

’

r highest ; mtmy.

A po r tion o f M ine own Se l f , tr ans fo rmed in the

wor ld o f life into an immo r tal Spir it, drawe th r ound

itse l f the senses o f which the mind is the sixth,veiled

in Matter . (7« my ; as ev en ; an: po r tion ; film e i fimmfifi i

o f living things , in the Wor ld ; W ar : j iva-become ; W ar-“

r :

ancient ; trmq'grfi c qq : srg’

am" an? mind, sixth,o f whom,

them; fauna! senses ;m 3r = vfi r M E! in natur e,

p laced afifi dr aws.

When the Lo rd acquireth a body and when Heabando ne th it

,He se iz e th these and go eth with them,

as the wind takes f ragrances f r om their r etr eats. ( 8 )

( rfl'

i a body ; zrq which ; warm ob tains ; are: which ;‘fl' and ; gfi also ; W paSses beyond ; $31 : the

'

Lo rd ;

W hav ing seiz ed ;mfir these ; {rang goes ; mg: windm f r agr ances ; ga lilce :m mf r om r etr eat.

w agz wfia a redmwfiaa l

M a ssawfiwgtrsas 11 11 11

Ensh r ined in the car,the eye , the to uch , the taste

and the sme l l , and in the mind also, He enjoyeth the

ob jects o f the senses. ( 9 )

first the ear ; Hg : the eye ; mini the o rgan of tench ;

fl and ; (Hi the ‘ o rgan o f taste ; error the o rgan o f smell; (13even ;

1: and ; 31 114q p r esiding ov e r art-r : the mind ; “fl

“

and ; m this ; mm ob jects o f the senses ; menjoys.

seam-é findariafind 611 {101m 1

figmegfi fi nfifiiwfi gm11 3° 11

The de luded do no t pe r ceive H im when He

[ 266 ]

depar teth , o r staye th,

o r enjoyeth ,swayed -by the

qualities the wisdom-eyed per ce ive . 10 )

m fia’

depar ting fifl'

é staying arr o r ; q fi'also

m enj oying ; arr o r ; gunfi re-p r : g?“ a fa ri by the qualities,

accompanied ; (511131 : the deluded =r not ; aga in? per ce ive

Taifir see ; w ager : z arq'

erg :

’

ircri'

fi wisdom, eyes, whose ,

they.

arasim satisfi es : 11 3a11

Yogis also,str uggling, pe r ceive H im

, estab l ishedin the SELF ; but, tho ugh str uggl ing,

the uninte l ligentpe r ce ive Himnot, their se lves untrained. II

m: str iving ; ir‘

rfiF-r: yogis : i t and ; qa'

thus ;mSee ; W fi

' in the Se l f ; W established ; q€ra: str iving ;

3111 11180 ;mm 561: 8mma:a no t,made ( pur rfied),

the Se l f,by whom, they a

“

not u'

fl'

this “ an? see ; ari se :

mindless.

W ei 3311 amendsr'

f'

seu l

a ifiraswmamas -

1 11 3 1 11

That sp lendo ur issuing f r omthe sun that enl ighteneth the who le wo r ld

,that which is in the moon and

in fir e,that splendo ur know as f r omMe . 1 2 )

arr-l which ; mfiafl é z afim Ira'

r f r omthe sun, gone

( fo r th ) ; 31'

s : the Sp lendour ; '

srtrq the wo r ld ; m

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

And I am seated in the hear ts o f all, and f rom~

M e memo ry and wisdomand the ir ab sence . And that

which is to be known in all the Vedas amI ; and l

indeed the Veda-knowe r and the autho r o f the Vedanta.

( 1 5

Friar o f all ; {q and ;=sr

’

é I ; gr? in the hear t ; dfi fimseated ; W : f r omme ; Fifi : memor y ; an? wisdom; arm:

. r k

absence ;“at and ; are}: by the Vedas ; ‘GT and ; erg: ( by )

all ; are'

I : as even; am: to ‘ b e know ism Vedanta

make r ; W it Veda-knower ; qa even q and ; v i I.

sited swarm s-43 1

az zsaifi agfiaW SW-

a sanas 11

Ther e ar e two ene rgies in this wo r ld, the destructib leand the indestructible the destr uc tib le is all be ings,

the unchanging is cal led the indestr uctible . I6 )

f r two ; {fit ( in ) th is ; gtdi‘

r Pur ushas ( two ) ; Fifi in

wo r ld ; an : destructibl e ; =€r and ; arm: indestructibl e ; 12!ev en i f and at : the destr uctib le aq

'

r ffir all Kmfi ‘ beings

[ 259 ]

w as the r ock-seated ; W 1 the indest r uctible ; mat is

cal led.

W : glam :W agner

-

r:

firm nfimfimiaq ém: nw"The highest energy is ve r il y Ano ther , declared

as the supr eme SELF, He , who pe rvading all. sustaineth

the th ree wo r lds , the indestr uctib le L o rd. 1 7 )

m : the highest ;m: sp ir it gindeed; W : another ;

m highest Self ; {fit thus ; W 53 1 cal led ; a: who ;

m tr ip le wo r ld mi? “ having ente r ed M sustains ;

m : the imper ishab le ; W :

'

Lo r d.

Since I e x ce l the destr uctib le , and am mow

exce l lent also than the indestr uctible , in the wor ld and

in the Veda I amp r o claimed the supr eme Spir it. 1 8

mat whe r eas ; atdestr uctib le ; um: beyond ; ext I ;

m than the indestructible an? also ; 1 and ; m : best ;

y a: hence ; ( I ) am; aha“ in the wo r ld f a'

é in the

Veda wand vita: declar ed 366q the highest spir it.

[ 2 70 ]

He who unde luded knoweth Me thus as the Supreme

Spir it he , all-knowing,

wo r shippeth Me with his who le

being, 0 Bhar ata.

19 )

a: who ; amme ; qq’

thus“

; W : unde luded ;mmknows ; gathm the highest Sp ir it ; a : he ; gemknowing ; W317?! wo r ships ; 8111 me ; q éq

'

fia'

z gfiw “13a

( with ) all, with being ; W O Bhfirata.

31'

sgnarlmafiqgaé 1mmI

geezgmW W W H w e IH O II'

Thus by Me this mo st secr et teaching hath been

to ld, O sinless one . This known,he hath become

il luminated,and hath finished his wo r k , 0 Bharata. ( 20 )

{Far thus W t? most secr et ; m teaching ; {é this

sp oken Inn byme ; was! 0 sinless one ;mthis ; gmhaving known ; gm wise ; (mamay become ;

55:was a : wo r k , done , by whom,be ; w e 0 Bhar ata.

31h filflz flafilmo gefire sfirfir amfreer-

hm , I'

Thus in the glor ious BHAGAVAD “TL-the fif teenth discour se,

entitled :

THE YOGA OF ATTAlNING PURUSHOTTAMA.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

Vigo ur , fo rgiveness , fo r titude , pur ity ,absence o f

envy and pr ide v—the se are his who is hemwith the

div ine p r o pe r ties , 0 Bharata. 3

Era : Sp lendour amfo rgiveness 573 : f o r titude : fi n

pu r ity m : absence o f mal ice 3 no t ;m ov e r-p r ide ;

waf t}; ar e ; W to endowment, é'a

'

fq ( to ) div ine ;mof the b o r n ; m3 0 Bharata

fi wmamzm fia wl

mafi ammfim ne n

Hypo c r isy , ar r ogance and conceit,wr ath and also

har shnes s and tmwisdem, are his who is born, Q M a,

with demoniacal p r o pe r ties 4h r : hypoc r isy ,

s ski : ar r ogance W p r ide ; 1 ; and ;

fi rst: wr ath ; m har shness ; ( 3 ev en ; i t and ; W

igno r ance ; 3 and ; 317331 13 63 o f the how, “ i f 0 Fi rth ;

6 3 3°

to the endowment ;m ( to ) demoniacal .A

The, divine pr o per ties ar e deemed to be for liberation

, the demoniacal fo r bondage. Gr iev e no t, thou art

[ 2 73 ]

bo r n with divine p r o pe r ties, 0 Pandava. 5)

w divine ; é qq endowment ; [3373 121 f o r liberation ;fi f e“! fer bondage ;mgfl‘ demoniacal amt is thought ; 3“

do not ; gr i t: gr ieve ; fiqz’

to endowment ; in?! ( to ) divine ;

315673 13 : bo rn ; W ( thou ) ar t ; 11733 0 Pandava,

i t alarm? (fi sfirfi a any a

'

éfi fim z fmwgimfifiag usu

Two fo ld is the animal cr eation in this wo r ld, thediv ine and the demoniacal ; the divine hath been

descr ibed at length ; hear fr om Me, 0 Par tha, the

demoniacal . ( 6

it two ;m = i dfi i Hat o f beings, emanations ;

fi in wor ld ;m ( in ) this 33 : div ine ; mgc demoniacal ; 53 even ; fl

"and the div ine ; facing : in detail ;

firm: said ; a fgl demoniacal ; “a“ O Par tha ; ao f me ; $15;

Demoniacal men kno w neither r ight ene rgy no r

r ight abstinence ; no r pur ity , no r e ve n pr o p r iety , no r

truth is in them.7 )

not ; q fi al so ; 3 and ; W : r ight conduct ; 1 1 not ; a‘

d

truth‘

iq'

g iri them; ems is.

1 8

[ 2 74 1

l

W is w ll c ne

“ The unive r se is witho ut tr uth , Without mo ralg)basis, they say ;

“ without a God,br ought about by

mutual union, and caused by‘ lust and nothing else.

”8 )

magi without-tr uth ; smfi '

g without 3 they

m the wor ld; sag. say ; exé‘mnq without-God ; 81m

i a u m z q qu a-1 5mm”alga another , and, other , and

,f r om

them ( tWO born ; fa what ; ma else ; mqma m:

fig:m aq lust, cause, whose , that.

qai sisnam asrafiuswsml

W W W W W 11 1 n

Ho lding this v iew, these r uined se lves o f smal l understanding, o f fie rce deeds

,come fo r th as enemies

destr uction o f the wor ld.

gar this view, W e] hav ingheld f ast; 3 81231 3

W : afi fi r uined, selves, whose , they ; W 3 a w, b

gfi .W E E smal l , r eason,whose , they ; 173 373 come f orth ;

m : z q tafiq mm36111’

a fier ce,

actions, whose,

they ; m fo r destruction ; m : o f the wo r ld ; mm:

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

l 2 76 l

unlawfulmeans hoards o f wealth fo r sensual enjoyments.

( 1 2 )

m afi : z satma: M ai}: o f hem, o f co rds, by )hundr eds ;m: bound m m : z m : a $15 : atmsnw

'm '

a desir e, and,wrath, and

,highest, r ef uge, who se ,

they if ? they str ive to secur e W afi z m sib l

afl o f desir e, o f enjoyment. fo r the sake o f w ha z by

injustice ;m : std-cum o f wealth , co l lections ,

A A 0m l?! amusicM 11 9a11

lThis to day by

’ me hath been won , that pur po se I

shal l gain; this weal th is mine alr eady ,and also this

shal l be mine in future . I3

{Q this ; an] to—day ; ambyme ; asst ob tained ; {3 this ;

am I shal l o btain ; avataq desir e {3 this ; wfia IS ;

this ; aft} also i f of me ; M shallbe 33 : again 53

l have s lain this enemy, and o the r s also I shal lslay . I am the Lord, I amthe enjoye r , I amper fect,power ful , happy I4

“fir this ; ana byme ; 33 : slain ; fig: enemy ; $7182 ( I )shal l slay '

;‘3 and ; M other s ; ea? also ; ruler 813 I;

1 2 77 ]

I amweal thy , we l l-bo r n ; what o the r is ther e thatis like unto me P I wi l l sacr ifice , Iwil l give ( almsI wil l r ejo ice Thus de luded by unwisdom, 1 5)

W :wealthy q ell-bo r n ; fi t; (I) am av:who ;

W : o ther ; srfia' is ; HEW like ; amby me ; M ( I) wil l

sacr ifice ; am ( I) wil l give ; 376 51} ( I ) wil l r ejoice ;

sfir “1 118 ; W ildcat:=313 fi1=1 13117133 1 : by unwisdom,

xterm: w e; as arssgs‘

i 11Bewilde r ed by numer o us tho ughts, enmeshed in the

web o f de lusion,addicted to the gratificatio n o f de sir e

,

they fal l downwards into a fo ul he l l . 16 )

W W : : exfirffi: fi ddly: fi gh t: ( by ) var ious , by

thoughts, bewilder ed ; firfi rmmgm: z filgca W 3 3153 1:

o f delusion, by the

l

net; co ver ed ; was-m: attached ; 3533 37513 :

m drag o f desir e, in the enjoyments ; qa’

fi fal l ; into

hel l ; M impur e .

areas-1:11am: W W ha t: 1

[ 2 78 ]

usemastsW ages 11M l

Se l f-sufiicing, obstinate , fil led with the pr ide and

intoxication o f wealth, they per fo rmlip-sacr ifices fo r

ostentation,contrary to scr iptural o rdinance . 1 7 )

mm =mmr starfi sh by self , glor ified ; s law:

stubborn ; m afi amm mas a «is i f arm: o f

wealth, by the p r ide, and, by the intoxication , and, filled ; zrs’

fir

wor ship ; 3 pm?“ by nominal sacr ifices ; 3 they ; 533 by

hypocr isy ;mm contr ary to ru le .

ma s wmamz u

W W W HH C N

Given o ve r to ego ism, powe r , inso lence , lust and

wrath, these malicious ones hate Me in the bodies o fother s and in their own. 18

exigent (to) egoism; as’

g (to) power ; {if (to) inso lence ; 333(to) desir e ; $121 (to ) wr ath ; 5! and ; affirm: r efuged in ; tag

me ;W : sam3 z 3 lfm=ar o f se lf , and, o f other s,

and, in the bodies, m : hating ; mqqm: car ping

ones.

alaslava:M y; streets 1

W W tfifig 11 11

These hater s, evil , p itiless, vilest amo ngmen in the

wo r ld, I eve r throw down into -demoniacal wombs. (11 9 )

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 2 80 ]

namesa k e-

chqn’

eqrinfimmu

A man l ibe rated f r omthese‘

thr ee gates o f dar kness,0 son o f Kunti

,accomplisheth his own we l far e and thus

r eache th‘

the highest go al . 3 l‘

2 21 "

g : by these ,m: liber ated f rat: O K annteya ; at]?

{fir -s :Hm ( it : o f dar kness ; by gates fi

'

fit by th r ee

at : the man ; m acts ; st raw: own ,in : b l iss ; a‘a

thence unfit goes ; qti' highest ; m’

fiq path .

as ififimfi fi amammmmsnHe who hav ing cast aside the o rdinances o f the

Scr iptur es, fo l lowe th the p r omptings o f de sir e,attaine th

no t to pe r fectio n,no r happine ss, no r the highesb goal.

a: who mafifisr=m fi fé 01 theShast ras, the,

r u lemy : having cast away ; afi

'

fi goes ; anmma: f r om the

impu lsion o f desir e ; a“

no t , a: he ; fiimp e r fection ; m 7]?h

obtains, a no t ; gtéq p leasur e ; a no t ; W highest ; "RT!

path .

e1m if $Wl$l§ilafi fffltfi 1

m1W fi fi fi

The r e fo r e let the Scr iptur es be thy autho r ity , inde

termining what o ught to be done , o r what o ught no t to be

[ 2 8 1 ]

done . Knowing what hath been dec lar ed by the o rdin

auces o f the Scr iptur es, thou o ughtest to wo r k in thiswo r ld. 24

ma ther efo r e ; ma’

Shastr a ; :mrvi autho rity ; E o f

theé ; a 31 65115621 f r $2121mo f

duty, and, o f non-du ty, and, in the determinat ion ; amhaving known ; mmfis ri tfl i=mm fi lfll

’fifl‘ an"

: O f Shastr a,

by the r ule , spoken action ; ai'

g‘q to do ; {3 her e ; gift

oughtest .

sfa amflsh r o iw sqfimufitfir amwsfirsezm: 1

Thus in the glor ious BHAGAVAD the sixteenth discour se.

entitled:

THE YOGA O F DIVlSlON BETWEEN THE DivINE AND THE

DEMON IACAL.

[ 2 82 ]

SEVENTEENTH DISCOURSE.

Ar juna said

Tho se that sacr ifice ful l o f faith , but castingaside the

o rdinances o f the Scr iptur es, what is ver ily their condition,

0 K r ishna Is it one o f Pur ity,Passio n o r Dar kness ?

( 1 )

3 who ;mmthe r ule o f the Shastras ; W hav ing

cast away ; sacr ifice ; m with faith ; mfiaat: endowed; mug of them; fi g! state ; 3 indeed ; what ; m0 Kr ishna ; are Satva ; 311 6; o r ; ( 31 : Rajah ; an: Tamah ,

£ 11171a

fi f’

q'mmitt se t sign er err-11313 1 1

W mfirélaamfi si‘aaimnwThe B lessed Lo rd said

Threefo ld is by natur e the inbo rn faith o f the embodicd—pur e , passionate and dar k . Hear thou o f these . (2 )

fqfi'mthreef o ld ; 31am1s ; W T faith ; §r§=n of the em

bodied; at this ; m =m sum f r om own natur e,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

w ees anwe 31 6131mmmm : W an]:

The men who pe r fo rmseve r e auste r ities, unenjo ined

by the Scr iptur e , wedded to vanity and eg0 1sm, 1mpelledby the fo r ce o f their desir es and passions

, 5

m fi w= s i n“ fi rg‘

c’

r not, by the Shastras , o rdainedN

i n ter i ible ; acne; endur e ; a who ; aq : auster ity ; WP€0P18 =sw imwear:= e

'

i1=1 "

aman-

1m=ar figs-51 : with vanity,

and,with ego ism, and, j oined mw nmram: s a i fm

i t f an 81 133311 : o f desir e , and, o f passion ,and, by f o r ce, filled.

wins :mire}games-

as : 1

Hifi aznfimi sir‘r—fmigrfiam11s 11Uninte l ligent, to rmenting the aggr egated e lements

fo rming the body, and Me also, seated in the inner body,

know these demo niacal in the ir r eso lves. ( 6

W e : to rmenting ;M = zrfli fi=q é in the body,seated ;

W Q =W W o f e lements , assemb lage ; af ferent: nuinte l ligent ; fitme ; 11 and ; Q

'

s! e ven m zufnwz aia; fl tfi

Rimwithin in the body,seated ;m them [W know; ur

gtmmmz mgmgi {5mmam a o f asnras,r eso lve, whose,

they .

m ea aesms s msm afi fiwfisfirfimll s ll

[ 2 85 ]

The fo od also which r is dear to each is thr ee fo ld, as

also sacr ifice , auste r ity and alf'nsgiving. Hear thou the

distinction o f these . 7

mm: food ; 3 indeed ; wfq also ; aimo f all ; fi fiw:thr eefold ; w e 15 ; (int: dear ; as : sacr ifice ; as : auste l ity ;

amalso ; grit gift ; item; o f these, i t distinction ; {it th is ;

w hen .

will: timer:W WW :maefirmaflThe fo ods that augment v itality , energy , v igo ur ,

health, joy and cheer fulness, de licious, bland,substantial

and agr eeable , are dear to the pur e. 8

msmmfimewfl fi fmmm: i t set WW 1 1 1111

?M W gfi‘ fl q

'

fl'

fr : fl'

armh as“: v itality, and, purity , and,

str ength, and, health, and, p leasur e, and, cheer fulness, and,

these , the inc reaser s ;“

( tan de licious; Rater : bland ; fiat !substantial gar: agr eeab le ;mm: f o ods

afifi i fin“: o f the setvic,dear .

m egs fimefisrfim1anew “316 8321 gznfimsm : 11 t 11

The passionate desir e foods that ar e b itter , sour ,

saline , o ver -hot, pungent, dry and burning, and which

produce pain, gr ie f and sickness. ( 9 )

[ 2 86 ]

m m i=fl t “ETm : a m : w

m : 1 51 W 2 'fl'ma 1 ! b itte r , and, sour

,and

,

salt, and, v er y hot, and, pungent, and,dry, and, burning,

and ;mm: f oods mmo f the rajasic ; m: desir ed ; gag.

mm fl -‘

gié i f {frai ‘fl‘m ‘Er Rafi! {fit sor r ow, and,

gr ief , and, disease , give , thus.

mamaHarri 1r'

ti séisai a 1131 1

m i nimumsm int s"T which 15 stale andflat, putr id and cqr rup t, leav

and unclean,is the fo od dear to the dar k .

( IQ )

am : am:am:mmgone“'

a. watch o f our s whose,

it ; m : cm: :(a : await gone taste ; whose , i t ufi putr id;

qgifi-a stale ; q and

, na wh ich ; arm lef t ; 81W 3180 ;

v and ; new unclean ; .W .food ; mm : M

fimq o f the tamasic, dear .

M umm e nfiamnt? 11The sacr ificewhich is o ffer ed by men withoutf

'

desir e

fo r f ruit as enjo ined by the o rdinances, under thegfirm

be lief that -sacr ifice is a duty , that is pur e .

i

( l l

m a z e m entrant : not, o f f ruit, by the

desir ous ; as : sacr ifice ; Effigy -e ffitfige : in the r ule (o f the

Shi etra), seen p i escr ibed a: which ga ff; is offered am

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

Wo r ship given to the G ods, to the twice bo rn,.

to the

teache r s and to the wise , pur ity, straightfo rwa'

rdness,

continence and harmlessness, ar e cal led the auste r ity o f

the body . I4

o f the Gods, and,o f the twice-bo r n, and, o f the gurus , and,

of the wise , and, wo r ship ; first pu rity ; m r ectitude ;mill continence m harmlessness q and ; (nth bodilym: auste rity W ? 18 0&1l

0 0 0 N

31333151 were as: firms—81 aan 1o 0 g

w as 2131 anew asw e 1111's"Speech causing no annoyance , truthful , and beneficial ,

the practice o f the study o f the Sc r iptures, are called theauster ity o f speech . 1 5

mm {fit no t, excitement, causes, thus ;

m speech fl at tru thf u l fimfifi z fnai t ii i 11 p leasant. and,beneficial , and; '

q and ; amwhich ; W z msp am

"

o f the study, p ractice q and ; qq even m o f

speech.

m: auste r ity m is called

flamers:dim—em 1

W W W M MMental happiness, equilibr ium, silence , se l f-contr o l ,

[ 289 ]

pur ity o f nature— this is called the auste r ity o f the mind.

I6 )

swamp-z : : eflaz m o f the mind,happ iness ; dimes

eq uanimity ; amt! silence ; W : self -r estr aint ; mi tigr'

i : z m q gl'

i : o f natur e, pu r ity {fl thus ; qaq this ; HQ

auster ity W mental W it is cal led.

new 1211211 asmafiaisé sit: 1

mmfiinfiwéfi : HT'

FEFW?wh ee ll ll

This three fo ld auste r ity , pe r fo rmed by men with theutmo st faith, without desi r e fo r fr uit, harmonised, is said

to be pur e. I7

m by f aith ; m by ) highest ; at? suff er ed aq : aus

te r ity era that ; firfi t’

: thr eefo ld 7it : by men ;mmfi hfifir

by not-desir ous-o i-f r uit fi t by balanced ; arfiaaé sattv ic ;

M they declare .

r x 0

s eem s amsee 351 asx f \ 0 0

awemar-

fa una W flg'

sfli ll tc u

The auster ity which is practised with the object o f

gaining r espect, ho nour and wo r ship; and fo r o stentatio n,

is said to be o f passion, unstab le and fleeting. 1 8

m agmii z em : 1sm: 1 93111 s andmi r espect,

and, honour , and, wor ship, and, o f these , fo r the sake ; an

auster ity ; i ii by hypocr isy ; q and; Q! even ; 1a; which ;

I9

[ 290 ]

m3 is done ; an that ; {3 her e tfifi is said m rfijasic ;i t“? movab le 3IW unsteady.

W iener fi rearmsas: I

m anmanagers“ ni s iiThat auste r ity do ne under a de luded unde r standing,

with se l f -to r tur e ,o r with the o bject o f destr oyingj am

othe r , that is de clar ed o f dar kness. I9

W zm g rew by f oo lish , sei z ing,stubbo rnness

gram: o f the se l f ; at which ; cflg zu with to r tur e ; F5 31?

is done ; an : aaste r ity m o f another ; m a rif = am~

i ts; an? of destr uction, f or the sake ; an o r ; aq that amtamasic m g is called.

w as asé £ 11135w t

isms! sé‘

ta asstm’

éaa’

s 6 1W use rs

That alms given to one who does no th ing in r eturn,

be liev ing that a gift ought to be made , in a fit place

and time,to a wo r thy pe r son, that alms is accounted

Pure . 20

mmongbt to be given sfir thus arr that ; as gift ;meis given wgqanfi fi to the non -r equiting 331 in p lace $155in

time ; i and mi in a r ight pe r son ; a and 35 that ;mgift cmé i satvic a s? is r emember ed

33 Sigma"; segfiae an331: l

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 292 1

air aq aq Aum, That, Being gfir thus as“ ; designation ;

3 3101: o f B r ahman ; fitfi‘

q : th r eefo ld m: r emember ed ;argon: B rahmanas ; i n by this Her : Vedas q and ; amsacr ifices ; fl and ; fifim: ordained ; gt! f ormer ly,

Ther e fo r e with the pr onunciation o f AUM the acts

o f sacr ifice , gift and auste r ity , as laid down in the

o rdinances, ar e always commenced by the knower s of

the ETERNAL. 24)W WI ther efor e ; i ii“ Aum; ( I? thus ; a t? ! having

said ; m wzaarmm 1 31m fi r awe : i t fin“ : o f

sacr ifice , and, o f gift, and, o f auster ity, and, acts ; trfifir gof or th reaffirm: z fi qfi

‘wm : by the r u le, said ; am? always ;W fi fl iq o f Brahman-declar ers.

A A 0 0mmmmare m zfiw z lr \ A A "x 0A Amama finest: 15152161meanest: 11; an

W ith the p r onunciation o f TAT andwithout aimingat f ruit ar e pe r f o rmed the var ious acts o f sacr ifice, aus

to r if y and gift, by those desir ing libe ration. 25

an:that ; {fir thus W m Without having aimed at ;

ca? f ruit » am:mar : acts of sacr ifice and auste r ity ; arm :

acts o f gif t a and ; (mm: var ious rm ar e done ; firmram: Hm W : of liberation, by the desir er s,

[ 293 ]

nanengineamadame 1

51511531with caresses: (112i 33213 11a$1 11“ SAT is used in the sense o f r eal ity and goodness

l ikewise , O Par tha, the wo rd “

SAT 15 used in the sense

o f a go od wo r k . 26

W ? in r ef e r ence to r eality ; mgq fq in r efer ence to

go odness ;ear and ; Gil: b eing {fa thus q

'

a'

q this ; qg‘

safi

is spoken new} mp r aisewo r thy amiffir actions amalso ai

Being ; eras: wo rd mi 0 Par tha gear? is used.

it! safe 3131 ame : seew e 1

$ 151 $161 asa‘

i’

zi afiefimfi z’

iwfi 11 w 11

Steadfastness in sacr ifice,auster ity and gift is also

cal led SAT, and an actio n fo r the sake o f the supr emeis also named SAT.

”2 7

air in sacr ifice ; W ? mauste r ity m in gif t ; er and ;

(Gina: fir inness fl it true ; {fit thus‘fl

’

and ; W is (wal ledaw ac tion ; “if and ; Q? even ; amfi == =e 31d: an ear that

the meaning, whose, it ; « it Being ; {Fa thus ; Q? even ;

afi u'

iq‘

a is named.

araemgei i‘

iimmaeé fsa l

anficg‘

qamaa e r ratumar e; 111 6 11Whatsoeve r lSwr ought without faith, oblation, gift,

[ 294 ]

auster ity , o r o ther deed, “ Asat it is cal led, 0 Par tha

it is nought, her e o r he r eafte r . C2 8

exam!“ by without-faith ; off er ed; W given ;'

t

auster ity ; at; suff er ed gaf f done ;'fl

'

and ;mi wh ich ; area:untr ue ; {fa thus ; seamis called ; up} 0 Par tha ; not ;

i t and ; iii-I that ; amhaving gone ( her eaf ter ) ; i f not ; {3her e .

sift? fi qsnaa'

ffiroa‘

s'mrsmmfifit am(1835115811111

Thus in the glor ious BHAGAVAD-GiTA.- the seventeenth discour se,

entitled:

THE YOGA OF THE DIVISION OF THREEFOLD FAITH.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[i

296 ]

r enunciation mg: declar e ; anti abandonment ; M umthe

ar e? man“

35155 61515W“ M

: 1

senses: $ 13aw as int-ii 11a11“ Action shou ld be r e l inquished as an ev il , declar e

some thoughtful men “acts o f sacr ifice , gift and auste

r ity sho uld no t be r e linquished,say o ther s. 3

mi; shou ld be abandoned ;m f u l l o f evil {(fi thus ;

gi t ones ( some ) ; and"action ; mg: say ; aa

’

ifim: the wise ;

eman at es-ti acts o f sacr ifice, gift, and auste r ity ; a not ;

am to b e abandoned ; {fa thus a and atm? other s.

field {1111 if as andmanna 1

ash is3613681151 311321:naafifia: 119 11Hear my conc lusions as to that r e l inquishment, 0

best o f the Bharatas : since r e linquishment, O tige r o f

men,has been explained as th r ee fo ld. 4)fl ail conclusion ; $131; hear ;

'

fi‘ my ; aq ther e ; armin

( r espect o f ) abandonment ; mam0 best of the Bharatas

av r . abandonment ; I? indeed ; gimme O tiger o f men ;fi fim: th r eefo ld ;m : is declar ed.

Hamme r? =1 811351 when an 1qmné avaaw rfi wsvna usu.

[ 297 ]

Acts o f sacr ifice , gift and auster ity should no t be

r e l inquished,but sho uld be pe r fo rmed sacr ifice , gift

and also auste r ity ar e the pur ifier s o f the inte l l igent. 5

am zafi acts o f sacr ifice. gift, and auster ity a not ;

area should be abandoned ; 35t to be done ; 113 own ; anthat ; air sacr ifice ; grit gif t ; aq : auster ity ; fl and ; Q

'

a

even mamfi pu r ifier s whittling of the wise .

qmwfi gwnfi'

fir nfimmmfi a l

slide rvfifn31mir 1311316 nagneq 11a11But even these actions sho uld be do ne leav ing

aside attachment and f r uit, 0 Par tha that is my ce r tain

and best be l ie f . ( 6 )

qanq these ; at? also ; g indeed muffin actions ; {af t

attachment ma r hav ing abandoned mu“

; f ruits ; a and ;

:e, to be done ( obhgato ry gla thus ;'

ir my ; ma? 0Par tha fi fiaé cer tain Rd op inion aim; best.

idea-

exgensue : shah dissed 1

ingress W e : qfiaffi a: 11 w 11

Ve r ily r enunciation o f actions that are pr escr ibed isno t p r o pe r ; the r e linquishment ther eo f fr omde lusio n issaid to be o f dar kness. 7

fi ance Of Pr escr ibed ; g indeed ; inure : r enunciation

555m: o f action a not befits firgrq omdelusion

[ 298 ]

m o f that ; vr'

iszm: abandonment ; am: tamasic qfiafifimis dec lar ed.

guise-er sad t im er ; 1

g 0 Q 0

n emm amnaam m 116 11

He who r elinquisheth an action f r om fear o f

physical suff er ing, saying, “ Painful,

”thus pe r fo rming

a passio nate r e linquishment, ob taineth no t the f ru it o f

r elin-quishment. 8

gag pain ;m thus ; qq even , aq which ; an action

W sm=m firm can: o f body, of pain ,f r omf ear ,

an“:may abandon a : he 51 1 having done Iraq rajasic ;

81W abando nment , a not ; 133 even ; W = amen 111—6

o f abandonment, the f r uit ; amt-1 may obtain .

em s

W ne wmanmas—rm

Grim mas c ara:M un: 11s"He who pe r fo rme th a p r escr ibed action

,say ing,

It o ught to be do ne ,"0 Ar juna

,r e l inquishing attach

ment and also f ruit, that r e l inquishment is {r egarded

as pure . 9

mt; ought to be done , {ra' thus ; 13! ev en aq which

37dactlon .aua pr esc r ibed fame; is done 3131 O Ar juna

inf attachmen t ; aga r hav ing abandoned ; W f r uit ; Q

and ; Q! even ; a : that ; sum: abandonment ; w as : sattvic ;

8m: is thought.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

1 300 !

none ever fo r the r enouncer . 1 2

31m unwished {é wished fqfli mixed a and ;

threef o ld $ 5101 : the f ruit W ?! is 81mm o f non-aband

oner s'

s‘

teq hav ing depar ted her eaf ter ) ; a not,

"Q A Amafia 115151131 W 1713121 31 Io x 0 A Q

W fi fiW IGW W Q 113311These five causes, 0 mighty -armed

,learn o f Me

as declar ed in the Sankhya systemfor the accompl ishment o f all actions I3

liver five ; W fi these ;m 0 mighty-armedcauses ; firimlearn ; i t o f me ; gin? in the Sifikhya : 5211?

5emaim: an arm o f action, the end,wher e, in that ;

fi fi irfi ( ar e ) declar ed ; Fat ? success ; gi afifimn fi qmfi mq o f all, o f actions.

A 0 Q 0

311W amW $ 101 a 112119511411 1A A

1611315119? W 321 éma cram; 119911The b ody

,the acto r , the var io us o rgans, the diver s

k inds o f energies, and the pr esiding deities also , thefifth. I4)

g rqgmthe bodyi; amaISO ; and the doer ; arm'

s o rgan

fl and ; Ems! “ sev eral ly ; Fqfim: var ious fl“

and ;Q 0

sever al ; fi st: activities ; qa div inity ; ”q and qa even ; axq

her e ; (Taft fif th .

t 30 1 1

auntanfiqfié an 61-313 FIN 36151: new

Whateve r action a man per fo rmeth by his body,

speech and mind,whether r ight o r the r everse

, these

five ar e the cause the r eo f. 15

ufitarszaai fir : z ufii‘

wa arm1 1 ear na with b ody, and,

with Speech, and,with mind, and ; 211 which ; afi action ;

mo re: unde r takes at aman ;m just an o r ; fimfi evil ;in Q? fiVe qa

' these amo f that m: causes .

afiem'fi asaimremfi étaé gml

m agist ram11 111111131 gee: nag"That being so

,he ve r ily who - owing to untrained

Reaso n— lo o keth on his SELF, which is iso lated, as the

acto r , he , o f per ver ted inte l l igence , seeth no t. 16

amther e ; q'i'

r thus ; m‘

é in being fl it actor ; W the

Self ; W alone ; 3 indeed a: who qaq f‘

a sees ; wan : flmgfi : 1171, an m not, achieved, inte l l igence,by whom, o f him, f r omthe condition a not ; a: he ; (15q

l ess ; gxfi'

fi: evil-minded.

21121 11151W e! aW 1

stints a {filmas=1 fiaw’

é 113W!He who is f ree f r om the ego istic no tion,

who se

Reason is no t aff ected, though he slay these peoples, heslaye th not, no r is bound. 17

[ 302 ]

amo f whom a not ; New : egoistic m: notion ; gt:reason m o f whom; a not ; h is aff ected ga r hav ingslain amalso ; a: he ; these

, Firm peop les ; a not ;stays ; a no t ;m 5; is bound.

arearemisnmfat-1211 afiéfiear 165101mi fi fe fines : writing: 1196 11Knowledge , the knowable and the knowe r

, the

thr ee fo ld impulse to action the'

o rgan, the actio n, the

acto r , the thr ee fo ld constituents o f action. 1 8

amknowledge ; fia the knowable ; qr'iam; the knower ;fi

'

famthr eefo ld ; W ”m final! to action , incentive

m the o rgan ; mi; the action ; fi f the actor ; {fa} thus ,

W 11 1 th r eef o ld ; th e: o f action, the

assemblage .

$151 $13? $a°

r a aha 110151131:

Sifih'

éwziw’

aqmmamhKnowledge , action and acto r in the catego ry

o f qual ities ar e also said to be se ve raliy thr ee fo ld,

f r om the diffe r ence o f qualities ; hear thou duly these

also . 19 )

mknowledge fl BCtiOD a M d ; $ 3? acto r ; fl and

F111? thr ee fo ld ; 11! even 1mm: —u,011=mrme : of guru s

f r omthe division ; mm is said :mm am mo f gunas , in the enume ration (m exactly Egg hear an?

these ; fl fi also .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 304 ]

at which aindeed ; m like the whole ;min one ; anti in action ; (“is attached fi g withou t cause

m 1 without essential significance ; W smal l ; i t and

W mm mw nae uAn actio n which is o rdained, done by one undesir

ous o f f r uit,devo id o f attachment, without lo ve o r hate,

that is cal led pure .

£ 31111 p r escr ibed ;m = ffil’fi by o f attachment,

devoid ; W ar:==I (“HQ 1 1 W I at if ? not, f r om love,

o r , f r om hate , o r , thus gs? done W z a cmmno t

,o f f r uit, by desir er ; 35-1 action ; fl which ; Hi that ;

m gsfitvic ma3 cal led.

qgmfitgmefi eewfiwmgml1211216 6158 121111m m11 as 11

But that action that is done by one longing fo r

desir es, o r again with ego ism,o r with much e ffo r t, that

is declar ed to be passionate. ( 24)II which ; a indeed mficgmz m $531 o f desire,

by desirer ; amaction ; mm =mc m afia aq ego

ism, whose , 18 by him; “ o r ; gmagain ; amen, done ; W e

c am: swam: qfiqq mi gr eat, labor , in which, that ; nthat ( raq

'

r i jasic ; is called.

The action unde r taken f r om de lusion, without te

gard to capacity and to“

consequences—loss and injury

to o the r s— that is declar ed to be dar k .

"

25

straw consequence ; its} loss fig"? injur y ma

without r egar ding , fl and; W exer tion; W 1 f r omde lusion ;W is begun ; an? action ; mwhich ; ml that ; street

timasic m i s cal led.

W seemmm“

: 1

W fifiwmfiimfiw ewfiuse"Libe rated fr om attachment, no t ego istic , endued

with firmness and confidence ,unchanged by success

o r failur e , that acto r is cal led pur e . ( 2 6 )

m’

“ am:an: “ a : abandoned, attachment, by Whom,

he ;W rih fl wseefi sfanot I says $ 11sq W q aqfim: with fi rmness, and, with confidence

,

and, endowed ;m : : tq z t fl'

y fi ifi q in success, and,

in f ailur e , and ; m : unchanged ; an ? actor ; amsatvic an ? is cal led.

fl

mites : eei use :W e: use"

[ 306 ]

Impassioned, desir ing to obtain the fruit '

o f actions,

gr eedy , harmful , impure ,mo ved by j oy and so r row, such

an acto r is p r onounced passionate. ( 2 7 )

(”it passionate ; M N :“

MW W‘

a‘

cg: o f action,

o f the f ruit, desii ous ; gas] : gr eedy m : z fimarmy?ma : c r ue lty, in self , whose , he ; argfit : impur e ; geisha:W » : 3515511 161 W e W ith jOY, and

,With sor r ow,

and, f ol lowed, Elia? actor ; ( 13161: rajasic ; q ftafi'

fia': is named.

313351: sneer:meaz afi éflefifismz l

M W fl W W W fi II91411Disco rdant , vulgar , stubbo rn ,

cheating, malicious ,indo lent , despair ful , pr o cr astinating, that acto r is cal leddar k . 2 8

81m: unbalanced ; mast-1: vulgar ; (W : stubbor n ; as :

cheating ;t

ame-mi :malicious ; ma : lazy ; M despair ing ;

aimmaaifiwween anew11as 11c.

The div ision o f Reason and o f firmness also, thr ee fo ld

acco rding to the qualities, hear tho u r e lated, unr ese r vedlyand several ly , O Dhananjaya. 29

gi g o f r eason ; at division , g% : o f fi ruiness q and ;

gel even ; gum: f r om ( acco rding to ) qualities ; fi fi ei:thr ee

f old ; mg hear ; M m‘

being declar ed ; W 'without

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 308 ]

misfit fistiaia gfirm1 C112?M IR? “Thatwhich , enwrapped in dar kness , thinke th ~W r ong

to be Right , and seeth all things subver ted, that Reason

0 Pai‘ tha ,is o f darkness. 32

q efi wr ong ; tffi r ight ; gr? thus atwh ich ma thinks ;

m ' with dar kness gar cov ered ; aefizfiq a eater with all,

things ; fi qfl'mq per ver ted ; fl : r eason ; “ that ; qrfi O

Partha'

ama’i tamasic.

3m21111 an d 113s 1

W M 111mfierfissfi 113111The unwaver ing firmness by which , thr ough yoga,

one r estr aineth the activity o f the mind, o f the l ife-br eathsand o f the sense-o rgans, that firmness, ‘O Par tha

, is

m a m : a murmur er morn.e r am: o f the

mind,and, o f the l ife-br eaths

,and, o f the sense -organs, and.

actions ; i 171? by yoga ; m fiwfivm( by ) unwaver ing ;

qfi : fi rmness E"that ; “i f 0 Pi rtha {113333 si tvic.

aéfiawemefigfi :mwi uwfinesuBut the firmness, O Ar juna

, by which, fr omattach~

ment desir ous o f fr uit, one ho ldeth fast duty , desire

[ 309 ]

and wealth , that firmness , O Par tha is passionate .

am( by ) wb ich ; g indeed ; w mfia= efiz fi m i fl

suf i t m duty, and, p leasure, and, weaith, and; them;

w hy fi rmness ; m a ho lds ; air-T O Ar juna ; q'

ffi'iw by

attachment ; marsh-ref}: w arm o f f r uit desir ous, gfit:

firmness ; mthat ; up } 0 Pdr tha natfl r ajasic .

w m’

efi fifi fim“ ’

eqna‘

in

a fiflafi gfi‘mgfiamwfiamfir 11311 11

That by which one f r omstupidity do th no t abandonsleep ,

fear, gr ie f , despair , and also vanity

, that firmness,O Pé r tha, is dar k . 35

amby which ; weir sleep ; mi: f ear ; m gr ie f ; ramdespair q? intoxication Q

'

fi even ; a and ; a not ; figfl’fi

abandons gfim: ev il witted ; qfi : fi rmness ; En that ; m0 Par tha ; ama‘i' tamasic .

g’é flaw-ii area3131 i t eta

-Em1

w as 21131 game fiwwfé 113g"0

And now the th r ee fo ld k inds o f p leas ur e hear tho uf r omMe

,0 bul l o f the Bharatas. That in which o ne by

p ractice r ejo iceth, and which putteth an end to pain

gig p leasu r e ; g indeed ; mi ? now ; firfi ét thr eefo ld ;w hamfi o f me ; W O buH o f the Bhar atas ; Wf r omp r actice ; ( i s? r ejo ices ; EH wher e ; gt fi =§ztar§a 317 3?

o f pain, the end ; a and Fm goes.

Which at first is as v enombut 1n the end 15 as nectar

that pleasur e is said to be pur e , bo rn o f the blissfulknowledge o f the SELF . 37

“ which ; «at that ; a ir in beginning ; fin po ison {a

like ; W in end ; W =mm m aq nectar,

simj le, whose, it ; ml that gag p leasur e ;m satvic ;

snag is cal led ; m u m . Q? m a amto f the Sel f

,o f knowledge , f r omthe p lacidity, b o rn .

W m azgam w uzc 11

That which f r om the unio n o f the senses with their

o bj ects at fir st is as nectar,but in the end is l ike venom,

that p leasur e is acco unted passionate . 38 )

ram -z W‘

: W”

am" with the

objects, o f the senses, f r omunion ; “ which 8 1 that, am

in the beginning mam like nectar, qfium; in the end ,

m p o ison , a like ; art that ; gg p leasu r e m r ajasic ;(m r emember ed.

« fi fi fi a gté nisaflm :

W W REN EWThat pleasur e which b o th at fir st and afterwards is

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

l‘

31 2 .

aimo f Shfidr as qls'

r arid q iaq O Parantapa ; limit? ! actions “

;

M l? are distr ibuted W ar} : by own-natur e—p r oduced g

len by qual ities.

ml! W EN : fllfi WW E! l

mfim fimmfi m nswSe renity , se l f -r estraint, auste r ity , pur ity , fo rgiveness

and alsoup r ightness, wisdom,knowledge , be l ie f in God,

are the B rahmana duty , bo r n o f his own natur e . 42

m: calm; sq : se l f-contr ol ; aq : auster ity fir st pur ity ;affi x f orgiveness swimr ectitude qq even a and ; amwisdom; fima‘ knowledge ; q lfiaaé be lief ; m §=m z

o f the B rahmana, the action .

fish are W I

mam amsiwfimm 11 at 11

Pr owess, Splendour , firmness, dexte r ity , and also no t

flying f r om battle, gene r o sity , the natur e o f a ru ler , ar e

the Kshattr iya duty , bo r n o f his own natur e . (43 )

$15: p r owess ;’

érsr: sp lendour ; gfi : fi rmness ; and dex

ter ity ; g? in battle “i t and grfi'

also ; WWW n ot fleeing

ervi gif t farms : = ivat§am: o f a lo r d,the natur e ; er and

fi rst b elonging to the K shattr iya 655: action w as? own-na

tur e-bo rn,

Ploughing, pr o tection o f kine , and trade ar e the Vai

shya duty , b o r n o f his own natur e . Action o f the natur e

o f se rv ice is the Shudra duty bo r n o f his own na

tur e . 44

513W = §fi z”El“ th eir ‘51 whe n“

i t ploughing,and, cow-

p r otec tion,and, tr ade , and Emaf awn-ri an? o f

Vaishyas , the action W E N own-natu r e-bor n qfiaafiqafqfi

'femfmamam3 31 ser v ice, natur e, whose, that ; andaction

m o f the Shddr a ; 551W also ; w as} own natur e-bo r n .

Man r eacheth per fectio n by each being intent on his

own duty . Listen thou how pe r fection is won by himwho is intent on his own duty . (45

m pe r fection Gm?! ob tains at : aman W m: z mm firm: o f own

,in action , enj oyed ; firfi per fection : am

also ; fiefi ' finds ; in( that rig; hear

r eamem l

mm wfir fisfi w :

He f r omwhomis the emanation o f beings, by Whomall This is pe r vaded,

by wo r shipping H im in his own

[ 314 ]

duty aman winneth per fection. 46 )gas f r omwhom;m: f o r thcoming ; m ot beings ;

i n by whom; a? all ; {a this, a

'

a"spr ead ; 1m by

own-action ; an Him; w as; hav ing wor shipped an?

per fection fi q fi finds mart:man.

W qé efiafiwfifi fi rm1191911

Bette r is one’

s own duty , though destitute o f mer its,

than the we l l -executed duty o f ano ther . He who

doeth the duty laid down by h is own natur e incur r eth

not sin. 47 )

W he tter ; (3 1415: own-duty ; 1371301: W ithO llt qual ity ;W =m emit-l o f ano ther , than duty ;m ( than )

wel l -p r actised ; fi w =amafl fi qri by own-natur e o r

dained ; and action ; gi rl do ing ; rt not ; mania obtains ;

W a sh)

esfi fi i fi rmrrfiwisamfirumime fmmrrfiamm11 11411

Congenital duty , 0 son o f Kunti,tho ugh de fective ,

ought no t to be abandoned. All unde r tak ings indeedar e c lo uded by de fects as fir e by smo ke . 48

afi congenital ; an? action ; fifimO K aunteya ; are?“

with f au lt ; atfi '

even ; rt no t ; 313 1 let ( him) abandon ,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 3 16 ]

W m mfimsmaumn'

United to theReason pur ified, contr o l ling the se l f byfirmness

,hav ing abando ned so und and the o the r o bjects

o f the senses , having laid aside passion and inalite ,

SI

33"by r eason am t by ) p ur ified gag: united Wby fi rmness W the sel f Fm hav ing contr o l led ; i r and ;m fiq z mzwrit : immhear ing, beginn ing, who se , theym ob jects o f the senses ) am hav ing abandoned

(mfi =m: q ( q ; a'

passion, and, hatr ed,and ; 33mhav ing

thr own o ff fl and.

A R A Aimam 3 2511511 W W ; 1

o 0

W W firm3umagwffia: 11‘1R11

Dwe l ling in so l itude , abstemious,speech , body and

mind subdued,constantl y fixed inmeditation and yoga,

tak ing r e fuge in dispassio n, 52

f‘

afim’

fifl z i‘

qf fl‘

fi fiW {fit solitude, se r v es , thus ; W ill

fi r st g rade {is little,

eats. thus ; mammal“ : : emari am : 3 3113 35} i ]m G : contr olled

,sp eech , and, mind,

whose , he ; 911135111111 : r eammrim: atw are a:meditation,

and, yoga, and

,supr eme , who se, he ; fire} always 54nd dis

passion am : taking r ef uge in ,

ars’

fi i er? fi fi r] fi 'ci slim1

figmtrain:aifi W ems 11112111

[ 317 ]

Having cast aside ego ism, v io lence,ar r ogance ,

desir e , wrath, covetousness, se lfless and peace ful—he is

fit to become the ETERNAL . 53

giant egoism; aré vio lence ; {3 ar r ogance ; any desir e ;i t? ange

r ; fig‘eq hav ing abandoned fi fimwithoutominenesspeacef u l ; mam z m : m o f B rahman , fo r the

eazefigafigflmfis efi wa 11 as 11

Becoming B rahman,ser ene in the SELF, he neither

gr ieve th no r desir e th the same to all be ings, he o btaineth supr eme devo tion unto M e . 54)W : Br ahman-become ; treatmz arm: sneer are a:

tr anquil , se l f , whose, he a not ffl‘flfii‘ griev es a not mdesir es ; an: e qual ; (1323 among all ; 1333 among beings ;

m=rfiawfifi in me , dev otion mar? obtains filmhighest,

afiwamfi afimfiaarrfi amnw u

B y devo tion he knoweth Me in essence , who and

what I am hav ing thus known Me in essence he fo r th

with ente reth into the Sup r eme. 55

W ! by devotion ; in me ; M ( he ) knows ;w howmuch ; a: who ; fl and ; W ( I ) am; am:

essential ly Era: thence ‘Il me m : essential ly ; mm

Though eve r per fo rming all actions, taking r e fuge

in Me , by My grace he o b taineth the eternal indestr uctible abode . 56 )

M =efifit amifit all, actions is"? also ; rmalways gain : do ing mm: z ag

’

sq qrarq zma : I, r efuge,

whose, he ; w m=w w as my, by favou r ; mmobtains ; {mar} eter nal ; 113 11 goal ; W indestructib le .

W W fi W W H

gmfingw’

amwise r-1: ar e as 113 19 11

Renouncing mental ly all wo r ks in Me , intent on

Me , r eso r ting to the yoga o f discr imination have thy

thought ever on M e . 57

fiat"with the mind ; ariqiqfi'b‘t all actions ; qfi : in me ;me ! having r enounced ; W 1 intent on me ; W the

yoga O f I1391 8011 ; Wm hav ing taken r e fuge in ; qf‘

q raz a

mi fi r?m a: inme, mind, whose, he ; gar? always we; be.

efifi fi z rfigwfifi flm nfimfi lmfl m ame are e uw

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 320 ]

m thou wishest an that ;m f r omde lusion afi

q ffi thou ) shalt do m : he lp less are: also aq that.

The Lo rd dwe l leth in the hear ts o f all be ings, OAr juna, by H is il lusive power

,causing all beings to

r evo lve , as tho ugh mounted o n a po tter ’s whe e l . ( 6 1

in ( : the L o r d ;W m o f all be ings gifi =w§ii o fhear t, in p lace v i a 0 Ar juna ; fi gfi sits ; 3mmturning

gin-em? all b eings ; h mfia= ifit W in (on) machine,Q

mounted ; m by i l lusion .

afiamoi w 111-3111133 we I

M afi mé amfiwWW IIQRII

F lee unto H im fo r she lte r with all thy be ing, 0

Bharata by His grace thou shal t o btain supr eme peace ,the eve r lasting dwe l ling-place . 6 2

au to H im; q! ev en ; tltw

fi n wfi a with all,with natur e ; W O Bharata ; m

mzmm his, by gr ace “ i highest ; arifi'

p eace can?

p lace ; M ( thou shalt obtain m ev e r lasting

fi fiW W W l

[ 32 1 ]

Thus hath wisdom, mo r e secret than se cr ecy itsel f,

been declared unto thee by Me ; having r e flected on it

ful ly, then act thou as thou listest. ( 63 )

{fathus{a to thee; amwisdom wmam"declar ed mthan the secr et ; Quart mo r e secret

"; W"by me ; fi q

hav ing consider ed ;m this ; with without r emainder ; an."as {W thou wishest , amso ; do .

m y W 33 3 l

gags a{aisle aeii arms afewuse"Listen thou again to My supr eme wo rd, mo st secret

o f all ; be loved'

ar t thou of Me , and steadfast o f hear t,

the r e fo re wil l I speak fo r thy benefit. 64)m : §ala z w aif than all, most secr et ; z1a: again

u listen ; if my ; my? highest ; aver : wo rd ; gs : be lo ved axi‘

a

( thou ) ar t o f me ;m etrongly {iii thus 3a: thence

fi lial ( I) wil l sp eak ;'

6 thy, ; fie} benefit.

w e: as “Rif t trashHiWW is as: awhen iffi rsfii it wi ll

Me rge thy mind in Me,be My devo tee , sacr ifice

to Me , pr o strate thyse l f:befo r e Me , thou shalt come

even to Me . I pledge thee My tr o th tho u ar t dear to

Me. ( 65

8mm! with mind fixed onme in be am:my devotee

W §r=flf fl5fi {is tome, sacr ifices. thus ; «it! me ; am2 1

“

l 3 22 1

egalute ; 1 ii to me ; Q? shalt commas?r tmth ; 331 to thee m’i '

afi ( I) p r omise ; fin : dear 5.

en'

s; ( thou ) art ; 7'

it o f me.

swea t aimW at ga ugesAbandoning a ll -dutie s, come unto Me alone fo r

shelter : so r r ow not, .I wil l l iberate thee f romalls ins.

( 65 )

gammaaah all duties qfimahaving abandon

éd ; Hi to me ; m ar efuge ; as! come ; as I at thee ;

W : mm: ( f r om) all,f r omsins 6mm

vw‘illgf ree g et : grieve .

as if W W W 3

a“

cur -i 71’ anti titswqm’

émmuN ever is this to be spo ken by thee to a nyone who

'is without asceticism, nor witho ut dev otion nor cto one

who desir eth not to listen, no r ey eti e himwho speakethe vil o f Me. ( 67

{33 this ; % e i ’ ( by ) thee '

; 41 not ; W to ( one )without asceticism a no t

'

W to ( one without dev o

tion ;m at any time fi i‘

not ;=wand ; w ta f one )

not wishing to listen ; W mb es poken ; a no t ; It and ill;

(me -

q z who m ? cavils at.

a ami 531m m 4

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 324 ]

W'

s“

; shal l study ; a and ; a who ; 31 ? this ; k¥3asacr ed ;

an? dialogue ; W i t : o f us ( two ) ; W =m Elfino f wisdom, by the sacr ifice ; by him; 313: I ; (a: wor

shipped ; mamay he {fathus f itmy qfi : Opinion.

w e wm’

fi‘

fir at : I

wnn m‘i‘mmw gwfimue 9n

The man also who , ful l o f faith, mer e ly hear eth itunr evil ing, even he

,f r eed trom evil , o btaineth the

radiant wo r lds o f the r ighteous. 7 1

mmq o f faith ;m : uncar ping ; q and m a:

may hear ; 311? also ; 3 : who ; at : man ; a: he ; an? also ;gen: liberated ; gm radiant ; dismal wo r lds ; m mayobtain ; gmafifimq =g°aafi asfi

'

arq i' me r itor ious, action,

whose, o f them.

fi ea‘

qasgéandassis tant fine r 1

emai ls: smelt?! wise: IIM . I I

Has this been heard,0 son o f Pritha, with one

po inted mind ? -Has thy de lusion, caused by unwis

dom,been destr oyed, O Dhananjaya ( 7 2 )

Ehrfl fi whether ; (13 1 this ; 135? heard; mzi 0 Par tha

waif by thee ; QEEWW ( by ) one -

pointed ; W by mind ,

whethe r ; mq é filgz= axamm H’

fiia: o f igno rance,

delus ion ; mg: destr oyed ; they ; HiramC Dhananjaya.

fiefirsfia Reese:with areaas uwe; uAr juna said

Destroyed ismy de lusio n. I have gained knowledgethr ough Thy grace , O Immutab le O ne . I amfirm

, mydoubts have fled away. I wil l do acco rding to Thy wo rd

( 73 )

we : destr oyed ; delusion Fifi : memory arse!“

obtained mataq z a’

qman o f thee , by gr ace m by

me ; 35 33 O Achyuta ; Rita: firm; w ( I) am; traifi g:rm: (133 :m a : gone, doubt, whose, he ; snitch ( I) will dofi fl fl wo r d as Thy .

emeafi l

seawatermima asmml

eafi ifiasa’

iwgei 611350111 ll We I I

Sanjaya said

I heard thismar ve l lous dialogue o f Vasudeva andofthe great

-souled Per tha, causing my hair to stand o n

end ; ( 74)

31? thus ; 913 I ; atg'

ém o f vasudeva ; quiet: o f

Par tha q and mam: o f the gr eat-sou led W 6 dialogue

{ 326 }

333 this ; hear d W mar vel lous W z fiwli'

es'

w zmm33 o f the hair , excitement; f r omwhich, that.

0

HmW W W ? m"a ll“

By the favo ur o f Vyasa I l istened to this secr et ands'

upr eme yoga fr omthe Lo rd o f Yoga, Kr ishna H imse l fspeak ing be fo r e mine eyes. 75)

W 1 : mmW o f Vyase , f r omthe f avou r ;

W hear d ; gait this ,

‘

gzu secr et ; at I q i highest : quit;

yoga ; am : mm m o f yoga, f r om the Lo rd ;

m f r om K r ishna ; thQ

declar ing W H imself .

swam: 305: 3

621194a 5553: ue s n0 King,

'

r emember ing, r emembe r ing this mar ve l lousand ho ly dialogue be tween K eshava and Ar juna, I te

jo ice again and again . 76

{13 3 0 K ing £11313! hav ing r emembe r ed ; {Rmhav ing

r emembe red émq dialogue ; gt'{th is ; 313 3mar v el lous=gim ‘EI

'

3133762: a o f K eahava, and, o f Ar j una, and

gait ho ly ; iguana ( I) r ejoice 'Er and 33 : again gagain .

aa em ém eqwgé gfi z l

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 32 8 ]

science o f the ETERNAL . the sc r iptur e o f Yoga, the dialogue between

Shr i K r ishna and Ar juna, the eighteenth discour se , entitled:

THE YOGA O F L IBERATIO N ev RENUNCIATIO N .

To the B lessed Krishna be homage. May ther e be

happ iness.

Thus the BHAGAVAD-GiTAhath ending.

PEACE BE TO ALL WORLDS.

APPENDIX .

The followmg var iations of the text and one o r two new inter

"pretations ar e p r inted as likely to be o f use to the student. The

differ ent r eadingshave beenmostlygather ed together by Bhbu

Ge vinda D5S8. o f Benares f r omvar ious MSS. and diff erent commentar ies. The new inte rp r etations have been suggested by Pandit

V r indfivana St rasvata o f Benares, who passed away only in thisyear (1905 A,

The inte rp retations ar e wo rthy o f attention

because o f their p r ima f acie aptness . This gentleman used to say

that he had p ractically studied only two works in the ecurse of afair ly long life, the Bhagavad~ Gi te and the YogmVasishtha and

the kind o f study he gave to thesemay be infer red f romthe factthat

,as he said shortly befor e his death, he had r ead the Yoga

Vasishtka thr ough one-hundr ed and sixty-five times -H and the

wor k consists of sixty-four thousand lines- while the Gttdwas readthrough too often to be counted. Under these circumstances itis easy to see that his interpretations are at least as notable as

many older ones.

REMARK S.

Adds the name of one of

the p r incipal war rio rs .

Dhgishtadyumna was the

Commander - ih—chief o f the

Plndava army.

The pr efix fi has no

spec ial significance here ,

while q fi gives the sense

o f on all sides.

The alternative here is

scarcely p re fe r able, as it

means ‘ with their r elations the text

,on the

other hand,‘our own re la

tives’

,is str onger .

N ot thus (shouldst

thou gr ieve, even so ).

Pt. Vr indi vana inte rp r etsthis asmeaning

gar-wire q ih saam wfiwmareas}. havihg,

by l istening (to my teaching) acquir ed knowledge o f

the tru e and par ticular significance o f the Veda

ii. 62. i ts :

11 .

W : This is an emendationsuggested by Pandit Vr indi vans , on the , ground

1 that anger does not ar ise

fr omdesire but fr omdef eat

[ 330 ]

READ

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

332

v u,19. again: a gist:

viii. 5. wens new

viii. 8 . W t m uffin :

v iii. 20. swam8am W arm

xi. 28 .

xx. 41 , {6 The alternative isgr amma

He is difficult to findinstead o f “

very difiicultto find

The text means “nu

doubtedly the alternative f ree of doubt thy

self The text seems tobe the str onger r eading.

The alternativemakes no

change of meaning, but ismo re in accordance with

modern grammar ,“

(Mo r e ancient) than

both the manifested and the

(lower ) unmanifested.

”Cf ,

xv . 16 (lb 18, xi . 37 .

The alternative meansabstract, without Vikalpa,

without alternativ e, doubt,or lower attraction It is

mor e in keeping with the

technicality o f Yoga.

“ Flaming on all sides.

The alternative seems tomake better sense. The texthas a superfluous and weak

( 333 1

tical ly co r r ect,as the

which the pr onoun qualifiesis masculine, not neuter .

xiii. her e is inter pr eted by Pt . Vr inddvana as

meaning the Linga Shari r a.

1 . smurf (The highest knowledge)o f the wise instead o f of

all knowledges3 . 4. In these two shlokas, the cur r ent commentar ies

inter p r et the wo rdm as gr eat and r egard it as

qualifyingm, B r ahman ; and fur ther they constr ue

both the shlokas asmeaning that “ the gr eat B r ahmanis the womb and I the depositor o f the seed

Pt, Vrinddvana says the construction shou ld b e as

f o llows mahat-tattva is the womb and I,B rahman ,

amthe seed-giver

xv . 23 And acts in pur suance .

This gives additional meaning the other mer ely r e

peats the sense of 3113 .

By that B rahma, o r bythat B r ahman.

”Cf . iv . 32.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

( 336 1

mus— iii. 30—vu . 29—viii . 1 . 3—x. 324 11 1. l—xv . 5—xiii.

1 1~ xv. 5.

m e t- xi. 16 . 38 .

gang— ii . 51—xiv . 6 .

W —ii . 1 1 . 25 seq.—iv . 8 ,

arm—viii . 7 . 9,13.

fi es— vi. 45— 1 1, 10.

13. 16 . 24—1 7 1. 16 .

aga r—ii . 1 6. 55. 72—v . 24—vi. 26—vii . 19. 28 6 -=x . 19.

32 . 40—xi. 16—xv ,3.

gnu— v 24—v i . 47—xi . 20—xiii . 34.

grist—1 11 . 14.—xv . 14,W ar—vii

,20—ix. 53 .

amt—ii ,22—iv . 4. 25. 27—30—v i. 22—vii . 5— xiii . 24—xvi .

8 . l4—xv iii . 3.

{ El—X V . 50

grim—iv . 31—ix 19—1 . 18 —xiii 12—xiv . 20,27.

against—xvii; 37. 38.

m—iv. 31 . 1

[ 337 ]

ou tfit— v i 37 .

1 31 5— 11. 66—v 12—xv iii . 28 .

“ (ma t— xviii . 23,

tum— ii 30.

M i l— iii . 5—v i . 44—v iii . 19—ix . 8—xviii 60.

ms’iamsi— ii 25.

affi rm—xiii . 16—xviii . 20.

m ag— ii. 25. 28—v ii . 24-viii. 21- ix. 4—xl i . 1 . 3. 5.

6 —x iii . 5.

m ax— ii . I7. 21 . 34—iv 1 . 13—v u s l3 24. 25—ix. 2 13 . 18

xi . 2 418—xiii . 31—xiv . 5. 27—xv . 1 .—xviii.

20 56 .

m ar— ii 41

mum— i i 66

gum— mi . 7 19. 25—v . 21 - ix. 9 - xiii . 9f 14—xv iii .

W fi'

flE — X lii . 5.

g ag— 11 16— ix

,19 - xi 37— xiii . 12.—m l . 28 .

W EIGHHW —v i . 2 .

q fi q —n 48—iv .22—xviii . 26 .

ugt— xi 22 .

27—V11 . 4—xiii . 5—xv i. 18—xvii. 5—xviii. 17.

mam— 11. 55— 111. 13. 17 . 43—iv . 7 35. 38 . 42—v . 7 . 16 21

v 1 5. 6 . 7 . 8 . 10. 1 1 . 15. 18 . 19. 20. 26—v ii . l8—v iii.

12 5. 28 . 34—x. 15. 18 . 20—xi . 3.4—xiii . 24. 282

29 32—xv . l l—xv i . 21 . 22—xvii. 19—xv iii. 16 . 39. 51.

mama— ii 45—iv . 41 .

mq— iii. 38 . 39. 40—v . l5—xiv,9—xv iii . 32. 48.

2 2

[ 333 ]

mat—ml 15— ix. 19—xv i .4. 5. 6.7 . 19. 20—xvii. 6 .

m — xvu . 7 . 8 . 9.

ifi‘

ga— ii 8 . 58 . 60. 6 1 . 64. 67—111. 7 . 34. ‘40. 41 . 42—dv . 326 .

27— v . 9. l l—x. 22—xii . 14—xiii. 5—xv . 7—xv111 . 3 8 .

38— v i,24.

f ar t— iv . 6 —xiii . 28—xv . 8 . l7—xv i. 14.

W W W—v iii. 24.

m —d i 3 . 37—iv .42 -<x1. 12 . 33 .

m—V ll . 18 .

me w -v i. 9— ix,9- xu . 16—xisv,

23 .

w—ii . 41—111,2—v 41 . 4, 5—v i. 31—v iii. 26—11x. 15.

— x. 25.

42—xi. 7 . 13.20. 42—xiii . 5 30, 33—xv1

'

11. 22 .

66 .

( flit— xv ii . 23 . 24.

fi — ii i,24. 27—1v 343—v . M— xiitQO—xiv .AQ—xv iii .

18 19,26 .

( fifi tqm—xviii 18

m — ii . 51— iv . 12 32.

i ii— 11. 47 . 48 . 49. 50—111. 1 . 4. 5 8 .9. .15. 19 20. 22 . 23 . .24.

25,27 . 30. 3 1—iv . 9. 12

,14. 15,

16 . 17 . 18,

.20. 2 1. 2 3 .

33 . 4l l4- vi. -1 . 3 . 4. 17—v ii . 29—v iii .

l— ix, 9 —xii 6 . 10—xiii . 29—xiv . 9,12 . L6—wx1v i . 24

xvii 26 27—d xv iii . 2 . 3 . 6 . 7 . 8 . 1 1 . 12 . 15.

2 3 24. 25. 41 . 43 . 4445. 47 . 48 . 60.

W — iv . 14— v . 12— v i . l—xii . 1 1,12—xv iii l l .

fl i nt— iii , 3 . 7— v . 2—xiii . 24.

m— ii. 55. 62, 70. 71—111,37—vi . 24—v ii. l l ,

20. 22—xv i.

18,2 l—xv ii . 5—xviii. 34. 53 .

m —v i . 8—xii . 3—xv ,16 .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 340 ]

x v ii . l—xv iii . 32 .

aim—xii . 19—xiv . 24. 25

flaw—xvi . 21—xvii . 2 . 7 . 17 . 23—xviii. 4. 12 . 18 . 29. 36 .

QFr— v iii. 28—x. 5—xi 48 . 53—xv i. l—xvii. 7 . 20. 2 1 . 22 .

24. 25. 27—xv 11 1 . 3. 5. 43.

W —X 14.

gag— ii . 56— vi 22

,23 . 32—x. 4—xiii, 6 . 8—xiv . 16—xvii . 9.

’

QQ —ii . 13 . 18 . 30— iv . 9— v iii . 2 . 4. 13—xi . 7 . 15—xiii. 22. 32

—xiv . 5. 1 1—xv . 14.

“ tial— v iii. 4—xiv . l4— xv iii. 1 1 .

361— 11. 13 . 59— 111, 40—xiv . 5. 7 211 2 .

a

tat— iv . 25— v ii . 14—ix. 13—xv i . 3.5. 6—xviii . 14.

fig—ii . 57—v . 3—v i. 9—iv .

‘

29—xii. 17—xiv . 22—xv i. 19

xv iii. 10.

115—1 40—11, 7 . 40— iv . 7 . 8—ix. 3—xiv . 27—xviii. 31 .

finmfi z—iii . 30— iv,2 1— vi . 10.

finim— ii, 7 1—111. 30—xv iii . 53.

fi i ffi q— ii 45

m—xiii . 5—xv n1 . 13 . 15.

w 11. 47 . 49 51 — v . 4. 1 2 .— vii. 23—ix 26—xiv . 16—xv11 . 12 .

21 . 25—xv111,6

,9

,12 ,

m- iv ,14

,

— xiv,6 ,

—xvi. 1 2

m—v , 3,

— xv iii, 30

( i f? mnfi— iv . 5— v 11 . 19.

f ig—vii. lO—ix. 18—x, 39.—xiv . 4

372-4andfde r ivativ es ii. 39

,41 . 44. 49. 50. 51 5 2

,53

,65

[ 341 ]

66 — 111. 1, 8 . 26

,40

,42. 43.

— iv . 17 . 18 ,19— v. l l— v i .

— vii,

—x,4. 8

, 9,IO—xii

,8— x iii.

5,— xv . 20— xviii

,17

,32

, 51 . 57

W — V1. 14.aa— iii. 15— iv ,

24,31

,32— v 6 10 19— vi. 38 —V11 29—viii.

17 . 24— x . 12—xi. 15. 37—xii1 . 12 . 30— xiv,

27— xvii , 23— xv iii. 50.

M ai a— v . 24—vi 27—xv iii . 54

m ax— xiv,26—xv iii. 53.

again— v . 2 1 ,

mafia— xv ii. 24

mast—4111, 24.

fl agstaf f— v i. 28 ,

mag—xiii . 4,

gaf f:=l— iv .

24,25.

fi at— viii. 10. 22—ix ,14. 26 . 29—xi. 54—xv i ni

,55.

fifi-fi— ix,26— xii

,17. 19— xiii. lO—xviii, 54,

68

maxim—xiv,26

,

m—ixfi —vii 2 1— ix.23. 31 . 33.

34—x11 , 1 ,20

me ta— iv. 37 .

mfi—n . 16—v ii. 12; 13,15,24— v iii.4. 2b—x. 5.

17—xvm

1 7 . 20.

gala— ii

,28. 345. 69 14. 33— iv , 6 ,

35—311,1 1

,26—viii

20. 22— ix. 5,25— x. 5

,20. 22 . 39— xi . 2 .

—xiii. 15.

27 . 30— xiv . 3— xv . 13. 16—xvi. 2—xv111,21 . 46 .

{mafia— xiii . 34.W — v. 29— ix. 24— xiii. 22 .

m — v i . 144— 1111. 6— 1'

rv iii. 57

Rm— xi . 55—xii. 20

tram— 1m,23— ix 34-xi. 55— x11 . 1416—xiii 18— xv iii, 65. 68.

mar— iv . lO— x . 6— xiii. 18—xiv,19.

811— 111

,28—xi

,41.

in(— iii , 1 . 31 ,32— v i , 32,

—V11 . 18— vm. 26— xi. 18— xii.

2—xiii. 2— xvi. 5—xv iii . 6 . 9.

trauma— xvii , 1 6 .

qq zqg— xv

,7

nag— 1 30. 60— 11. 55 67—111. 6 . 7 . 40. 42 - v . 13.—vi.

12 . 14. 24,

34. 35—vii.4—v iii . lO—ix,34— 11 . 22

xi. 45— xii . 2 . 8—xv . 9— xv ii. l l—xviii . 15. 33.65.

arm— i . 44—iii. 23— iv . 18 - vii,3— xviii . 69.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 344 ]

12,13

,23

, 24, 25. 27— xviii, 3 . 5.

W Q—V 26 .

qua— w 28— v . 26— Viii, 1 1 .

W ag— vi. 17 . 47—Vii . 18 30—xi l . 2 .

3155— 1 . 14— 11

,39. 6 1— iii. 26— iv . 1 8 23—V. 8 . 12 23— vi. 8 .

14l8— Vii . 22— V iii. 8 . 10—xvu . 17— xviii 51 .

din— 11 39 .48 . 50. 53— iv . 38 41 .42— V. 1 . 45— vi .

2 3 412 16 . 20. 23 33 44—Vii 1 .

— viii,

10 12— ix . 5,22

,

— x — xii,1 . 6 . l l— xiii, 24,— xvi

l— xviii . 33. 75.

imam—v ii . 25.

imam— v 6,7—v iii

,27—stmwa, V1 29,

i tfiwr—m. 3,

— iv . 25— v . l l , 24— v i . 8 . 10,15 19. 27 .

28 3 1,32 . 42 . 45

,46

,47— viii

,14

,23. 25 27 28—x . 17 .

—x11. 14—xv,1 1 .

airman— xi . 4—xviii . 75 7s.

“(fit— xiv,3

,4— xv i, 19 20.

( 5711— 111. 37—xiv

,7 . 9

,10

,12

,15. 16 . l7—xvii. 1 .

{st— ii. 59— V11 . 8 . xv . 13.

{111— 11

,64— 111 . 34— V11 , 1 1—xv1i . 5— xviii 51 . 5113 135 xiv 7 .

( rrnq— xwii,27

,

( ragga— ix

,2 .

na fimr— ix. 2.

{N IH— H 1 . l2— xiv,18—xvu 2 . 4, 9.

21— xvm 8,21 .

24. 27 . 3 1 . 34. 38 .

[ 345 1

ufi — viii,17

,25.

firm— iii , 3. 9, 20. 21 . 22 ,24

,25 31 . 40—v . 14—vi.41 .

42— v ii,25— viii

,16— ix,

33—x. 3. 6 . 16—xi,20. 23. 29.

30. 32 ,43—xii

,15—xiii

,33 .—xiv

,14—xv . 16

,17 . 18—xvi.

6— xviii . 1 7 . 7 1 .

Film—V. 18— x,32 ,

figfif—x. 7 . 16 ,

18, 40,41

,

Emu— ii. 59. 62 64— iv . 26—xv. 2 . 9—xviii. 38 51 .

rW Q— xviii . 35,

fl ag—x. 21—xi,24. 30.

fia‘

rl—Viii, 3,

1353—1. 47— v ,

9—ix,7. 8,

its— ii . 42 . 45. 46—viii. 28—x. 22—xi.48 . 53-xv . 15. l8-xvii. 23.

tm— Vi. 3—x,4—xi. 24—xviii. 42.

film—xi , 42 .

m— ii. 49— ix,18—xviii

,62,

66 .

ufit —ii. 18 22— 111, s—v . 23—xi 13—1 111. 1 . 31—xv .

8 .— xviii

,6 . 15

,

("a—xv . 20—xvi. 23 . 24r—xvu . 1 .

fi rm— i. 3— 1 1, 7 .

W WI—ii, 14—vi. 7 .

g‘

ffih—v i , 1 1 ,41 —xii. 16 ,

W — ii . 57—xii 17—ix 28 .

i rq —ii, 8 —xvii . 9—xviii

,27 .

35,

Gist—xiii. 7—xvi. 3. 7— xvii. 14.—ms.

[ 346 ]

c t r— iii, 31—iv ,39—xi

, 37 ,47—V11 . 21 . 22—ix

,

20—xv11,2

,3

,13. l7—xviii . 71 .

{fit—ii 53—xiii 25

,

m et—17112 24, 253,'

a —Vi,39.

Gaza —iii,6—Vi

,14—v iii 12

,

W it— Vi,23—xiii

,26— xviii

,38

,

inf er— iv ,40,42—Vi 39—Viii

,5—x

,7— 1 11. 8.

firm— ix,3—xii. 7—xvi. 19

,

fififi‘

g—iii, 20— v i , 43—xiii,l5—xviii

,45

G i ant— ix. 10—xi . 7 .

aim— iii. 25—V. 12—xviii . 22 .

GE R— 1 11,28 . 29—x1v . 9.

q u anta— i . 1 1 .

{IQ— ii. 16—ix . 19—xi. 37—o xiii . 12—xvn . 23. 26. 27 .

mack—iii. 19—vi. 10—viii. 14— 1x,14—xii . 14—xvii 24

xviii. 57 .

Hiram— x. 10— x1 1, 1

GEEK— xv ii 18,

(ta — x. 36. 41—xiii. 26— xiv. 1 . 6 . 9. 10. 1 1 . 14. 17 . 18—xv ii.1 . 3. 8—xviii. 10. 40.

Kai— x. 4— xv i. 2. 7— xvii 15—xviii. 65.

magi— xiii. 21 .

Gama— i. 30— ii. 24—iv . 31—V11 . 10—v111 . 20—xi . 18—xv . 7 .

«film—xii. 4.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

[ 348 ]

23—xv iii, 13 ,26

,45

,46 . 49. 50.

Few—vii. 3—x,26—xvi. 14,

m—ii. 5O—V,15—xiv . 16 ,

gmq—v ii

,16

,

gm— i. 32, 45,56—11. 66—iv ,

40—v 21-vi. 21 . 27,28. 32—x.

4—xiii,6—xiv . 9,

27—xvi. 23—xvii, 8—xv iii. 36 . 37 , 38

39.

gaggzq—ii 7— vi. 7—xu , 18—xiii. 20 fi g xv . 5.

m zm—H, 14,

sen— v . 3.

13. E137 ! xiv.

6.

W —i. 37—11. 32— v . 23—xvi,14.

( El— 11. 19, 37—xi. 34—xvi . 14.

( fir—ii, 19. 2 1—xv iii,17

,

(mi —ii, 19, 20,

h —i , 35—ix,lo—xiii

,20—xviii , 15

will—xiii

,4